1 AlHOD n n li CP'?

1 1






1—GPO—9109—po 41574

In 1966 NBS published MEASURES FOR PROGRESS,* an authoritative history of the Bureau's first 50 years (1901-1951). Written by Dr. Rexmond C. Cochrane, MEASURES FOR PROGRESS recounts not only the

scientific progress made during this period, but reflects the social environment in which the Bureau operated as well. Listed below are some of the pioneering achievements of NBS assembled from MEASURES FOR PROGRESS and updated through 1969.

• 1904 Development of First Neon Tube—Commercialized and a new industry founded about 1930. • 1908 First Postgraduate School in Government Established—Now conducted in cooperation with universities in the Washington area. • 1914 Precise Determination of the Faraday—A classical determination of an important physical constant that stood until a recent redetermination at NBS.

• 1915 Development of Radio Direction Finder—Now in general use by all commercial airlines. • 1922 First AC Radio Set—Development of the first alternating current radio set was perhaps the most revolutionary development in radio; it put radio in the home.

• 1930 Measurement of Constant of Gravitation—An historic redetermination of an

important constant of nature. • 1934 Preparation of Heavy Water—Provided the experimental basis for Urey's Nobel Prize-winning work. • 1938 The Electric Hygrometer—Greatly increased the accuracy of measurement of humidity in radio meteorography ; now standard for present-day radiosondes.

• 1941 Radio Proximity (VT) Fuze for Bombs—The proximity fuze was widely used during latter part of World War II and was considered second in im- portance only to the atomic bomb.

• 1942 Carbon Monoxide Indicator—A sensitive colorimetric indicator of carbon monoxide, now widely used in mines, aircraft, etc. • 1944 First Successful Guided Missile: the Bat—The only automatic, homing

guided missile carried into large-scale production and used in combat during

World War n.

• 1946 Electrodeless Plating of Nickel—Now the basis of multi-million dollar in- dustries. • 1946 Printed Circuit Techniques—First used in production of radio proximity

fuzes, these techniques are now widely used in the manufacture of electronic assemblies. -'MEASURES FOR PROGRESS by Rexmond C. Cochrane (1966). Available from the Superintendent of Documents at $5.25 a copy.

(Continued on inside of back cover)
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CATALOG CARD NUMBER: 6-23979

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Maurice H. Stans, Secretary

Rocco C. Siciliano, Under Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Lewis M. Branscomb, Director 1970

Technical Highlights

of the

National Bureau of Standards

Annual Report, Fiscal Year 1970

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 340, 258 pages (Feb. 1971)

Special Publication 340

CODEN: XNBSA

February 1971

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,

D.C. 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13/10 : 340| - Price $1.50
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CATALOG CARD NUMBER: 6-23979
CONTENTS

Page

THE DIRECTOR'S STATEMENT 1 NBS AND THE CONSUMER 6

METRIC STUDY 11 FLAMMABLE FABRICS 16

MEASURES FOR AIR QUALITY 20

BUILDING TECHNOLOGY 22

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS 27

Physical Quantities 27

International Base Units 27

Mechanical Quantities 37

Electrical Quantities—DC and Low Frequency 43

Electrical Quantities—Radio Frequency 46

Photometric and Radiometric Quantities 49

General Research 52

Reference Materials 53

Physical Properties 54

Nuclear Properties 54

Atomic and Molecular Properties 55

Solid State Properties 59

Thermodynamic and Transport Properties 60

Optical Properties 63

Applied Mathematics 64

Technical Assistance to Others 67

Advisory and Consulting Services 67

Conferences and Symposia 69

INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH 71

Standard Reference Materials 71

Research to Improve Measurements on Materials 77

Determination of Data Required by the Measurement System 84

Properties of Materials 84

Biomaterials 93

Metallurgical Materials 97

Polymeric Materials 105

Inorganic Materials 109

Air Pollution 120

Technical Assistance to Other Agencies 122

Symposia 122

INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY 124

Technological Measurements and Standards 124

Flammable Fabrics 126

Fire Research and Safety 129

Building Technology 129

Electronic Technology 135

Systems Analysis 140
Page

Motor Vehicle Safety 143

Engineering Materials and Product Evaluation 146

Engineering Standards 149

Technical Support Activities 151

Technological Innovation and Diffusion 152

Invention and Innovation 152

CENTER FOR RADIATION RESEARCH 154

Radiation Measurement and Standards 154

Nuclear Physics Research 161

Structure of Materials 164

Radiation Theory 167

Facilities Operations 170

Technical Assistance to Others 173

CENTER FOR COMPUTER SCIENCES

AND TECHNOLOGY 174

Computer Services 175

Computer Information 176

Standards 177

Technical Assistance and Advisory Services 180

Research and Development 182

Training 184

Conferences and Symposia 184

OFFICE FOR INFORMATION PROGRAMS 186

National Standard Reference Data System 186

Current Activities 187

Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information 193

Library 195

International Relations 195

Publications Program 196

Conferences 196

APPENDIXES 198

Organization of the National Bureau of Standards 198

Organizational Changes 205

Summary of NBS Staff 206

Financial Data 206

Research Associates and Their Sponsors

During Fiscal Year 1970 206

Guest Workers 208

Statutory Visiting Committee 211

Evaluation Panels 211

Awards and Honors 216

Education, Training, and LTniversity Liaison 218

Publications 221

Publications in the Bureau's Series 221

Publications in Outside Journals 232

Patents 254

LV
THE DIRECTOR'S STATEMENT

During the past year, as NBS reexamined its goals, organization,

and programs in the light of national needs, one fact became clear: never have the skills, talents, and dedication of this fine laboratory

been more critically needed. The urgent need to restore the environment, to protect the citizen from unreasonable hazards, to give the consumer a better break, and to strengthen economic productivity all place even heavier demands on U.S. science and technology. And these

demands are being made at a time when many are questioning the

ability of our society to use the fruits of science wisely. The focal

point of this concern has been the ability of the decision-making in- stitutions to make Avise choices in an increasingly complex world.

The goal of the National Bureau of Standards—TO STRENGTHEN AND ADVANCE THE NATION'S SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY AND TO FACILITATE THEIR EFFECTIVE

APPLICATION FOR PUBLIC BENEFIT—reflects the Bureau's

dual role, both as an instrument of government and as a primary

resource for the Nation's scientific and technological endeavors. Thus

while NBS makes many very important contributions to the body of

scientific understanding and engineering khoav-Iioav, the most signifi- cant impact lies in facilitating the advance of science and its Avise use by the society. In this endeavor, NBS programs serve a number of

communities

• Science and Engineering (promoting more accurate, meaningful and compatible technical data and measurements)

• Industry and Government (promoting more effective use of

science and technology)

• Consumers and Sellers (promoting equity in trade and confidence in a competitiA^e marketplace)

• Public Safety (advancing effective test methods and standards

for protecting the public from hazards identified by the Congress)

1
The Bureau, long a central technical resource available to all Federal agencies, worked cooperatively with 23 departments and agencies

during the year. Demand for NBS services continued to rise, and the

urgent pressure from areas of social concern has found NBS ready to respond. Important examples of expanded activity in collaboration

with other agencies include meeting National housing needs (HUD),

automotive safety (DOT), crime control (Justice), noise pollution

(DOT), toy and product safety (HEW and FTC), medical materials

(HEW/NIH), air pollution (HEW/NAPCA), and operations re- search and management sciences (many agencies).

NBS also gave a high priority to legislatively assigned, socially

oriented programs. One example is the flammable fabrics program,

which was greatly accelerated and became productive in its efforts to insure that the public is not exposed to unreasonable risk from flammable garments or household furnishings.

Two activities of the Building Research Division deserve special

mention: developing the technical basis for performance standards

for construction, and helping reform the national system of building

standards and regulations. At stake is the potential for expansion of an industrialized housing industry which could by 1980 double the

capacity for providing new dwelling units. Progress was marked by

the rapid growth of the National Conference of States on Building

Codes and Standards, and the major technical support furnished by

NBS to HUD's project BREAKTHROUGH.

NBS initiated a substantial research program aimed at improving

the quantitative basis for air pollution measurements, based in part on the Bureau's Standards Reference Materials. NBS staff members

made important contributions to many of the Government's policy

studies on noise pollution during the year and set about strengthening

technical capabilities in acoustics research.

Other notable contributions to technological aspects of national

social problems were made in the field of mine safety (an NBS scientist was elected Chairman of the Interim Compliance Panel established by the 1969 Mine Safety Act), confidence in the fairness of

2
the draft lottery (NBS statisticians assured randomness in the method

of ordering the birthdates), and tracking down the cause of the fail- ure of the Apollo 13 mission to the moon (two NBS cryogenics engi- neers were leaders in the NASA analytical team). In these activities, as in many others, the Bureau's technical capability and reputation

for independence and integrity were prime factors in our involvement.

The year also marked some major advances in measurement science.

The development of a saturated absorption laser in our Boulder lab- oratories demonstrated that stabilized lasers can provide an improvement of a factor of perhaps a thousand in the accuracy with which

a length can be defined. This work set off efforts in the laboratories

of several nations to examine the desirability of replacing the current

definition of the meter with a new laser standard. Exploitation of

the Josephson effect in superconductivity suggested that some day it may also be possible to put electrical measurements on a fundamental

atomic basis, relating differences in electrical potential to time through

the frequency standard. And very accurate measurements with the

NBS x-ray interferometer gave promise of linking the entire domain

Ox "ay measurements to the meter with greatly improved accuracy.

This l "nued improvement in the fundamental basis for accuracy

and compatibility in physical measurement is a constant NBS concern. NBS also gave high priority attention to the domain of practical

measurements that link the apex of our measurement system to the

every-day needs of technical people throughout the land. In the field of precision engineering, serving both the machine measurement and

machine tool industries, we found that the laser and the computer

are rapidly being incorporated in the more sophisticated new commercial developments. Indeed, saturated absorption lasers may be

controlling dimensions in precision production machinery before the

international standards community can agree on its acceptability as

a new length standard. This American gift for incorporating the

results of scientific research into new products and services is the

source of much of our economic strength. But such rapid advance

3
makes it almost impossible for NBS to satisfy once and for all the

measurement needs of U.S. technology. The National basis for measurement, provided by NBS, must be superior in accuracy to the re- quirements of those whom NBS serves. But each new advance in

basic measurements capability is quickly taken over and exploited for

the benefit of all. NBS is therefore always reaching out for an ever- receding goal. This situation need not worry us, as we can measure

our progress better by the rate at which the National measurement

system grows and improves than by the satisfaction in reaching an

accuracy goal set in earlier years. The importance given to improving NBS work on multidimensional

metrology was reflected in the merging of two divisions into a new

Optical Physics Division, with a substantial expansion of research on the scientific basis for better measurement planned. This one example from the measurement research effort at NBS illustrates the

dynamic nature of evolving requirements, a feature which is common

to every one of the dozens of physical and engineering quantities

whose central basis is provided at NBS.

NBS continued taking new steps to insure that the National meas- urement capability realized at NBS was readily transferable to every- one who needs assurance that their work is sufficiently accurate and

compatible with that of others. The Measurement Analysis Program,

which features procedures for self calibration of man-instrumentenvironment systems in situ, was extended to additional quantities.

The same procedure was introduced into the services assembled under

the NBS Standard Reference Materials program. NBS began to assist the users of SRMs with development of approved measurement and

data analysis methods and with periodic accuracy evaluations based on measuring NBS supplied samples. Because of the health implications of reliability and accuracy in clinical measurements, this process

has been given special emphasis for the biochemical SRMs, such as

cholesterol. In this area NBS is working in cooperation with Federal

agencies and private organizations in medicine and clinical chemistry.

This brief look at NBS—its goals, its people, its programs—reveals

4
a laboratory that is a broadly based National resource. Bureau services range from the most sophisticated research to improve the basis

for accurate scientific measurements to work on the task of protecting

people from the misuse of technology. In every case the laboratory

seeks to promote the growth of the institutions needed to provide means for feedback that will insure the practical usefulness of NBS

research. It is not sufficient to publish and hope that others will exploit our work; Ave must take steps to insure maximum application

of our results for public benefit. The extensive contributions to knowledge reflected in this annual report will then be doubly valuable and

responsive to the needs of the Nation.

5
NBS AND THE CONSUMER*

The stated purpose of the National Bureau of Standards, to

". . . promote the strength of the nation's science and technology

and their effective application for public benefit, ..." has a

special meaning for the consumer in this era of rapid technological

change.

As a nation, we have become increasingly dependent on technology for our comfort, convenience, and safety; yet most of the

appliances and machines we buy are too complicated to fix at home;

quality and dependability are not what they might be; and repair

services are costly and slow. Safety has become an increasingly important factor as Ave harness greater power, higher voltages, and

greater speed to the satisfaction of our needs.

The marketplace, too, is changing. When we buy a product we

may see the salesman only once; we may never meet the store owner

or the manufacturer; and we have no way of judging in advance

the competence of the serviceman. Even food is prepackaged so that we can't touch it, smell it, or taste it before we take it home.

We will not return to a simpler marketplace. Today's supermarkets

and mass outlets exist because they are the most efficient systems for

bringing mass-produced products to a market of 200 million con- sumers. Nor are we likely to return to simpler products. The trend is toward greater complexity, and greater dependence of the individual

upon the built-in safety and dependability of the products he buys.

And now the environment, itself, is threatened. Unless we learn to control the unwanted side effects of technology we will not only

destroy our legacy of clean air and water; we may interfere with

life support systems upon which our very existence depends.

The question is, how can we protect the citizen from hazards,

provide greater consumer satisfaction, promote the economic strength

of the nation, improve the environment, and do all these things by means which preserve free enterprise and minimize the stresses on

our democratic institutions ? The National Bureau of Standards assumes its full share of re- sponsibility in seeking answers to these questions. Without undercutting our basic and central programs of research, and without

reducing our service to science, to industry, or to other government

agencies, we intend to do our full share of protecting the safety of

the consumer, and providing information to help him make in- telligent choices in the marketplace.

* This section, and the following sections on the Metric Study, Flammable Fabrics, Measures for Air Quality, and Building Technology, are intended as overviews rather than as detailed reports of the year's activities. Detailed accomplishments in these areas

are reported in the main body of the text. 6
We believe we can best serve the interests of the consumer in

three basic areas: measurement, product and safety standards, and

information.

Measurement

As the nation's measurement laboratory, we are moving in two

directions: first, to improve the accuracy of measurement; and

second, to make improved measurement standards and techniques

available to those who need them.

Measurement Research—Basic research to improve fundamental

measurement standards may seem remote from the consumer, but

in actual fact this research is essential to continued improvement

of products and services. Modern communications, computers and

systems for data processing and process control, medical technology,

high precision manufacturing processes, and increasing numbers of

products owe their existence in part to refinements in the measure- ment of such variables as length, time, mass, and voltage made

possible by XBS and other similar organizations throughout the

world.

Weights and Measures Program—But we do not stop with the

development of improved measurement standards. We have a variety

of programs designed to make improved measurement technology

work for industry and the consumer. For example, when you buy a pound of meat it is weighed on a

scale that has been calibrated and tested by an official of your state government. Behind the official is a State Weights and Measures

Laboratory; and that Laboratory is equipped with a complete set of standard weights and measures supplied by NBS.

We are now nearing the end of a program to modernize these

standards. Forty states are already using the new, more accurate

standards, and the last group of ten sets is now being manufactured

for early distribution.

Fair Packaging—Closely related to the goal of accurate weights

and measures is the goal of fair packaging. Since the Fair Packaging

and Labeling Act became effective in July 1967, NBS has been

working with industry to reduce the number of package sizes for

such items as cereals and detergents, and to make labels more in- formative. The objective is to make it easier for the consumer to make intelligent comparisons of different sizes and costs when he

makes a purchase. To date, 51 product categories have been standardized by voluntary agreement among the companies in the industries involved.

7
U.S. Metric Study—At the request of Congress, we are now carry- ing out a study to determine the advantages and disadvantages of

increased use of the metric system in the United States. The British

metrication program is proceeding; Australia and New Zealand are planning their conversion program; and Canada has declared its intention to change. This leaves the United States as the only major

country not using the metric system or committed to changing.

Some economists fear that the long range effect on our world trade—

and therefore our prosperity—might be severe if we do not move

in the direction of increased use of the metric system and international standards.

In our study we are seeking to determine for all sectors of society,

including consumers, the advantages, disadvantages, costs, and benefits of alternative courses of action feasible for the United States. The present impact of increasing worldwide use of the metric system

and the possible effects of any move toward increased metrication are

carefully being investigated.

Standards

One of the major applications of measurement is the development

of guidelines which help to standardize product design and engineering practice.

Voluntary Product Standards—The vast majority of the product

standards which regulate the marketplace in the United States are voluntary standards developed largely by expert committees of

standards-making organizations such as the American National

Standards Institute. NBS plays an important role in these standardsmaking activities. At the present time we have over 400 staff members working in direct cooperation with more than 1,000 industry

committees.

Mandatory Standards—At times, when the Congress decides that

the public welfare is threatened, NBS becomes involved in the development of mandatory standards. We are now working to establish a technical base for standards regulating the flammability of fabrics.

Under the provisions of the Flammable Fabrics Act of 1967, the

Secretary of Commerce was given the responsibility of developing

mandatory flammability standards when he finds that the public

may be subject to "unreasonable risk." NBS has the responsibility

of providing the necessary technical information.

We are now carrying out various researches into the flammability

of products, fabrics, and materials; studying the feasibility of re- ducing the flammability of products, fabrics, and materials ; developing flammability test methods and testing devices; and developing

training methods in the use of these methods and devices.

8
Interagency Cooperation

From time to time NBS provides expert advice, or carries out

formal research programs in support of the missions of other

Government Agencies.

Building Research—During the past year we have worked in

close cooperation with the Department of Housing and Urban Development in support of Project BREAKTHROUGH, bringing our

capabilities to bear on the problem of low cost housing. Our assignment was to develop performance statements for the housing systems

selected under the program. Specifically, we are providing answers

to two fundamental questions : how well does a material, component,

or system perform in making a safe and healthful building; and

how well does the building perform in meeting the needs of the user ? These performance statements are intended to take much of the

guesswork out of the selection of designs and materials for buildings,

and contribute to the improvement of building standards and codes.

Automobile Safety—Under the sponsorship of the National Highway Safety Bureau in the Department of Transportation, the Office

of Vehicle Systems Research in NBS is developing precise measure- ments and research data upon which to base vehicle safety per- formance standards.

Seat belts have been evaluated from the standpoints of anchorage

locations, retractor requirements, corrosion resistance, webbing

strength, and Ioav temperature performance.

Brake linings, drums, discs, and fluids have been subjected to a broad range of conditions, and their performance measured and evaluated in relation to the total system.

A comprehensive tire use survey has been completed and work is underway to develop the technical base for a uniform grading system

which will enable consumers to make an informed choice in the

selection of tires. Major factors which are being considered include

tread wear, resistance to impact damage, and resistance to casing

breakdown.

Special Programs

In addition to its assigned missions, NBS acts in support of

broad objectives of the Administration, breaking new ground in areas of importance to the consumer. Two such programs are now

underway.

Air Pollution—Prerequisites to a successful attack on the air

pollution problem are precise information about the identity of

pollutants in the air; their method of interaction; the influence

of other environmental factors; and faster, more accurate methods

of measuring pollution levels. 9
Each of these problems is fundamentally a problem of measurement, and a proper locus for NHS activity. Consequently wc have

initiated a new program called Measures for Air Quality to provide

the measurement base needed for future programs of government

and indusi ry. Consumer Information Series—President Nixon has placed a strong

emphasis on I lie need for accurate information to help the con- sumer make intelligent choices among available products and services.

The National Bureau of Standards does not test or recommend

products, but our research on measurement and standards produces

information in many areas which are of potential value to the consumer. At the request of Secretary of Commerce Stans, we are

initiating a new series of consumer pamphlets called the Consumer

I n formal ion Series. The content of the booklets will be based on

material developed in technical programs carried out by NBS, supplemented by information readily available to NBS scientists and

engineers.

Since our goal will be <o provide general information which the consumer can use to reach his own decisions, the material will be

presented in some depth, in layman's language, with liberal use of

photographs, drawings, and charts to insure communication.

Three booklets in this series have been written and will have

been published by the time this Report appears. FIBERS AND

FABRICS covers the commonly used natural and man-made fibers,

lists the 1 properties of the fabrics made from each fiber, and offers pract ical suggestions for liandling and care. TIRES, THEIR SELECTION AND CARE stresses the importance of tires in automotive liandling and safety; offers practical

advice for the care of tires; describes the types of tires available;

and offers guidelines for the selection of tires to match the car, the

driver, and the road.

ADHESIVES FOR KVKRYDAY USE describes the types of

adhesives which modern chemistry has made available to the home

owner and hobbyist, and offers practical suggestions for their use. Other booklets now in preparation will cover the subjects of hearing aids, flooring, plywood, care of books and documents, color

harmony, seat belts, and rugs and carpets. The booklets, ranging

in size from 1(> to 32 pages, will be available to the public through

t he Government Printing ( )llice.

10
METRIC STUDY

What is the present impact within the United States of increasing worldwide and domestic use of the metric system?

What would this impact be in the future, assuming that the use

or nonuse of the metric system continues as at present, with no

coordination among the various sectors of the society ? Alternatively, what would be the effect of a coordinated national

program to increase the use of the metric system ? Briefly stated, these are the basic issues as the U.S. Metric Study

enters its most searching phase, gathering data through questionnaires and special surveys. Responsibility for the study was assigned to the National Bureau

of Standards by the Secretary of Commerce after passage of Public

Law 90-472. This law authorizes the Secretary to conduct a program

of investigation, research, and survey in order to appraise the current situation and gage the likely effects of various alternative courses of action by the United States. According to Dr. Lewis M.

Branscomb, NBS director, the survey "will present more solid data on the importance of a viable measurement system to a highly

technological society than has ever been available before," regardless

of the final U.S. decision on the question of metric usage. The study is divided into three phases. The first (1969) involved

planning and developing key questions to be answered by the study

and identification of economic sectors to be surveyed, with attention

to other areas to be investigated, such as engineering standards and

history. Phase two (1970) involves gathering the data through questionnaires and special surveys. In the concluding phase (1971), data

will be analyzed and a report embodying the Secretary's recommendations will be written.

Directed by Daniel V. DeSimone, the U.S. Metric Study is focused

on: manufacturing industry; nonmanufacturing industry; Federal,

state and local government impact; international implications; his- tory of metric debate in the U.S.; engineering standards problems;

commercial weights and measures activities; consumer attitudes

and problems; educational issues; and impact on labor.

To give the study a broad base, a series of National Metric Study

Conferences in the summer and fall of 1970 provided for participation of many groups and sectors of the economy in phase two of

the study. Included were conferences of engineering industry and

professional societies, consumer-related groups, educators, the construction industry and labor, and groups from other economic

sectors. Results of questionnaires, meetings, and interviews will become

part of surveys in the following areas

11
• A manufacturing survey, approved by the Bureau of the Budget,

and conducted in cooperation with the American National

Standards Institute and numerous other industry associations.

• A nonmanufacturing survey aimed at selected nonmanufacturing

industries where the issues of the study are of sufficient concern to warrant inquiry.

• A defense study, concerned with the probable effects on national

security of alternative courses of action. This study is being

conducted by a special Department of Defense team and will cover all branches of the military.

• A Federal Survey, enlisting the cooperation of some 85 major

agencies and departments. This survey is seeking information

with respect to the probable impact that "going metric"

would have on government operation and areas of responsibility. • A special investigation of weights and measures to determine

probable effects and practical difficulties associated with a

shift toward greater metric usage.

• A standards survey, concerning the question of how U.S. engineering standards compare with internationally adopted

standards and what impact, if any, a change in our measure- ment system would have on U.S. effectiveness in international

standards negotiations. This survey is half completed and

moving along.

Some fifty private citizens are serving on the National Metric

Advisory Panel, established to assist the U.S. Metric Study in areas

in which panel members are expert. The panel chairman is Louis F.

Polk, president of Louis F. Polk, Inc., chairman of the ANSI

metric advisory committee, president of the Polk Foundation, and

a director of the Bendix Corporation.

In approaching the whole question, leaders of the study bear in

mind that increased metric usage can, of course, take either or both

of two distinct forms—one, by merely changing the measurement

language in which an object is described, and the other by physically

changing the size of the object to conform to a metric standard.

The physical change, commonly described as a change in "hardware," by its nature has a much greater impact than the language

change. Involved in a "hardware" change are questions of metric

engineering standards, the interlocking characteristics of various

segments of manufacturing industry (e.g., mating of components

such as metric-sized fasteners to fit into metric-sized threaded holes),

and the availability of metric-sized materials and parts called for

in the specifications.

In framing survey' questions for the U.S. Metric Study, certain

realistic assumptions had to be made : 12
• Iii all manufactured products the use of the metric system would

be increased only in new or redesigned items.

• Items in use—whether by the manufacturer, the consumer, the

service shop, or the sales establishment—would not be con- verted to metric until they needed replacement. However, even

then, such replacement would not occur if it was impractical

to do so. By way of illustration, the size of electric outlets and

plugs and the spacing between the screw-holes of outlet face

plates would not be changed, nor would the gage of railroad

tracks, although at some future date engineering handbooks

would show railroad gage to be 1.435 meters instead of 4

feet 8!/9 inches.

• An exception to the above rule would be weighing and measuring devices and equipment used in commercial trade. Existing

equipment would be changed to metric on a specified time

schedule.

From the beginning, NBS realized that any governmental action

with regard to increased metric usage would depend on an appraisal of the likely effects of a changeover on producers and con- sumers for all economic sectors as well as international considerations.

The Federal Surveys

Congress, especially noting that the system of measurement in the

U.S. has an important role in military operations, made specific

reference to investigating the "military advantages and disadvantages" of increased metric usage in the United States. The Department of Defense immediately undertook the task, designating the

Air Force to lead the study. Synthesis of DOD results into the final XBS report is scheduled for December. XBS is coordinating a

similar study involving all other Federal agencies. As with the DOD

study, the object is to assess the effect of increased metric usage on

such systems as transportation and communication.

Manufacturing Industry Survey

The approach decided upon was a two-part manufacturing industry survey. Part A is general in nature, with questions designed to be answered by executives familiar with overall operations of their

company. These questions probe into the extent and rate of increase

of current metric usage. To arrive at a "rate," the questionnaire asks for extent of usage

10 years ago, now, and expected usage 5 years from now for the same segments. Part A then proceeds to questions relating to metric

usage in export trade and foreign operations, anticipated advantages

13
and disadvantages if the company decided to metricate, what impact

it foresees in the form of competition from imports, what changes

it anticipates in its export trade, and their evaluation of the need

for development of international engineering standards.

Part B of the questionnaire will yield data on the cost to industry

if it were to increase metric usage on an optimum time schedule.

Added manufacturing costs (basically, one-time costs) would in- clude: development and adoption of new standards; replacement of

engineering drawings ; retraining of engineers, draftsmen, and operators ; retooling and modification of production equipment by replacement of gages, dials, and feed-rate indicators; and increased in- ventories during the transition period. It already has been determined

that for some manufacturing groups it would be impractical to produce hardware to metric standards. Oil well equipment, which

enjoys worldwide acceptance and usage in customary units of measurement, illustrates one such industry. Rolling stock for railroads

is another.

Because the determination of added costs to a company requires

expensive in-depth studies, only several hundred companies are expected to respond to the cost questionnaire. To make maximum

use of the small sample, the manufacturing spectrum was divided

into three broad categories

• Industries with potentially substantial cost impact, particularly

where mating of parts and assembly of components is re- quired. Automobiles and machinery are examples.

• Industries in which the cost impact would be slight, because

only language changes—such as in labeling and change of

dials or gages to read in metric units—are involved. These

relate primarily to companies that package their product

(e.g., paint, canning, pharmaceutical, refining, and milling).

• Industries for which little or no cost impact would result. Examples include cutlery, periodicals, costume jewelry, and

novelties.

Nonmanufacturing Industry Survey

The diverse nonmanufacturing industry includes such categories

as agriculture, forestry, fisheries, mining, construction, public utilities, wholesale and retail trade, finance, and services. There are

subdivisions within each of these paralleling those described in the

manufacturing survey.

The survey employs statistical techniques in developing a sample

from the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) as established

by the Bureau of the Budget and used by the Bureau of the Census

in its surveys. One aspect not to be overlooked is the determination

14
of whether the small business would face more serious dislocation

than its larger competitors.

Education, Consumer, and Labor Surveys

Potential advantages of the metric system in the fields of education and science have been well understood for over a century,

paving the way, for example, for the metrication of the pharmaceutical industry in the United States and for extensive, if not pre- dominant, use of the metric system in the teaching of science courses in our secondary schools and colleges. But the bulk of our

education and engineering community, serving the public and in- dustries accustomed to the inch-pound-gallon system, has used the

customary system of measurement in the instruction of our students

and the training of our workers. Xow the task is to see what the

advantages arc and what problems might develop from increasing

metric usage by students, by workers, and by the general public.

A separate study for each of these groups is planned. The current

studies differ from previously described surveys in that the questions

will be directed for the most part to associations or professional

organizations representing population segments such as the student

in the school, the housewife shopping at the store or cooking in the

home, and the carpenter and other skilled workers in the construction industry.

Engineering Standards Study

Two of the key questions for which this study is seeking answers

are

• To Avhat extent are U.S. standards incompatible with international standards because of the differences in the system of

measurement ? • Can we retain and promote U.S. standards internationally

whether or not there is a change in our measurement system?

A third question concerns the extent to which private U.S. standards bodies are participating in the development of international

metric engineering standards, the extent to which they should in- crease their participation in the light of the growth of multinational

companies, and the extent to which the United States Government

should encourage increased participation in international standards

development if there is to be increased use of metric units.

15
Commercial Weighing and Measuring Activities

The problem in this specialized area stems from the necessity of

adapting or converting existing scales and balances in all sectors of the economy to read out in metric units, if the United States

switches to their use. Grocery store scales, gasoline pumps, and

heavy-duty scales used in connection with railroad freight loads

and highway truck loads are the most prevalent and most obvious

segments of this problem. One pertinent area that needs to be

analyzed is the phasing of any coordinated effort and what part, if any, of this effort should be on a local, state-wide, or nation-wide

basis. The extent and diversity of this measurement area indicate

why liaison with state and local government is necessary, especially

since they have laws and regulations as well as inspection systems

for implementing them. The NBS study seeks to assess the potential impact in these areas. FLAMMABLE FABRICS

Following a number of injuries and several deaths from the

ignition and burning of what at that time were called "torch

sweaters" in the public press, the Congress in 1953 passed a law

titled the Flammable Fabrics Act. The sweaters that led to the

formulation and passage of the law were highly flammable objects.

A touch of a match would set them ablaze, engulfing the wearer in

flames that often led to substantial serious injury and occasionally

death. The 1953 law was designed to prohibit the manufacture and

sale of such dangerously flammable articles of wearing apparel. It was in fact built around a test method known as CS-191-53,

which required the measurement of the time to ignite and burn a

six inch long and twT o inch w

T ide strip of fabric held in a suitable

holder, upon application for one second of a standardized small

igniting flame, approximating a match. If the time-to-ignite-andburn was less than three and one half seconds for an ordinary

fabric, or less than four seconds for a raised-surface fabric (such as

velvet, terry cloth, or brushed rayon) the material was deemed too flammable for public use and could not be sold for use in apparel.

This was one of the first consumer protection laws passed in recent

years, the model for which was the Pure Food and Drugs Act of

approximately seventy years ago. As time passed, it became apparent that while this Flammable

Fabrics Act protected the consumer from such highly flammable

articles of apparel as the "torch sweaters," against which it was

primarily designed, people were still dying in significant numbers

from burning fabrics. By 1967 the matter had become of sufficient 16
Standard test apparatus used in determining flammability of fabrics. concern that the Congress held hearings on amendments to the

Flammable Fabrics Act. It was estimated at that time that 150,000

to 250,000 people a year were injured from the burning of clothing,

and that some 2,000 to 3,000 deaths occurred. These injuries and

deaths were about 60 percent of all those due to the burning of

textile products, with the other 40 percent being caused by the burning of interior furnishings such as bedding, upholstered furniture,

rugs, drapes, etc. It became clear that while the 1953 act protected

the consumer from such items as "torch sweaters," flammable fabrics were still a source of danger, and the Congress set out to try to remedy the situation.

They did this by passing major amendments to the 1953 act, and

on December 14. 1967, there was signed into law by President Lyndon

Baines Johnson the "Flammable Fabrics Act Amendments of 1967

(PL 90-189)." The Act as so amended is that referred to when the

"Flammable Fabrics Act" is mentioned.

17
This law had some sweeping provisions. While retaining the provisions of the 1953 law for the flammability of apparel fabrics

permitted for sale (i.e.. the compliance with CS-191-53) it gave

the Secretary of Commerce new powers and authorities to change

those provisions and to set standards for interior furnishings when

he finds it necessary to do so to protect the public.

The amendments make the Flammable Fabrics Act a milestone

in consumer protection legislation, for in it the Congress delegated

to the Secretary of Commerce the responsibility to determine when

a new standard was needed. That is to say, the Congress did not

of itself decide that a new standard was needed, but left that

decision up to the Secretary of Commerce. There are, however, several key phrases in the language. First, the Secretary of Commerce

must find that the public is subject to "unreasonable risk" before

proposing a standard, and the term "unreasonable risk" is undefined. Second, any standard the Secretary proposes must be "reasonable, technologically practicable, and appropriate." Clearly all these undefined terms are necessary to prevent arbitrary action on

the part of the Secretary of Commerce.

However, the law states that the Secretary may base his actions on investigations or research. By investigations is meant the investigation of accident cases and the collection of accident statistics, and

by research is meant laboratory studies. This gives the Secretary some flexibility in his actions.

In order to fulfill his responsibilities, the act authorizes the Secre- tary of Commerce to carry out certain activities, specifically detailed

in Section 14 of the Flammable Fabrics Act, One of these activities

is to be carried out in cooperation with the Secretary of Health,

Education and Welfare—investigating the deaths, injuries, and eco- nomic losses resulting from burning of fabrics. Specifically, the law

states, "The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare in cooperation with the Secretary of Commerce shall conduct a continuing

study and investigation of the deaths, injuries, and economic losses resulting from accidental burning of products, fabrics, or related

materials. The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare shall submit annually a report to the President and to the Congress

containing the results of the study and investigation."

The law, with some specificity, also details activities the Secretary

of Commerce is authorized to carry out in his own department. As

spelled out in the law, these are

"(1) conduct research into the flammability of products, fabrics,

and materials

;

"(2) conduct feasibility studies on reduction of flammability of

products, fabrics, and materials

;

" (3) develop flammability test methods and testing devices ; and

18
"(4) offer appropriate training in the use of the flammability

test methods and testing devices.

The Secretary shall annually report the results of these

activities to the Congress."

These last activities were delegated by the Secretary to the National Bureau of Standards by Departmental Order in 1968. The

highlights of the program carried out in the past year under this

delegation are given on pages __ to of this report.

When the Flammable Fabrics Act is viewed in respect to other consumer protection laws, it has at least two unique aspects. First,

as previously mentioned, it gives the Secretary of Commerce the

authority to decide when "unreasonable risk" exists, next to propose

a standard to correct the existance of this unreasonable risk, and

then to issue a final standard. In response to specific language in the

Act, a set of procedures has been evolved by the Department of

Commerce. In brief, these are

(1) A notice shall be published by the Secretary whenever he

finds that there may be unreasonable risk. Public com- ments on this finding are invited.

(2) Upon review of the comments, the Secretary may decide that

there is no unreasonable risk, and withdraw the finding, or he may decide that there is unreasonable risk and

publish a proposed standard to solve this unreasonable

risk. Again he invites public comments on this proposed

standard.

(3) After consideration of the comments, the Secretary may

withdraw the proposed standard, or modify it as appropriate and consult with the National Advisory Committee for

the Flammable Fabrics Act, as required therein.

(4) Only then may the Secretary publish it in its final form. It becomes law one year after such publication.

The National Bureau of Standards provides all the technical input

necessary to carry out the actions designated above.

A second form of uniqueness of the Flammable Fabrics Act is that four Executive Departments are involved in its implementation.

The Department of Commerce, as discussed, has primary responsibility for determining when a need exists and for developing

the standards to meet that need. The technical work necessary in

this effort is carried out by NBS. The Department of Health,

Education, and Welfare has the responsibility to collect data from

investigations of burn injury cases to permit the Secretary of

Commerce to carry out his duties. The Federal Trade Commission

has the responsibility to enforce the Standards promulgated by the

Secretary of Commerce, and the Treasury Department has the re- sponsibility of regulating imports on the basis of the standards developed by the Department of Commerce.

19
Because of these aspects of the Flammable Fabrics Act, it represents a unique effort in consumer protection legislation, and one in

which the National Bureau of Standards is playing an important

role. MEASURES FOR AIR QUALITY

The abatement of air pollution depends to an important degree

upon our ability to measure the pollutants in air. While substantial efforts have been made by various groups to develop

methods of measurement, these efforts have for the most part fallen

short of present requirements. The procedures that have been developed often cannot realize their potential because of the nonavailability of calibrating methods. Future needs in air pollution instrumentation are for greater speed and freedom from interferences.

The National Bureau of Standards' role in this problem includes

development of standard reference materials and devices for the

calibration of existing and future measurement instruments and the

concentrated advancement of measurement science in those areas of

direct relevance to air pollution problems. In order to achieve these

ends and to assist National Air Pollution Control Administration in

fulfilling its obligations, NBS has instituted the Measures for Air

Quality program (MAQ).

The technical activities of the MAQ program are Bureauwide,

but the MAQ office (manager, deputy, and a secretary) is located

in the Institute for Materials Research and reports through the

IMR office. This office coordinates and manages all activities related

to air pollution at NBS. The technical projects of the MAQ program,

most of which are partly funded through the MAQ office, are performed in the technical divisions, under their line supervision,

but the MAQ office reviews (and reports) progress to assure that

these projects stay relevant to air pollution goals, and to coordinate

the activities in different divisions. This office also manages other

facets of the program such as liaison with NAPCA, seminars by

outside air pollution experts, industrial research associates, an MAQ

newsletter, and travel to air pollution meetings.

Standard Reference Materials—The only pollutant measurements

that are independent of the method of measurement are those for

which Standard Reference Materials exist. Such major important

pollutants as 03 , S02 , N02 , and particulate matter have resisted

efforts to contain them in dilute (parts per million) mixture with

air because of their inherent instability or reactivity. Thus, Standard

Reference Materials for these substances are not available. NAPCA

is supporting work at NBS in the development of standard reference

"devices" for 03 , S02 , and N02 . The concept is to create a device

from which a certified number of molecules of, say, S02 is delivered

20
to an analytical instrument upon application of a prescribed stimulus. NBS will be supporting the development of new concepts in

standard reference devices such as molecular complexes of NO2

and of SO2, and the development of a standard reference material

of an aerosol which may be characterized by means of light scattering

properties.

Analytical Methods for Gases—The wet chemical methods currently

in use are often too slow and nonspecific for today's needs. The

assertion in the recent Nader Report that the technology of air

quality instrumentation has stood still for fifteen years may be overstated, but rapid, interference-free, physical methods have not been

sufficiently developed for gaseous pollutants. A reliable method for

the measurement of CO below 5 parts per million does not exist. Of a number of commercial instruments for the measurement of

SO2, response times vary from 1.5-26.5 minutes and accuracies are

severely limited by the lack of a calibration method. Instruments

for continuous and rapid measurement of NO in stack gases, for the

measurement of H2 S, formaldehyde, ethylene, ammonia, boron, lead,

and for the determination of carcinogenic polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons do not exist. The MAQ Program will support projects in electron energy loss spectrometry, far infrared spectroscopy, atomic emission detectors

for gases, and attenuation of tuned laser beams by specific pollutants, with the objective of developing specific, rapid optical methods

for measurement of gaseous pollutants.

Particulate Matter—The nature of particulate matter dispersed

in air is perhaps the most poorly understood aspect of pollution

analysis. Less than half of the mass of particulates has been accounted

for in typical urban samples. The problem has been approached in

specialized ways without sufficient attention having been given to a

total approach to the particulate measurement problem.

In the MAQ Program total analysis of the particulate problem

will be undertaken. A sampling station will be set up on NBS

grounds to gain experience in collection and analysis of real samples.

Next, we plan to obtain a large, homogeneous sample of urban

particulate matter for dissemination as a research material. The re- search program on measurement methods will be applied wherever

possible to this material and the results made publicly available.

The measurement methods to be applied to particulate matter

include the following

(1) Wet Chemical Analysis

(2) Neutron Activation Analysis for Trace Metals

(3) Laser Stimulated Emission Spectroscopy

(4) Electron Microscopy of Particulates

(5) X-ray Crystallography of Particulates

21
(6) Size Distribution by Mie Scattering

(7) Development of Particulate Aerosol SRM

(8) Measurement of Carcinogens in Particulates

Other Measurement Studies—Certain fundamental aspects of modeling will be studied, such as the location of air pollution monitoring

stations for most meaningful measurement of urban ambient pollution. The thermodynamic properties of high temperature air per- turbed by NO, CO, C02 , and H2 0, a question of considerable basic

importance to the control of NO formed in fossil fuel burning, are

to be calculated. There will be efforts expended in the measurement of

the kinetics of atmospheric processes such as the reactions of singlet

oxygen, oxygen atoms, and ozone, and of the excited states of sulfur

dioxide to provide information for atmospheric modeling. Our activity will extend to the assessment of the efficiency of air filtering devices relevant to indoor pollution problems. Investigations are being

made into the need for information in the form of handbooks for

workers in air pollution.

Relationships with NAPCA—The primary responsibility for air

pollution research is held by the National Air Pollution Control

Administration. The NBS involvement has been encouraged by

NAPCA which funds a number of projects in calibration devices

and in atmospheric modeling. In its role as the agency primarily

responsible for the development of measurement science, the NBS

welcomes the opportunity to apply its expertise in this field to such

national problems as air pollution. NBS will continue to solicit the

recommendations of NAPCA officials as well as those of officials of other Federal, state, and municipal agencies as well as the technological community in general.

BUILDING TECHNOLOGY

Iii the 1968 Housing Act, Congress called for 26 million new

housing units to be built over a 10-year period, or an average annual

production rate of 2.6 million units. Yet the nation today is producing at a rate of less than 1.5 million units, and to make matters

worse, units lost to deterioration and demolition in many urban

areas outnumber newly constructed units.

Beyond the crisis in housing, the building industry in general

(all building types) is hampered by its own fragmentation, a lack

of adequate coordination, and a continuing reliance on handcraft

techniques. Commensurate with national needs for greater housing

production and a heightened general building capability, the Building Research Division (BRD) has marshalled intensive efforts in

both housing and building technologies.

Technological measurements and standards are at the interface

between science and its application to the needs of our society. In

22
such areas of investigation as structures, interior environments,

durability of materials, fire safety, standards and codes, systems

engineering, building economics, and the sensory environment, the

BRD endeavors to create the basic knowledge required for the development of engineering standards and the measurements related

to them. The objective is to develop the technical base and evaluative

procedures essential to the fostering of innovation in the building

industry.

The BRD program has been designed to promote the concept of

performance as the basis for measurement in the building industry.

Performance statements which both invite technological innovation

and seek the accommodation of the user's functional and ambient

needs, by their very nature, must carefully describe measurement

methods.

Performance makes possible the stating of those building attributes

necessary to satisfy the needs of the building's users without regard

to the specific materials, components, or systems to be employed. It is a concept which stresses the performance of whole structures and total environments.

The program of the BRD is structured to provide service to other

Federal agencies, the design professions, the building industry in

general, state and local governments, and the public.

It serves the design professions and the building industry through

the dissemination of research findings. BRD professional staff also serve on committees of the American Society for Testing and Materials, the American National Standards Institute, and numerous other

standards-generating organizations.

The Research Associate Plan has proven to be a successful method

for the building industry and BRD to join forces. The Bureau's

facilities and resources are used by the associates and all results of

their research are in the public domain.

Besides furnishing direct laboratory and field support to state and

local governments, BRD research provides the necessary technical

input to building codes in the form of test methods and performance

criteria. Close cooperation is maintained with the Xational Conference of States on Building Codes and Standards, a group organized

to help solve building and code problems; the BRD, in fact, serves XCSBCS as executive secretary.

The public is served indirectly by all BRD activities and by the

Division's performance (user's needs) orientation, and directly by

BRD's participation in the XBS consumers' publication series. The BRD supplies support to some 35 Federal agencies. An important function of the BRD program is performing research,

including a limited amount of material testing, for branches of the

Federal government. The Departments of Defense, Housing and

23
Urban Development; Health, Education, and Welfare; Post Office;

and General Services Administration support projects that in many

cases mean savings of millions of dollars to the taxpayer. Consultation and advice are also available to solve unique building problems

that arise in these departments.

A notable example of interdepartmental cooperation is seen in the

BRD participation in the Operation BREAKTHROUGH program

of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The HUD

program is intended to solve the housing crisis through volume

production.

BRD's performance orientation in recent years made possible the

rapid development of the "Guide Criteria for the Design and Evaluation of Operation BREAKTHROUGH Housing," which is being

used for the development and testing of 22 housing systems HUD

has selected under the program. The development of the criteria not

Secretary George Romney of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Devel- opment (left) and Secretary Maurice H. Stans of the U.S. Department of Commerce

sign an agreement authorizing use of technological resources of NBS in broad HUD

housing programs. Observing are HUD Assistant Secretary for Research and Technology, Harold B. Finger (left) and Dr. Lewis M. Branscomb, NBS Director. 24
only constituted a benchmark achievement—it was hailed by the BRD

Chief, Dr. James R. Wright, as "a milestone in the NBS-HUD rela- tionship and in BED history"—but underscored what was already

known: the art of making performance statements is clearly in a

fledgling state in terms of both user needs determination and per- formance testing.

Central to the performance approach is the identification of signifi- cant user requirements and criteria by which the satisfaction of those

requirements can be measured.

Objective and subjective investigations must be made to determine

true performance levels to replace empirically or arbitrarily established "numbers." Long-needed research and extensive involvement

of the so called soft-science disciplines is required and the Division

is shaping its team toward this end.

A multidisciplinary BREAKTHROUGH team was assembled in

the fall of 1969 by Division management. The team not only articulated performance requirements, criteria, and test methods for housing systems but on the basis of these criteria is managing the evaluation and testing of completed BREAKTHROUGH prototypes,

subsystems, and components.

In addition to the preparation of the guide criteria, several companion documents were prepared. A study of the climatological

characteristics of 11 BREAKTHROUGH sites was carried out as well as a survey of the existing building regulations and building

permit procedures at the sites, both of which resulted in NBS reports

to HUD. A Testing and Analysis document was prepared for use in

planning the measurement of aspects necessary to assure safe, healthful, and comfortable housing.

Also undertaken were research projects that will establish the rela- tive performance of the first generation of BREAKTHROUGH

housing. Finally, BRD will develop technical standards and assist HUD in the analysis, selection, and evaluation of various energy

systems to be installed at the several BREAKTHROUGH sites. The

data gained will determine how independent systems compare with

conventional multiple-energy systems in such performance categories

as cost and reliability.

Beyond the development of performance criteria and measurement

techniques, some acceptance system has to exist for the effective

transfer of the most advanced information to the real world of building construction. In this connection, BRD staff over the year directed

the administration of the National Conference of States on Building

Codes and Standards. Staff participated in hearings and meetings,

transmitted research results from NBS, and maintained a central

repository for informtion on state activities providing for more uniform standards and codes.

25
The third annual meeting of the Conference drew representatives

from 34 states and territories, from local and state governments, and

from industry associations. The Conference approved programs for

achieving a common code framework, improved standards, laboratory

accreditation, innovation evaluation, educational standardization, and

computer utilization.

While developing long-range programs, the BRD maintained a quick-response service to satisfy the queries and consultative needs

of both government and private industry. Teams from the BRD also

responded promptly to two natural disasters, traveling to the ravaged

area of Hurricane Camile in August, 1969, and to tornado-stricken

Lubbock, Texas, in May, 1970, to gather data on the performance of

buildings under extreme wind, surge, and hail loadings.

The BRD has underav ay a full-scale research project on the effects of wind on buildings. Conducted in cooperation with the Environmental Data Services of ESSA, the study's preliminary results in- dicate that the effects of gusts on buildings are far greater than has

been heretofore suggested by wind tunnel experimentation. The

Lubbock tornado was accompanied by a hailstorm with hailstones of

three-inch size, and the resultant building damage was of interest to another ongoing BRD research project involving the hail resistance

of building materials. The project uses a hail gun which discharges

ice spheres at speeds corresponding to those experienced in hailstorms

to test hail resistance of various materials.

The BRD deals essentially in producing information, in supplying

information to government construction agencies and the private

building industry, and also in bringing information on the needs of

both government and industry—and on the results of research con- ducted elsewhere in the world—to the cognizance of Division personnel. In the latter connection, exchange programs are underway

with the U.S.S.R. and France. An exchange of visits with the Soviet

Union has taken place with the aim of exchanging information on what the two nations are accomplishing in the industrialization of

the building process. The exchange with France involves that nation's

Centre Scientifique et Technique due Batiment, the French equivalent

of the Building Research Division.

The Division over the year advanced basic knowledge in housing

and building technologies, widened its disciplinary base, strengthened

its general research capability, and provided research and consultative services. Perhaps the most noteworthy contribution of the Division has been the implementation of the performance concept in

HUD's Operation BREAKTHROUGH program—a program which

is expected to generate the means to better house millions of Americans now living in substandard housing.

26
INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS

The primary responsibility of the Institute for Basic Standards

(IBS) is to provide the central basis for a complete and consistent

national system of physical measurement, coordinating that system

with those of other nations, and furnishing the essential services leading to accurate and uniform physical measurements throughout the

United States. The IBS staff of 900 includes 528 scientists and engineers, 200 at the Ph.D. level, in facilities at Gaithersburg, Maryland,

and Boulder, Colorado. In addition to these primary locations, specialized activities are carried out at Fort Collins, Colorado; Areata,

California ; Maui, Hawaii ; and an abandoned gold mine in the Colorado Rockies. The broad nature of the IBS responsibility requires

work at many levels of technical sophistication ; however, the critical contributions in measurement generally lie at the frontiers of science

and engineering.

PHYSICAL QUANTITIES

The international system of measurement (SI) is based upon six

quantities: mass, length, time, temperature, electric current, and

luminous intensity. All other physical quantities can be derived from

these six. The United States and most other nations base their

measurement systems upon these six units. Since it is impractical to make all measurements directly in terms of base units, standards for

other physical quantities have been developed that are consistent with

these basic quantities.

In a high technology society, the needs for better standards and

means of measurement—more precise, stable, and easily disseminated—increase continually. Some of the current research in this area is described below.

International Base Units

Mass

Standard Balance for BIPM—NBS recently presented to representatives of the International Bureau of Weights and Measures (BIPM),

located in Sevres, France, a unique and extraordinarily precise bal- ance for calibrating mass standards. The balance is the first non- symmetrical instrument to provide mass data to a precision of a few

27
A portion of the 1-kilogram balance that provides a precision of a few parts per

billion. parts in a billion. An NBS data analysis study played an important

part in the work. The study indicated that buoyant effects of air on

balance configurations out of buoyant equilibrium could not be handled adequately. Subsequently a technique was devised to maintain

the balance in near perfect equilibrium regardless of the load.

The high precision performance of the instrument is mainly due to a novel arrestment system in which all knives and flats remain in contact under constant load throughout the weighing cycle. The arm

length is quite short—only two inches. To achieve reproducibility of a part in a billion requires that the arm length be constant to a part

in a billion during the measurement interval. A part in a billion of

the two-inch arm length is a distance shorter than one atomic diameter, and the "constant load" arrestment system holds the effective arm length constant to about this amount.

Two additional balances of this advanced designed are now under

construction.

28
Absolute measurement of the frequency of laser radiation. Attempting to measure

the frequency of the He-Ne laser (about 88 THz) by generating harmonics of two

other lasers and mixing their radiation with klystron radiation. Combined radiation is focused on a tungsten catwhisker diode employed for frequency detection. Time and Frequency

Laser Saturated Absorption of Methane—The technique of stabil- izing a 3.39 micrometer helium-neon laser by saturated absorption

of methane is now generally recognized to be of great importance in

the fields of length and frequency standards. Frequency stability of one part in 1014 has now been achieved using this technique, which is comparable to the stability of the hydrogen maser. Techniques are now being developed to improve the accuracy (now better than one

part in 1011 ), In this respect, saturation has been achieved with the

absorption cell external to the cavity, which eliminates some fre- quency-pulling effects. An important contribution to the measurement

accuracy of the saturated-absorption technique results from the

stability of the line center despite absorber pressure variations. The

3.39 micrometer line of methane will be proposed this fall to the

International Committee for the Definition of the Meter for consideration as a new length standard, The wavelength is now being measured at NBS with respect to the present length standard, the KrS6 605.7 nanometer line. Progress being made in measuring frequencies

in the near infrared indicates the fascinating possibility of soon being

able to measure the frequency of this 3.39 micrometer transition.

When this is possible, the same transition of methane may give a more accurately measureable and reproducible standard of frequency,

as well as length, than any other source. Absolute Measurement of Laser Radiation Frequency—Considerable

29
progress has been made to extend measurement of frequency toward

the visible region of the spectrum. The highest frequency measured

to date is the 10.6 micrometer C02 transition (28.3 THz). The meas- urement was accomplished through a process of harmonic mixing of

known laser and klystron frequencies, leading to the unknown laser

frequency being referred to the NBS atomic frequency standard.

The power necessary for mixing was attained with special compound

laser interferometers; conventional tungsten catwhisker diodes were

used for frequency detection. Diode coupling was improved by applying long antenna theory. NBS measurements have concentrated to date on CW lasers, with about 8 meters of active discharge.

Television Time-Dissemination System—A television time synchronization technique is now operational for long-term steering of the

WWV, WWVB and WWVL broadcasts from Ft. Collins, Colorado

relative to the NBS Time-Scale system located in Boulder, Colorado.

Measurement precision on a day-to-day basis is better than 0.5 microsecond. An important side benefit of this operational system is the

ability to use the three cesium standards at Ft. Collins as a backup

timekeeping system for the Time-Scale system in Boulder. Wide

interest in the basic technique has been shown by many users; for

example, the Air Force is implementing an operational TV-synchronization system for some of their own units. As a result of such

interest, the monthly Time and Frequency Bulletin began publishing

measurements made at NBS of specific synchronization pulses as received from all three major television networks. Using this information, along with known propagation delays of the television

signals, a user anywhere in the U.S. that has access to the same live

network-TV program as measured each day in Boulder may relate his

local clock to the NBS Time Scale with an equipment investment of

only a few hundred dollars. Expanding upon this basic TV-synchronization technique, a prototype system for disseminating an hours/minutes/seconds time code on line 10 of the TV vertical interval (black bar between frames)

has been constructed and tested using the facilities of Channel 7 in

Denver, Colorado, and Channel 5 in Cheyenne, Wyoming. The re- ceiver, consisting of an inexpensive television set and the necessary

decoding electronics, costs about $1000 and visually displays the

hours/minutes/seconds reading on the face of the TV set. A second

line of numbers in the visual display gives the time difference between

a local clock pulse in the user's laboratory and a reference mark in

the time code that is derived from a cesium clock at the originating

TV station. This time-difference display can have a resolution of 100

nanoseconds or 1 nanosecond at the option of the user. Two encoding systems have recently been installed at television

stations in Washington, D.C., and Los Angeles, California, to permit

30
Conventional TV receiver and associated decoder displays time-of-day on picture- tube face in hours, minutes, seconds format on top line and time difference on the bottom line. further evaluation of the technique jointly by NBS and the U.S.

Naval Observatory as well as other interested users in these areas. Preliminary results indicate these systems are capable of better than

10-nanosecond stability for time synchronization and long-term fre- quency stability equal to that of the cesium standard at the TV

station.

WWVH Relocation—Standard frequency and time signals have

been broadcasted from radio station WWVH on Maui, Hawaii, since

1948, as an aid to a large number of users in the Pacific area. These

users include ship operators, various Department of Defense units,

rocket and satellite tracking facilities, and university and Government groups studying seismology and oceanography. A gradual deterioration of the WWVH facility has been caused by shoreline erosion, the corrosive environment, and normal aging of the electronic

equipment, A 1.2 million dollar allocation was received from Congress

to relocate and upgrade the WWVH facility. A leased site was

obtained from the U.S. Navy's Pacific Missile Range facility on

Kauai, Hawaii. Physical improvement of the site has begun; the

transmitters and most other electronics have been ordered; and the

antenna-system construction is nearly completed. The neAV station is expected to be on the air April 1, 1971. In addition to having new,

improved electronic equipment, the relocated WWVH will add a 20-

31
MHz transmission to its format and will increase radiated power

from 2 kW to 10 kW on all frequencies except 2.5 MHz. A more

efficient antenna-radiation pattern will also contribute to increased

coverage and reception reliability throughout the Pacific region.

Development of New Atomic Frequency Standards—Work on new

types of frequency standards at NBS has, in the recent past, been

confined to the development of two experimental hydrogen masers. Because of this experience and a critical appraisal of hydrogen-maser

performance achieved in a variety of other laboratories throughout

the world, it now appears that maser accuracy performance is limited

by wall-shift effects to a few parts in 1013

. Since this accuracy accomplishment is also projected for the better-understood cesium-beam

standards within the next year or so, direct work on hydrogen masers

has been terminated in favor of a different approach, which appears

to offer a potential accurac}^ and stability of near 1 X 10"14

. This new approach, the hydrogen-storage-beam technique, seeks

to combine the advantages of both the cesium-beam and hydrogen- maser techniques while eliminating most of their disadvantages. It

is an extension of Professor Ramsey's experiments of about ten years

ago in which a beam of cesium atoms was detected after being stored

in a "bounce box" or storage chamber located between the two deflecting magnets of the device. When employed with atomic hydrogen, this approach is expected to yield the very narrow resonance- linewidth characteristic of the hydrogen maser while substantially

reducing problems of cavity pulling and storage-bulb wall shifts. An

initial version of a hydrogen-storage-beam tube has been designed

using some existing maser parts and should soon be ready for testing.

NBS Time Scale Improvement—Two commercial cesium-beam clocks

have been added to the NBS atomic Time Scale facility making a

total of four. In addition, the use of TV-synchronization pulses on a

routine, operational basis to compare this time scale with three other

cesium clocks at the Ft. Collins radio stations (WWV, WWVB, and

WWVL) permits the Ft. Collins ensemble to be used as a backup

timing system, if necessary. A new computer program provides near- optimum precision timing from the available ensemble of cesium

clocks. This program has the facility to allow the number of clocks

included in the time scale to be changed with only insigificant shortterm transient effects in the overall Time Scale. The present precision

of time prediction over a one-day interval is now 7 nanoseconds rms. Automation of the time-scale operations is continuing. An on-line

computer system that will automatically perform all necessary clock

intercomparisons, perform related computations, and generate a cor- rection signal to control the outputs of the working clocks at selected

times is near completion.

32
The time coordination between NBS and the U.S. Naval Observatory, which was initiated in October 1968, has proceeded smoothly.

Coordination is now accomplished using Loran-C transmission data

as measured in Boulder and periodic portable-clock measurements

with rms precisions of about 1 microsecond and 0.1 microsecond,

respectively. The time difference between the UTS(USNO) and the

UTC(NBS) times scales has been well within the mutually-agreedupon tolerance of 5 microseconds.

Progress on New NBS Frequency Standard—The present NBS Frequency Standard, NBS-III is undergoing major modifications to improve both its stability and absolute accuracy. Upon completion,

this cesium-beam standard will be designated NBS-V. The stability

of the new standard is expected to be about 1 X 10~13 for one-second

averaging times as a result of employing a refined, computer-optimized beam-optics system for higher beam signal-to-noise ratio. The

accuracy capability will be improved to near 2 X 10~13 by operating

the standard as a double-beam system. Alternate operation with the

beam traveling in opposite directions allows a simple, quick, and very

precise determination of any residual cavity phase-shift error. This

technique and the addition of an improved microwave-cavity struc- ture should also eliminate the small changes of phase shift with time

as previously observed.

Temperature

Improved He3 and Hek Vapor Pressure Measurements Using a Capacitance Diaphragm Manometer—Very accurate vapor pressure

measurements for both He3 and He4 can now be made by using a capacitance diaphragm gage operated at cryogenic temperatures.

This method allowT s vapor pressure readings without the uncertainty

introduced by thermomolecular pressure gradients (thermal transpiration). Using a specially designed capacitance bridge with high

stability, a resolution of about 10"5 mm of Hg is obtained at pressures

lower than 10 mm Hg. Preliminary He4 measurements have been

compared with acoustical thermometer values, and differences up to

8 millikelvins have been noted.

Low Gravity Thermometry—An instrumentation system has been

developed to detect the presence of either liquid or gaseous hydrogen

as well as measuring temperature in a spacecraft cryogenic propellant tank under near-zero gravity conditions. The measurement sys- tem employs a thin-film carbon sensor having a fast response time

to measure temperature and to indicate either the presence or absence

of liquid hydrogen on the sensor surface. The carbon thin-film sensor provides a relatively high voltage signal for temperature measurement. An analysis of the sensor thermal response has been developed

and this analysis corresponds well with the experimental results. 33
Drop-tower tests were conducted to evaluate sensor performance

under short-term, low-gravity conditions. Results of these tests indi- cate the usefulness of the measurement system for the intended

purpose and points up the possibility of more extensive use of carbon

or metallic thin films in thermometry and heat transfer studies.

Thermometry Fixed Points—The International Practical Temperature Scale (IPTS-68) from 18.81 to 903.89 K is based upon nine

fixed points and the use of platinum resistance thermometers as interpolating devices. NBS is investigating the reproducibility of the fixed

points presently in use, attempting to realize the other (IPTS-68)

defined fixed points, and investigating possible alternative points.

Under closely controlled conditions, the triple-point temperatures of

thirteen water cells were found to agree within 0.0001 K ; older cells (15 years) are at the lower half of this "range of spread". The range

of freezing plateau temperatures over a 1.5 hour period (10 to 25

percent solid) of seven nominally 99.9999 percent tin samples was

about 0.0001 K and that of three nominally 99.999 percent samples

also 0.0001 K ; the average plateau temepratures of the two groups

of samples differed by about 0.0006 K. The triple-point temperature

of argon—a possible replacement for the oxygen boiling point as a

fixed point—was investigated ; tests on two commercially built argon

cells exhibit average freezing plateaus (over a four hour period) that

agree within 0.0005 K. NBS had six mercury cells constructed and

tested; these exhibited freezing plateaus that were consistent within

0.0001 K.

Platinum Resistance Thermometer Development for 630 to 1064°C —Nine high-temperature platinum resistance thermometers and eight

standard platinum- 10 percent rhodium versus platinum thermocouples were intercompared over the temperature range 630.74 to 1064.43°C. The group of thermometers consisted of three made at NBS and two each from three commercial suppliers. The thermocouple wires were obtained from four major U.S. refiners of platinum

metals. Both the thermometers and thermocouples were calibrated at the freezing points of antimony about (630.75 °C, silver (961.93 °C),

and gold (1064.43 °C), and were then intercompared in a special

copper block comparator at 50 °C intervals from 650 to 1000 °C. It was found that the uncertainty in the determination of a value of

temperature on IPTS-68 with a single resistance thermometer was

about one-third the uncertainty usually attributed (0.2 °C) to a determination with a single thermocouple. It is expected that these

results will furnish a basis for future improvement of the practical

temperature scale by replacing thermocouples with platinum resist- ance thermometers.

Platinum Resistance Thermometer Development—Extended high

temperature aging data have been accumulated on six different experi34
A "birdcage" resistor (about 40 mm long by 5 mm diameter) used in high temperature platinum resistance thermometers. The resistor wires are supported on silica or

synthetic sapphire disks and a central platinum rod or tube. Four platinum leads

are attached to the ends of the resistor wire. mental platinum resistance thermometers for periods of up to 1900

hours. One thermometer. A—1, has shown a drift rate in its resistance

at the triple-point of water of 5 ppm in 90 hours over a test period of

1800 hours of exposure to 1050 °C. Other thermometers have exhibited

a drift rate of 1 ppm per hour (at the H2 0 triple point) of exposure

at 1050 °C, which has been typical of most high-temperature platinum

resistance thermometers. Two factors are believed to contribute to the

improved stability of thermometer A-l : the design of the resistor's supporting structure, and an overnight preliminary heat treatment

in air at about 1400 °C before the resistor is encapsulated. This design

may be expected to provide improved thermometer performance be- cause the activated portion of the resistor contacts only high-purity

platinum, thus reducing the possibility of chemical contamination,

and the supporting structure has the same thermal expansion as the

resistor. Aging studies are being continued and presently indicate

that materials other than platinum merit consideration for precise

resistance thermometry in the range 630 to 1064 °C.

Automation of Pyrometer Calibrations—An automatic digital re- cording system for pyrometric calibrations has been developed and

incorporated into the routine calibration program. The system consists of a programmable input scanner, a precision digital voltmeter, an intercoupler and a teletypewriter with paper tape punch. At the

operator's command, pyrometric measurements are recorded with a teletypewriter and simultaneously punched on paper tape. The tape

data thus produced are then transmitted by telephone to a computer

for automatic analysis and data reduction. The computer returns a finished calibration document that includes a statistical analysis and

interpolation tables. The overall uncertainty of the system, in terms

of the recorded voltage measurements, is 0.01 percent or 5 /xV. which35
ever is greater; the system makes it possible for one person rather

than the customary two to calibrate an optical pyrometer with no

reduction in precision. In addition, since all data recording, handling,

and calculating are done by automatic machine methods, the calibrations can be performed with less chance of error, less fatigue, and in

less time than when using the older "potentiometer-notebook" method.

Fundamental Physical Constants

Measurement of Atomic Spacings—The distance between atoms in a

crystal can now be measured with great accuracy by a technique first demonstrated at NBS. To accomplish these measurements, one portion

of a perfect silicon crystal is moved very slowly and uniformly rela- tive to another portion of the same crystal. When the crystal portions

are perfectly alined, an effect is achieved similar to that observed

if one picket fence is moved in front of another. When the pickets are lined up, light passes through, when they are staggered, it does

not. In the case of the silicon crystals, the rows of atoms act like

pickets in a fence, and x rays passing through the crystal change in

intensity as the rows of atoms pass each other.

A laser beam is reflected from a pair of mirrors attached to these same crystals. These mirrors form an interferometer, and light re- flected between the mirrors shows maxima and minima as the mirrors

are moved. Since the laser wavelength can be accurately measured, it is possible by these experiments to obtain the distance between atoms

to an accuracy of about a part per million. The results of this work

have several important applications : ( 1 ) x-ray Avavelengths have long

been measured in terms of the X-imit, whose value in terms of the

meter has not been known to sufficient precision. That unit will now

be known to a part per million. (2) Avogadro's constant, the number

of atoms in the given mass of an element, has been known only to a part per 20,000. It will now be possible to approach a part per

million accuracy. (3) The fine structure constant is now uncertain by

a part in 70,000. Experiments now underway at NBS utilize the

measurement of the silicon atom spacing to improve our knowledge

of this number.

Proton Magnetic Moment—A new measurement of the proton magnetic moment in nuclear magnetons has recently been completed.

Great care was taken in checking for possible small systematic errors

in the result. The achieved accuracy of six parts per million is equal

to that of a recent Russian measurement made by a quite different

method and is much better than that of other previous measurements.

The new measurements indicate that the values of the proton moment,

proton mass, Avagadro's number, and the Faraday given in recent adjustments of the fundamental constants of physics are substantially

in error. 36
Mechanical Quantities

High Precision Measurement of Angles—A new device developed at NBS now makes it possible to measure angles with an accuracy of one millionth of a degree by means of the wavelength of laser light.

The angle measurement device makes use of these very stable, accurately known (part per billion) wavelengths to measure the move- ment of a retroreflecting mirror. This mirror is attached to a table

whose turning is measured. The first application of this instrument

will be to the very precise measurement of gamma-ray wavelengths.

Reverberation Room—One of the highly specialized test chambers

of the Sound Laboratory Building is the massive 15,000 ft3 shell- within-shell type structure called the reverberation chamber. The 1.2 million pound chamber that floats on helical coil steel springs will

be used in studies of the properties and behavior of various types of

sound fields and their influence on the measurement of such acoustical parameters as sound power radiation, sound absorption, and

transmission.

In connection with such studies, a large three-bladed rotating vane

of unique design was recently installed in the chamber for the purpose of continuously varying the sound field in a controllable and

systematic way. The vane, centrally suspended from the chamber

ceiling, consists basically of a motor-driven mechanism that slowly

and silently rotates a shaft supporting three 7 X 10 ft sound reflect- ing panels, symmetrically oriented and obliquely angled with respect

to the shaft. The vane system is thought to be the most versatile in existence.

It has provisions for variable speed of rotation, adjustable sweep

volume, variable angle of blade tilt, variable height adjustment, and

provision for the simple installation of blades of different sizes and

shape including cylindrical and conical reflectors. With this system

it will be possible to conduct a systematic study of the effects of vane

parameters on the statistics of reverberant sound fields and possibly

to find an optimum design for the nonadjustable vanes used in routine

acoustical testing.

Anechoic Chamber Completed—A large anechoic chamber with

especially good sound-absorbing characteristics at low audio fre- quencies has recently been added to the facilities of the Sound Laboratory. All six inner surfaces of the chamber are lined with Fiberglas wedges. The chamber, which has free-field dimensions of 33 ft X

22 ft X 22 ft, will be used for the calibration of microphones and

sound sources (including loudspeakers), measurement of the noise

output of devices, the study of radiation patterns of sound sources, subjective investigations of sound fields (including loudness, noisiness, and localization) and experiments in the scattering of sound.

37
The anechoic chamber, used in a variety of sound measurement and calibration

studies, has been completed.

Access to the room is by means of a horizontal, interlaced, steel-cable net located five feet above the tips of the floor wedges and supported

by heavy I-beams. Double-wall construction and steel spring mounts

serve to isolate the anechoic chamber from external sources of air- borne noise and vibration.

New Type Wedges for Anechoic Chambers—A novel type of Fiberglas wedge structure that absorbs more than 99 percent of the normalincident sound energy in the audio frequency range above 43 Hz and more than 99.75 percent above 75 Hz has been devised by NBS for

installation in the anechoic chamber of the Sound Laboratory. The

Avedge design previously used proved to be unsatisfactory because of

a recent change by the manufacturer in the ratio of flow resistance to density in the material. The new wedge structure, which is 70 inches

long, consists of a 55-inch tapered portion with a density of 3 lb-ft3

, an 11-inch base with a density of 1 lb/ft3

, and a 4-inch air space. The region behind the tapered portion of the wedge acts like the

volume element of a Helmholtz resonator and enhances the sound

absorbing characteristics at low frequencies. Measurements leading to the new design were performed in the NBS 32-foot plane-wave tube.

Low Frequency Vibration Calibration Service—An electrodynamic

vibration generator was developed in collaboration with the Department of the Navy that produces sinusoidal motion of high quality for

38
calibration of vibration pickups over a frequency range from 1.5 to 50 Hz. The maximum acceleration level of 0.3 m/sec2 peak (approximately 3 g) is limited by a double-amplitude displacement of 4.5 cm

(approximately 1.75 inches). The generator uses two air bearings to guide the moving element ; the first restricts lateral motion and the

second minimizes rotational motion. A servo- accelerometer used as an

internal vibration sensor, is calibrated by optical methods, and the

calibration verified by other independent techniques. Special methods

were devised to measure harmonic distortion and voltage levels at these infrasonic frequencies. A calibration service is expected to be

available for this frequency range in late 1970.

High Frequency Piezoelectric Accelerometer

s

—A miniature piezoelectric accelerometer having a mounted resonance frequency greater

than 200 kHz has been designed and constructed. Cemented ceramic

piezoelectric accelerometers are used in studies regarding the motion

of high-frequency vibration generators, and for the analysis of mechanical vibrations in structures. It is advantageous for such accel- erometers to be light weight while maintaining a reasonable sensitivity. The accelerometer developed at NBS has a sensitivity of

0.02 mV/m/sec2 (about 0.2 mV/g) and a mass of approximately 1 gram. The base is made of A12 03 ceramic that provides a very stiff mounting surface. The overall size of the units is approximated the

Miniature piezoelectric accelerometer. Cable is integrally attached to metalized

A1 203 base. Overall weight of accelerometer is approximately 1 gram. 39
same as a small pencil eraser, and the accelerometer has an internal

capacitance of about 600 pF compared with 11.5 pF for commercial

devices of similar size. Temperature Dependence of the Bismuth I-II Tranistion Pressure—

Since the pioneering work of P. W. Bridgman the phase transition

of bismuth (Bi) at about 25 kbar has been one of the most important

fixed points on the pressure scale. This point was recently redetermined at NBS with a specially designed very-high-pressure piston

gage. These measurements were made at 25 °C. To utilize the 25 °C

value at other temperatures a very careful determination of the

temperature dependence of this transition pressure has also been

made. Such a determination was necessary because of the wide variety

of temperature coefficients reported in the literature. The new determination is supplemented by a careful analysis of the uncertainty of

the derived value.

High-Pressure Electrical Feedthrough—Work at high hydrostatic

pressures frequently requires electrical leads into or out of the high

pressure apparatus. The leads may carry either dc voltages or signals

with frequencies of up to several MHz. To solve many of the problems

previously encountered in this area, a group of very simple and

reliable electrical feedthroughs has been developed. The feedthroughs

have been tested in more than one hundred runs at pressures of up

to 25 kbar (360,000 psi) with no failures. Feedthroughs for pressures

j

iuijt!iijni||iiiijiiiiji|iimiijitiij

^ CENTIMETER i 0 12 3 4

Electrical feedthroughs have been developed for use in pressure apparatus at pressures up to 360,000 psi. 40
to 14 kbar (200,000 psi) can be screwed into standard high-pressure

fittings. Their insulation resistance of more than 2000 M ft between

the leads and the outside sheath makes them especially valuable for use with managanin or strain gages. Other types, based on the same

fabrication principles, are used at frequencies up to 30 MHz for

nuclear quadrupole and ultrasonic measurements.

Fluids for High Pressures—Density and bulk modulus have been

determined for mixtures of aviation instrument oil and iso-pentane

at pressures up to 26 kbar. The mixtures are particularly useful as pressure transmitting fluids, whereas the individual components have

unfavorable characteristics under pressure, From ultrasonic measure- ments made on the compressed fluid samples, data for the ratio of

specific heats as a function of pressure and a qualitative measure of

the viscosities were obtained. These measurements were made in an

apparatus designed at NBS for the compression of fluids to more than

40 kbar.

Cryogenic Flow Research—A facility for the study of cryogenic

flowmetering is now complete and operational and has been utilized

to evaluate seven positive-displacement-type cryogenic flowmeters

currently used in commerce. These meters, representing four different

manufacturers, have been evaluated for precision and accuracy using

liquid nitrogen over a range of temperatures from 71 K to 90 K and

from saturation to 0.9 meganewtons per square meter (132 psi). Results of these meter evaluations will furnish guidelines for type

approval and code requirements and provide information for the

Facility for the evaluation of commercial flowmeters and the development of new

cryogenic flowmetering systems. 41
development of new flowmetering measurement systems. The program was established under sponsorship of NBS and the Compressed

Gas Association. The joint sponsorship by CGA provides international support for the program as this trade organization represents

not only six of the largest cryogenic producers in the United States

but also producers in England, France, and Germany.

Equations for Thermal Transpiration in High Vacuum—Temperature gradients in low-pressure systems induce gradients in gas molecule concentration and in pressure. A knowledge of the corrections

due to temperature gradients is crucial to measurement accuracy in

operating systems. Earlier studies by Reynolds, Maxwell, and Knudsen showed that the gas pressures, P1 and P2 , at the ends of a capillary

tube connecting two separate chambers maintained at temperatures

Tx and T2 , repectively, are related by PJP2 =^/TJT2 =RK. Subsequently, more accurate measurements have shown deviations from

Knudsen's limiting value, RK, of greater than 20 percent of the value

of RK. No theory fully accounted for the anomalous Knudsen limiting value. Now, concepts of nonequilibrium thermodynamics and

statistical mechanics have been used to derive a general expression for

the thermal transpiration ratio, R, which embodies the type of molecular scattering from the surfaces as well as the nature of the gas. The result is that R/RK = {T2/Tx ) e (o\ A.), where o~ represents the

degree of specular to diffuse scattering and X is the mean free path.

The general expression has been evaluated for a cylindrical tube at high vacuum to give results in agreement with experimental values.

Mechanical Compliance of Single-Edge-Notch Specimens—Improvement of design criteria for high-strength materials, particularly

metals, depends on a better understanding of their fracture properties. Compliance measurement is a technique frequently used in

attemtping to isolate the causes of brittle fracture experimentally.

The single-edge-notch compliance specimen is well suited to plate or

sheet materials, and two sizes of these were measured : a long specimen

to make comparisons with theoretical stress function solutions, and

a short one similar to the size that has been widely used in the

determination of long-term, environmental effects (principally radiation) on the crack-toughness properties of materials.

Load-displacement (compliance) results obtained with the long

specimen were in good agreement with the theoretical solutions and

earlier experimental work. The data for the short specimen reflected a strong dependence upon the point of attachment of the extensometer; poorer agreement between predicted and observed extensions is probably due to the points of load application being nearer the notch

in this shorter length specimen.

Dynamic Load Errors in Testing Machines—Tests to determine the

strength of materials are made at various rates of load application.

42
Testing machines used to make these tests, however, are generally

calibrated under static load conditions. Errors due to the lag of the

load-indicating mechanism also may affect the apparent dynamic test

results. To determine the magnitude of these dynamic errors, a procedure was developed for comparing the loads indicated by the test- ing machine and, independently, by a load cell. Results obtained

with the new procedure revealed that the dynamic error was proportional to the rate of load application, and that correction factors

could be found for use with individual testing machines.

Dynamic Response of a Load Cell Element—Errors of unkown

magnitude are introduced when a rapidly changing force is meas- ured with an instrument that has been calibrated under static loading

conditions. To help determine these errors, a method Avas developed

for determining the dynamic characteristics of a prototype load cell element subjected to sinusoidal forces by a piezoelectric shaker. Small

accelerometers were used to measure the motion of the ends of the

element being driven near its resonant frequency. A simple viscoelastic model was assumed for the element, and relaxation times on

the order of 10~7 second were measured.

Roughness Induced Transition—A rough surface usually induces

earlier transition to turbulent flow. Although a great deal of engineering data on such behavior has been established, a fundamental

understanding of this behavior has been lacking. An experimental

investigation, supported by the National Aeronautics and Space

Administration, of the effect of single two-dimensional roughness

elements on the transition to turbulent flow in boundary layers has

been carried out at NBS using a four and one-half foot wind tunnel.

Emphasis was given to the measurement of mean velocity distributions, and in particular to the behavior of disturbances—their intensity, growth, and decay in the immediate downstream vicinity of the

roughness. Their behavior was examined in the light of stability

theory, which revealed that the earlier transition to turbulent flow

induced by single two-dimensional roughness elements is due to the

destabilizing influence of the distorted flow created by the roughness.

In addition to the understanding of the basic mechanism, these

results will also be useful in connection with closely related problems

encountered in aerodynamic and hydrodynamic testing.

Electrical Quantities—DC and Low Frequency

Precise EMF's and the Microivave Josephson Effect—In the "ac Josephson effect'- a microwave frequency is converted to a dc voltage

by a quantum process in a junction of special construction operating

at a temperature of 2 kelvins. Voltages above 16 mV have been

achieved in single junctions. A low-level potentiometer, operating in

the range 0-10 mV, has been constructed for the accurate measurement

43
Comparing the voltage produced by a Josephson junction when exposed to micro- wave frequency to that of a standard cell. of these voltages in terms of the emf of a standard cell. In this potentiometer, a pair of interchangeable 10-element Hamon networks provide a 100/1 ratio accurate to better than a part in 108

. A 6-decade

current divider is used to achieve approximate balance against the

standard cell emf. Precise balance—to better than a part in 107 —is accomplished by adjustment of the microwave frequency. In a series

of measurements with a number of junctions, over a period of months,

voltages from 2.5 to 10 mV have been measured. The observed fre- quency/step-voltage ratio has in every instance been the same within

1 part in 106

. It is anticiapted that after further refinement of the

measuring process, the effect will be useful in monitoring the stability

of the national unit of voltage as maintained with standard cells. Development of a resistive voltage-ratio standard—Resistive voltage

dividers having discrete ratios from 1/1 to 1000/1 are an important

link in the transfer of accurate dc voltages from the standard cell voltage level to the one kilovolt level and higher. For many years, these dividers have been calibrated by comparison with a ratio standard that could be self-calibrated by a bootstrap technique. The accu- racy to which the ratios of this standard were known is of the order

of 5 ppm of ratio. A new ratio standard designed and constructed at NBS incorporates an additional measurement technique based on the series- parallel principle to establish the values of its ratios. The standard

is provided with its own measuring network and the entire system

is housed in a temperature-controlled dry air enclosure. The values

44
of its ratios are known to an accuracy of 0.2 ppm. Several features were included in the design of the ratio standard to permit operation

at 100 Hz and below.

Measurement of Transformer Ratios—A new method for the cali- bration of isolated decade inductive dividers and other precise ratio

transformers has been developed. The method employs a reciprocal

transformer-type network whose terminal characteristics can be fully

measured. The transformers can be calibrated either in the voltage

or current mode. With this new method the inductive divider ratios can be measured to ± 2 X 10"9 and ± 5 X 10~9 accuracy (with respect

to input) for the in-phase and quadrature components, respectively.

By calibrating inductive dividers in both voltage and current modes,

it has been demonstrated that well-designed units are reciprocal

within a few parts in 109

. Comparator for Thermal Voltage Converters—Coaxial ac-dc transfer

standards of the thermal converter type measure ac voltages in terms

of dc reference voltages. A compact, inexpensive comparator has been

developed to intercompare these converters with an accuracy of better

than 10 ppm at audio frequencies. With the new comparator the

relative ac-dc differences of adjacent ranges of converters can be

determined quickly and easily in the user's laboratory to step up and

down the voltage scale. Only a single range need be calibrated at XBS

as a reference, and recalibration is not necessary unless the intercomparisons show changes. Thus the high accuracy of these converters can be established and maintained at a very low cost in time and

equipment.

Improved Accuracy in Resistance Measurements at the One-Ohm

Level—An entirely new measurement system for calibrating Thomastype one-ohm Standard Kesistors has been devised and placed in

successful operation. The new system uses a dc current comparator

and is capable of measuring resistors with a total uncertainty of 0.08 part per million, which is based on a three-standard-deviation limit

for random errors of 0.05 and an allowance of 0.03 part per million for

systematic errors due to possible uncorrected effects of temperature

and pressure. This ten-fold improvement over the previous uncertainty of 1.0 part per million has been achieved at reduced power

dissipation, now 0.01 watt per resistor. Environmental factors are controlled more rigidly in the new

system (temperature is held to 25.000 ± .003°C) and the Standard

Resistors are never touched or moved by the operator during test. Inasmuch as all other resistance measurements at the Xational Bureau

of Standards, from 10"4 to 1014 ohms, stem from this one-ohm base, an accuracy improvement here will affect the accuracy of all other

resistance measurements.

45
High Voltage Pulse Measurements From High Speed, Fringe Pattern

Photographs—A novel photographic technique has been developed for

measurement of short-duration, high-voltage pulses (peak magnitude ^ 100 kV) . The pulse magnitude is measured directly from detailed

two-dimensional fringe patterns produced under pulse conditions by

the Kerr effect and photographed at high speed using a pulsed, ex- panded laser beam. In contrast to earlier fringe-pattern results obtained using high direct voltages, the present patterns are produced

by voltage pulses with durations so short (~ 5 /jls) that space charge

distortion of the inter-electrode field is effectively precluded. The

pulse magnitude may therefore be determined directly from the

photograph, by counting the numerous dark fringes that map the

distorted electric field at the sides of the electrodes of a calibrated

Kerr-cell. Advantages afforded by this optical approach to voltage

measurement include the following: (1) Since precision electrical metering equipment is not employed, the measuring system is not

subject to electrical interference effects. (2) This approach makes

feasible high-resolution (to 1% or better) measurements of steeply

rising submicrosecond high voltage pulses. Because of the frequency

response and deflection limitations of photodectors and oscilloscopes, accurate measurements of such pulses are extremely difficult, if not

impossible, using conventional pulse voltage divider or Kerr system

techniques. (3) It enables detection and measurement of fringing end

field effects that often cause troublesome errors in conventional Kerr

system pulse measurements. (4 J It allows experimental study of the

effects of design changes on the ideal electric field distribution without complications added by space charge distortion.

Calibration of Kerr Cells for Measurement of Pulsed High Voltages—

Several Kerr cells have been calibrated for Kerr system measurement

of pulse voltages peaking as high as 300 kV. By use of the electro- optical field mapping technique developed last year, the calibrations were achieved by reference to accurate high direct voltage measurements. Until now, calibrations of high-voltage pulse measuring dividers and Kerr cells have been extrapolated from low-voltage measurements. After calibration, Kerr cell measurements agreed with

simultaneous calibrated divider results to within 1 percent to the

300 kV level. Electrical Quantities—Radio Frequency

Comparison of Near- and Far-Field Determination of (JPL) Antenna

Patterns—To support the deep space program as well as lunar missions, the Jet Propulsion Laboratory required an accurate calibration

of standard-gain horns to be used with their 210 ft dish antenna at Goldstone, California.

To meet this need, a system Avas devised to calibrate the horns by

46
measuring the near-field distribution in a plane area in front of the

horns. These data are then mathematically transformed to arrive at

far-field antenna-gain patterns of high accuracy and great detail. The

end result is a superior measurement with reduced cost. Electromagnetic Radiation Hazards—An analysis of nonionizing

radiation hazards shows that accepted hazards-measurement standards have little or no meaning in near fields, despite the fact that a

large fraction of hazards occur, and many biological experiments are

carried out, in near fields. Studies indicate that under very general

conditions, electric-energy density in body tissues should be a good

measure of hazard. A detailed analysis of both hazard measures and

complications of their measurement parameter has been carried out. Several immediately useful outputs of this effort include a calibration

method for electromagnetic-hazard meters that uses near-zone antennameasurement techniques to eliminate the need for high-power rf sources; a microwave exposure chamber designed for the USAF

School of Aerospace Medicine at San Antonio, Texas; and a prototype EM-hazard meter using a new type of field sensor. This sensor is composed of a set of three orthogonal dipoles with

diode detectors placed between the arms of each dipole. The detected

signals from the diodes are transmitted over high-resistance plastic

lines to a remote instrument that meters the levels. These lines produce very little distortion of the field being measured and have very

little interaction with the dipoles. The full potential of this instrumentation has not yet been realized. Its outstanding characteristics are very wide frequency and dynamic range, ability to measure both

peak- and average-field levels, and capability to measure accurately

fields of arbitrary polarization with multipath or reactive components. For the first time, this meter and sensor combination make it possible to quantify accurately hazardous EM radiation from commercial microwave ovens, radar equipment, and antennas.

Bio-Electronic Transducer Research—An ultra-sensitive microphotometer was constructed to measure the speed of red-blood-cell flow

in the surface capillaries of the lung as viewed through a window in

the chest. These data, plus a measurement of cell color changes, give

information about the oxygen-absorption mechanism and should provide a quantitative measurement of the effects of air pollutants on

lung performance.

In this same area of research, a special ultrasonic transit-time

measuring unit was constructed that permits an accurate, continuous

measurement of left-ventricle diameter in the hearts of dogs. Further

development in this area will be directed toward similar measure- ments in humans, with the goal of quantifying heart condition and

performance on a routine, painless basis. Pulse and Time Domain—New techniques for measuring pulses

47
with time durations between one picosecond and one second are being

developed. Experimental and theoretical studies have been performed

on coaxial transmission lines (TEM mode) whose losses were attributed to metal skin effect, simple Debye dielectric relaxation, or to semi-solid dielectric structures. Time- and frequency-domain measure- ments were made on a 213-meter (700-foot) superconductive coaxial

line. A generalized theory was derived for electron-beam deflection in

traveling-wave cathode-ray oscilloscopes. The theory is applicable

to fast- or slow-wave deflection structures and includes the deflection- structure circuit properties and the electron-beam dynamics. Electronic

systems were developed to acquire and process pulse-measurement

data from sampling-oscilloscope systems. Many present-day commercial electronics systems and equipment (e.g. pulse generators,

radar, computers) employ pulses having rise times of only a few

picoseconds.

Matrix Diode Mixer—Many precision electromagnetic-measurement

systems require frequency conversion to permit a single frequencyreference standard to be used over a large portion of the EM spec- trum. The diode mixer generally is the weakest link in such systems.

To overcome this problem a matrix-diode principle has been employed

that uses from 16 to 24 hot-carrier diodes in a balanced configuration

to provide a more linear conversion range with substantially lower

noise figure. At 2.4 GHz, the mixer can accept a +10 dBm signal

without compression while maintaining a 4 dB noise figure.

Decade Inductive Voltage Dividers for 100 kHz—Uncertainties of

less than 0.5 part per million have been obtained in a 2-stage, guarded,

inductive voltage divider. This single-decade divider yields this accu- racy at frequencies to 100 kHz. High accuracy was achieved by employing an excitation winding wound on an additional core, and by using

the center conductor of a coaxial cable as the principal winding conductor. Xear-perfect guarding of each divider-section winding was

achieved by applying guard potentials derived from a tap on the

excitation winding to corresponding points on the shield of the co- axial cable section. The shield is continuous only within a section. The

XBS divider design overcomes the two major limitations on accuracy

at high frequencies that are inherent in other available inductive

voltage dividers; namely, (1) excitation current and (2) current from stray admittances between sections of the winding that cause

voltage drops in the leakage inductances of the sections. The device

should be of value as a standard for calibrating other dividers, as an

instrument for measuring voltage ratio and attenuation, and as ratio arms in bridges used for impedance measurements.

Precision Directional Couplers—New coaxial directional couplers

have been developed for rf power measurement in the frequency

range 2 to 3000 MHz. The couplers are used as stable, precision

dividers and allow the measurement of high-power levels (e.g., 1 kW)

48
using low-level (10 mW) power meters. One coupler spans the 2 to 50 MHz frequency range with 50-db directivity and ± 0.2-dB maximum variation in coupling. A second coupler covers the 300 to 3000

MHz range with coupling flatness of ± 0.05 dB (1%), 40 dB or

greater directivity, and maximum SWR of 1.02. Employing a variable

slot-length feature, the coupler can be quickly adjusted to a quarter

wavelength at any frequency within its band. Prior to this development, 3 or 4 couplers were required to span the decade band, which

introduced coupling variations as large as 1.5 dB. The new coupler

also is useful as an accurate, variable attenuator having a known

attenuation curve. A third coupler is under development to span

the 50 to 300 MHz frequency range.

Noise Calibration above 60 MHz—The first noise calibration service above 60 MHz for coaxial noise generators has been initiated.

This new capability, between 2.60 and 3.96 GHz, can accommodate

thermal-, gas- discharge-, and shot-noise generators with coaxial connectors. With appropriate adapters, imiconductor waveguide generators can also be calibrated.

New Thermal Voltage Converters—Higher accuracy measurements

of rf voltage are now possible in the 1000 MHz range following the

recent development of new thermal voltage converters (TVC's). A

set of three TVC's covers the voltage range from 0.25 to 7 volts with an uncertainty limit of 1 percent. Formerly, this limit was 7 percent.

Each converter employs a built-in tee connector to minimize voltagereference-plane error. These units will be useful in calibrating rf

voltmeters, receivers, oscilloscopes, and a variety of other equipment

used in industrial and military applications.

Pulse Rise-Time Calibration Service—A pulse rise-time calibration

service has been initiated using a commercial sampling oscilloscope

as the working standard. Evaluation of the oscilloscope in the fre- quency domain allowed calculation of its time-domain response. Amplitude-response data were obtained at up to 18 GHz while the phase

response was measured at up to 11 GHz. The new calibration service

is intended mainly to accommodate tunnel-diode step generators and

2-port passive devices. The rise-time range extends from 20 picoseconds or less to approximately 1 microsecond. Uncertainty limits are 30 percent and 2 percent, respectively.

Photometric and Radiometric Quantities

Interlaboratory Comparison of Spectral Irradiance Standards—The

radiometric community obtains most of their standards of spectral

irradiance from commercial and Department of Defense laboratories

whose standards are traceable to NBS. At times large differences

between calibrations performed at these laboratories have been noticed. To determine the extent and source of these differences, an 49
interiaboratory comparison of spectral irradiance calibrations at the

U.S. Army Metrology and Calibration Center, Bedstone Arsenal;

Eppley Laboratory, Inc. ; Optronic Laboratories, Inc. ; and the NBS

was undertaken. Extensive measurements were made at each laboratory at a number of wavelengths between 0.25 ftm and 2.4 /xm on

three, 1000-Avatt tungsten-halogen irradiance lamps. The results of

this "round-robin" revealed differences between laboratory calibrations as high as 5 percent and differences between the laboratories

and NBS as high as 3 percent, with little dependence on wavelength.

The repeatability of a single laboratory participating in this intercomparison corresponded to a standard deviation varying from 0.5 to 1.0 percent, and the lamps used had an indicated drift throughout

the test of about 0.5 percent. The observed laboratory differences

have motivated efforts to reexamine and modify calibration procedures. The laboratory intercomparisons, including additional laboratories, will be continued on a regularly scheduled basis and are expected to improve the consistency and accuracy of spectral irradi- ance standards in the U.S.

Uncertainty of Spectral Radiance Calibrations of Tungsten Strip

Lamps—The accuracy of tungsten strip lamps calibrated by an optical pyrometer determination of brightness temperature, published

spectral emissivities of tungsten, and calculated spectral transmittances of the lamp window is usually unknown, primarily because

of the uncertainty of how well the emissivities and transmittances

used correspond to those of the lamp. To indicate the possible magnitude of error, this type of calibration has been performed on about

25 lamps for which spectral radiance values had been measured di- rectly by comparison to a blackbody from 800 to 210 nm. The results of the investigation have indicated the emissivities that should be

used and the errors in spectral radiance to be expected. From 650 to 300 nm emissivities published by Larrabee and from 650 to 800 nm

those published by DeVos are preferred. From 300 to 225 nm, emissivities obtained as part of this investigation resulted in smaller

errors than those of DeVos. Using the above emissivities, about 90

percent of the lamps tested had errors not exceeding 2 percent down

to 300 nm and 6 percent down to 225 nm. The remainder of the

lamps had errors as large as 6 percent at 300 nm and 20 percent

at 225 nm.

Reflectance Standards for the Ultraviolet to Infrared—Eighty-three

reflectance standards have been prepared and calibrated for use in

the measurement of normal, spectral reflectance (0-10° irradiation,

0-10° viewing) over the wavelength range of 0.25 to 30 fjirn with an uncertainty varying from 0.1 to 1.0 percent. The standards are opaque, high-vacuum evaporated aluminum and gold mirrors, which

have been aged for over a year (to minimize reflectance changes

50
caused by further aging). A Strong reflectometer in conjunction with

a prism spectrometer for the wavelength range from 0.25 to 5 fxm

and a fast scanning Michelson interferometer spectrometer for the

range from 5 to 30 /im were employed for the measurements. The

standards are available in four sizes: 0.875 in diam, 1.125 in diam,

1.5 X 1.5 in. and 3X4 in. and may be purchased from the Office of Standard Eeference Materials at XBS.

New Camera Test Method—A precise method of locating the axial

focus of a camera objective lens mounted in a camera body has been

developed. An optically flat, first surface mirror is placed in the film

plane and the camera is mounted in a modified Twyman-Green interferometer with laser illumination. An interferogram is obtained that

indicates the focal error and which can be used to evaluate the quality

of the lens. Theory of Microdensitometry—All measurements of the fine struc- ture of photographic images depend on the measurement of the

optical densities of microscopic areas of such images. Serious dis- crepancies between such measurements in various laboratories have

been traced to the effects of partial coherence of the light passing

through the instruments used for these measurements. A rigorous

analysis has established the physical conditions required for the

linear operation of microdensitometers. The findings of this analysis

will also contribute substantially to an understanding of the operation

of setting a microscope crosshair on the scale marks on a length

standard, such as a meter bar.

New Approaches to Lens Evaluation—A new technique of lens

evaluation, based on the use of a shearing interferometer developed

at XBS, has been subjected to rigorous theoretical analysis and pre- liminary tests. A digital computer is used to compute the pupil function and transfer function of the lens from the information contained

in the interferogram.

Another new technique, recently developed, utilizes an autocorrelator to measure the modulation transfer function of a lens rapidly

and accurately. The technique should also be useful in other optical

and photographic correlation studies.

Theory of Resolving Power—The quality of most cameras and other

optical instruments is judged primarily by their resolving power as measured with a high-contrast three-bar test target. The theory of

the formation of optical images of such objects has recently been

reformulated, taking partial coherence into account. During the

course of this work it was shown that considerable differences in

resolving power can be attributed to differences in coherence of light

propagated from the target to the objective of the camera or other

optical instrument. This research should result in the specification

of more reproducible and meaningful test methods.

51
GENERAL RESEARCH

Thirty-Meter Laser Interferometer—For the last year a 30-meter

Fabry-Perot interferometer, located in an unused gold mine near

Boulder, has been used as a geophysical strainmeter. The instrument

uses two lasers oscillating at 3.39 micrometers. One laser is locked to a transition in methane, and the other is locked to a fringe of the

interferometer. The ends of the Fabry-Perot cavity are anchored in

the rock of the mine, so that the change in the beat frequency between

the two lasers is a direct measurement of the change in the strain of

the rock. The ultimate sensitivity of the system has not yet been

reached, but strain fluctuations of the order of two parts in 1013 per

unit bandwidth can now be measured. The instrument is being used

to study various problems of geophysical and astrophysical interest,

including the possible detection of gravitational waves from pulsars.

Biological Magnetism—Magnetic fields of 10"10 tesla or less are

associated with the human heart beat and fields of 10"13 tesla are

associated with the alpha-rhythm currents in the brain. These and

other small biological fields can be detected with superconducting

quantum-flux sensors. Work on these superconducting magnetometers was initiated by scientists of Philco-Ford Corporation and is being

continued at NBS, Boulder. A compact portable instrument built at Boulder has a sensitivity of 10"13 tesla or better (10 to 100 times bet- ter than the best presently-available instruments). Magnetocardiograms taken with the newest magnetometer are comparable to good

electrocardiograms in quality. This suggests new medical diagnostic

procedures using magnetometers as passive, nonintrusive monitors of

biological processes. Other applications include studies of paleomagnetism and magnetic anomaly detection.

Superconducting Quantum Interference Devices—A relatively simple technique has been developed for fabricating controlled weak

electrical contacts (Dayem microbridges) between superconducting

thin films of niobium. The electrical properties of these microbridges

are controlled by quantum-mechanical interference, a phenomenon

that forms the basis of a new generation of very sensitive instruments

such as magnetometers, galvanometers, infrared detectors, and milli- kelvin thermometers. The niobium microbridges, in contrast to their

predecessors, are expected to possess the ruggedness and longevity

required of instruments operated in field conditions.

New Hypo Test Methods-Residual hypo is one of the critical fac- tors determining the archival permanence of films. A new method

which has been developed for measuring the amount of hypo remaining in film after washing has several advantages over previous ones

it is nondestructive, employs no highly poisonous chemical, and is simpler and quicker. In this method, a piece of chromatographic

52
paper saturated with an ammonia solution is placed on the emulsion

to be tested. The hypo dissolves and is absorbed in the paper. When

the paper is treated with a silver nitrate solution, silver sulfide forms

in an amount proportional to the concentration of hypo. The darkcolored sulfide can be determined quantitatively by measuring light

transmitted through the paper. The paper may be applied to the

film at a processing site and then be sent to another laboratory for

evaluation without sending the film. Whereas previous methods determined the average hypo concentration over a square inch of film, the new method reveals the variation in concentration over the surface.

Judgment of the archival suitability of film can now be based on

the maximum hypo concentration rather than an average. Measurement of the distribution of residual hypo also should be particularly

useful to designers of film-washing equipment.

REFERENCE MATERIALS

Preparation and Characterization of Standard Reference Metals—

Present and future needs for high-speed ground transportation, more

efficient power distribution, and aerospace applications have created

The giant grain size of this aluminum sample is a prominent feature of the ultra- pure, accurately characterized metal produced for international comparisons.

53
a demand for a standardized metal that may be used in cryoconductor

research. A Research Material, ultra-purity aluminum, which satisfies this need has been prepared, fabricated into special shapes, and made

available.

Standardized specimens may also be used to calibrate physical

apparatus, such as thermal conductivity cryostats, where absolute

measurements are difficult. Measurements have been completed between 4 and 300 K on a NATO-AGARD stainless steel, iron, and

gold. These metals were selected to obtain highly reproducible speci- mens of low, medium, and high conductivity, respectively. The wellcharacterized specimens have conductivities known to an accuracy

of 1 percent.

Standardization of Copper—With the international trade in ultra- purity metals increasing significantly, there is a need for standardization of analytical chemical methods. This may be accomplished

by the production and distribution of homogenous specimens of cer- tain materials so that the results from laboratories of different nations using different methods may be intercompared. Over 200 care- fully prepared specimens of copper in different shapes were produced, fabricated, and distributed to representatives of 12 different

nations that are members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Approximately half of the activity within the Institute for Basic

Standards is related to the measurement of physical properties of

well-defined substances. The rapid growth of the physical sciences

lias provided scientists with many new techniques for measuring "old"

physical properties and has made accessible many new ones. With

new techniques it has been possible to increase the precision of measurement, provide the scientific community with a greater range of

reference data, and characterize certain processes more fully. Examples of these activities, drawn from current work, are given below.

Nuclear Properties

Angular Momentum Assignments of Slow Neutron Resonances—In

order to demonstrate a new method for determining the angular

momentum of slow neutron resonances, the NBS mobile He3 refrigerator, which provided a highly polarized target of holmium-165, was used in conjunction with a neutron beam at the Atomic Energy

Research Establishment, Harwell (England) Electron Linear Accelerator. High resolution total neutron cross sections of both polarized and unpolarized holmium-165 were measured with unpolarized

neutrons over the energy range 12 eV to 2-3 keV. These measure- 54
ments will yield angular momentum assignments of many of the

resonances covered in this energy region. Previous measurements

made on holmium-165 at Brookhaven National Laboratory (U.S.A.)

and Dubna (Russia), using both a polarized target and a polarized

neutron beam, covered only the energy region below 100 eV.

Atomic and Molecular Properties

Autoionizing Transitions in Lithium Vapor—A modified heat pipe oven utilizing thin aluminum films as windows has been developed

as a metal vapor absorption cell. Using the continuum radiated by

the 180 MeV electron synchrotron as a background light source, new

structure in the absorption spectrum of lithium vapor has been observed in the wavelength range 230 to 170 A. Series have been observed converging to the Ls^s^^S), and l«2p( 1 - 3 P) limits in Li n. The experimentally observed positions of members of the ls2s ( 3 S)np

series with n = 2,3,4,5 confirm energies for these levels predicted

theoretically at NBS. Configuration interaction between series members has been observed, perturbing both the strength and energy position of the levels. An experiment is now in progress to determine the

photoabsorption cross section profile of these excitations.

Atomic Spectra—New measurements and analyses of a number of

atomic spectra were carried out. The results of such work are useful

for plasma physics, physical chemistry, solid state physics, astro- physics, laser research, as well as for atomic and molecular physics.

New energy levels were found in seventeen different atoms or atomic

ions, six of these being previously unknown spectra. Work on the

spectra of several rare-earth elements was continued; compilation

of the energy levels of both the lanthanide and actinide atoms and

ions was begun.

A New Transition Probability Scale for Fe I—Astronomers are dependent upon laboratory values of atomic transition probabilities

for their determination of the abundances of elements in the sun and

stars. Many laboratory results have disagreed violently, especially

for the metals (for example, there still exists an unresolved discrepancy of a factor of 10,000 for Ti n). Measurements of many Fe i transition probabilities have been performed with a wall-stabilized arc and a delayed coincidence lifetime apparatus, leading to a new

set of data, consistent with all other recent measurements. This set

ties together these previously unrelated measurements, and differs from the older, widely used data by factors up to 30. On the basis

of these new results, astronomers now believe that there is about 10

times more iron in the sun than previously assumed. The new values

for the iron transition probabilities also resolve a long standing

55
inconsistency between the iron abundance in the corona and the

photosphere. On the basis of the new data, these solar regions now

appear to have the same iron abundance.

Exploitation of Systematic Trends for the Determination of New

Oscillator Strengths—Recently detected systematic trends among

atomic oscillator strengths along isoelectronic sequences have been

utilized for the determination of new numerical data and for the

evaluation of the reliability of existing material. About 100 wellestablished systematic trends were found for the lighter elements

from a critical, detailed study of the literature. About 1500 new

oscillator strengths could be interpolated from the graphs, mainly

for the higher stages of ionization. The new data are estimated to be accurate to about 20 percent or better. Study of Decaying Arc Plasma—Electric arcs have been widely used

as sources for the experimental determination of atomic constants and high temperature properties of gases. The interpretation of most

such measurements depends upon the arc plasma being in local thermodynamic equilibrium, a condition difficult to verify experimentally.

A spectrometric investigation of decaying arc plasmas has been un- dertaken to develop experimental means for determining the degree

of equilibrium existing in arcs. For this study, the supply of electric

power to high current (10 to 100 A) argon arcs is suddenly re- moved and the time behavior of selected spectral features is recorded.

The results support a two-temperature plasma model in which the

temperature of free electrons decays within a microsecond to a value

several hundred degrees below the temperature of the heavier atoms

and ions after which both temperatures decay slowly, typically with

a time constant of 100 microseconds.

Theoretical Atomic Structure Calculations—A general computer

program to calculate superposition of configuration (SOC) wavefunctions for atoms is being used to study various problems in atomic

physics. Experience indicates that this program is capable of yielding

atomic properties with an accuracy comparable to present day ex- perimental techniques. Two such properties in particular have been

studied recently : electron affinities and /-values. Electron affinities have been calculated for the lighter alkali- and alkaline-earth ele- ments, and for helium, neon and argon. In the latter case the calculations actually give the positions of the negative ion resonance states seen in electron scattering experiments. The SOC program has been

used to determine the /-value behavior for selected transitions along

isoelectronic sequences (the boron and beryllium sequences) as well

as the /-value distribution in perturbed spectral series of selected

elements (aluminum and beryllium). In both cases the effects of

configuration interaction have been found, in general, to have a profound effect on the oscillator strengths.

56
Dye Laser Stabilization—The full potential of the laser as a tool for precision measurement depends on the stability and the selectivity

of the optical cavity. A typical gas laser, for example, operates on a

specific atomic transition. The selectivity of the cavity can be made

so high that laser operation can be confined to a very narrow portion

of the linewidth. Reproducibility of the laser wavelength can be high

if the mirrors which constitute the cavity are mechanically stabilized.

A different sort of selection and stabilization is required for a dye

laser, which has the property of being continuously tunable over a wide frequency range. A dispersing element is used in place of one

of the cavity mirrors to achieve tunability. Cavities of this sort are inherently less stable and less selective. A JILA Visiting Fellow has

developed a technique for using a birefringent filter within the

cavity to specify and control the frequency at which laser action

occurs. An electric field, applied transverse to the laser axis, controls

and varies the transmission frequency of the filter and hence of the

laser. Laser emission lines have been produced with widths of less than 0.5 picometer (0.005 A) and tunable over a range of scores of nanometers. The device has immediate and important applications

in high resolution studies of spectral absorptions and nonlinear

processes. Reactions Involving Negative Ions in Oxygen—A study has been

made of the reaction 02 ~ + 202 -> 04 ~ + 02 at pressures and temperatures characteristic of the ionosphere. When low energy electrons are released in oxygen gas they attach to make 02 ~. The 02 ~ further

reacts with the oxygen to make 04 ~. Measurements have been of the

rate of the 02 ~ to 04 ~ reaction and equilibrium ratio of the two ion

types for the temperature range 280 K to 312 K at gas density of

3 X 1016 molecules per cubic centimeter. 04 _is observed to react rapidly with C02 and H2 0 contaminants.

Microwave Spectra of Molecules with Astrophysical Significance—

The 52i3 <- 6lj6 transition in H2 16 0 has been observed by radio astron- omers from several sources in the galaxy. The detection of H2 ls O in

these same sources would confirm the H2 16 0 assignment as well as provide inforamtion on the 18 0/16 0 galactic abundance and the H2 0

emission excitation mechanism. Before an astronomical search can be

made, it is necessary to have a laboratory measurement of the transition. Such a measurement has been made, giving a value for the

52l3 -> 6lf6 transition frequency in H2 ls O at 5625.147 ±0.015 MHz.

Since absorption by the formaldehyde molecule in the galaxy has

been detected, speculation exists about the occurrence of similar molecules. The new species thioformaldehyde, H2 CS. has been generated

and its microwave spectrum observed. A prediction of the l*-* li0 transition frequency (1046.48 ± 0.002 MHz) has been made with precision sufficient for an astronomical search.

57
High Resolution Infrared Spectra of Unstable Molecular Species in

the Gas Phase—Although infrared studies of free radicals or unstable

molecules trapped in rare gas matrices at very low temperatures have

been highly successful, little work has been done on the gas phase

spectra of such molecules and virtually none at high resolution where

individual rotation-vibration lines can be measured. Thioformaldehyde (H2 CS), a short lived species first identified at NBS, is produced in a flow system by reacting the fluorine atoms, produced by

an rf discharge through SF6 , with dimethyl disulfide. Sufficient

concentrations have been produced in a 40-meter optical path to observe three infrared bands with better than 0.05 cm-1 resolution.

When combined with microwave data, this work has made it possible

to determine all the significant ground state rotational constants with a high degree of accuracy. In addition this study yields vibrational frequencies unperturbed by solvent effects (as in the case of

matrix techniques) and thereby contributes to an understanding of

the vibrational force field in the molecule. Thioformaldehyde has

been postulated to be one of the molecular species in interstellar space. If so, then this study will aid astrophysicists in identifying the

spectral lines and estimating the concentration of this molecular

species.

The Precise Calculation of Rotational Spectra—By correctly in- cluding the effects of centrifugal distortion in rotational energy level calculations for molecules, it is now possible to compute their micro- wave spectra within experimental accuracy. The model consists of

fifteen parameters and has been tested on ten different molecular

species with equal success in all cases. The full exploitation of the

statistics of the least squares analysis gives a prediction of unmeasured transitions within reliable uncertainty limits. Such predictions

are extremely useful in sorting out the spectra of complex mixtures of

substances. A major consequence of this study has been the development of methods for detecting errors in the assignment of microwave

spectra, and errors have been found in the published spectra of three

of the 10 molecular species tested. In special cases (XYX bent molecules) knowledge of the centrifugal distortion constants has provided

insight into the description of intramolecular forces. The Electronic Spectrum of AIN—Seven years ago Prof. Kobert E.

Mulliken pointed out that the molecular orbitals for molecules having

the same number of valence electrons as C2 and BN are not well

understood. In an attempt to shed some light on this problem, AIN

has been observed spectroscopically in the gas phase for the first time.

The observed transition has been shown to be 3 II-3 II. Both electronic

states of this transition have spin-orbit coupling characteristics intermediate between Hund's case (a) and case (b). Their energy levels did not fit a simple algebraic expression, so the rotational constants 58
B and D and the spin-orbit coupling constant A were obtained by

least squares analysis involving the diagonalization of the appropriate spin rotational Hamiltonian matrices. Predissociation occurs in

both electronic states of this transition, as shown by the abrupt cutoff of lines in the bands, and by the slight broadening of all lines in the

transition. Therefore the lower state of this observed transition is not the ground state of the molecule; the ground state is still unknown.

Minima in Generalized Oscillator Strengths—A characteristic of

electron impact excitation of low-lying Rydberg electronic states is a minimum in the generalized oscillator strength as a function of

the momentum transfer. This characteristic was used to probe the

Rydberg character of four transitions in C2 H4 . Three of the transitions have long been identified as Rydberg and are found to exhibit

the characteristic minimum. The fourth transition is normally termed

a valence excitation, and a theoretical calculation using HartreeFock molecular orbitals had predicted no minimum. For an energy

loss of 8.0 eV, which is identified with the valence transition, a

definite minimum is observed. Speculation of the source of this anomaly centers on a type of valence-Rydberg mixing that can occur in

many molecules. It is believed that the presence or absence of minima

in generalized oscillator strength curves can be used to probe the

aspect of the character of the excited state. Solid State Properties

Development of a Highly Sensitive Vibrating Sample Magnetometer—In order to make precise magnetization measurements on small

samples at very low temperatures and in high magnetic fields, a highsensitivity vibrating-sample magnetometer has been developed. This

device has been made extremely compact by the use of a piezoelectric

element as the Aubrator. A constant amplitude of vibration is obtained by controlling the applied voltage to the element. This is done

by monitoring the signal from a small spherical yttrium iron garnet

(YIG) sample mounted midway on the element and having separate

pick up coils. YIG was chosen as a reference since its magnetization

in a fixed applied field is essentially independent of temperature

below 10 K. The smallest detectable signal of this system is 10

6 emu. DyPO^: A Three-Dimensional Ising Antiferromagnet—Although the

Ising model has been used successfully for one- and two-dimensional

systems, no substantial test of it has been made for a three-dimensional system. To make such a test, the magnetic susceptibility, heat

capacity, and optical absorption spectrum of DyP04 have been measured as a function of temperature and magnetic field. The results provide excellent agreement with the exact series expansions based on the three-dimensional Ising model for the diamond lattice. 59
Motion of Point Defects in a Crystalline Lattice—The thermally

activated diffusive motion of simple point defects has been studied by means of detailed molecular dynamical calculations. This work was

carried out in collaboration with the Theoretical Physics Division of

the U. K. Atomic Energy Research Establishment, Harwell, England.

The results show the mechanisms of defect motion in atomic detail

that are generally not observable either in laboratory experiments or

statistical theories. Of special interest is the conclusion that the

energy of defect motion under dynamical conditions may be quite

different from that obtained under static conditions, in contrast to usual assumptions. This study has suggested and stimulated related

investigations involving motion of the atoms—polymorphic phase

transition, phenomena of melting, Debye-Waller factor, etc.—both at the NBS and elsewhere.

Field Emission Energy Distribution Studies—The adaptation of a Kuyatt-Simpson type 135° spherical deflection analyzer to field emission has extended the accessible energy range by many electron

volts both above and below the Fermi surface. Total energy distribution over six to eight orders of magnitude in current are routinely

obtained with resolution of at least 20 meV.

Energy distribution from the low index planes of tungsten have

revealed marked "surface band structure" effects, which are dramatically altered upon chemisorption, depending upon the nature of the

atom or molecule being adsorbed. New structure after adsorption has

been interpreted in terms of the energy levels of the surface complex.

Also, with proper signal averaging, energy distributions throughout

a wide range of field and temperature have been compiled, shedding

light on the fundamental problem of an electron tunneling through

or escaping over a barrier.

Thermodynamic and Transport Properties

Simple Equation of State for High Temperature Gases—An equation

of state for high temperature gases was developed phenomenologically. The relatively simple equation, based upon considerations of

pair-wise molecular interactions, has been applied to argon and nitro- gen. At temperatures above two times the critical temperature, this

equation was found to be a considerable improvement over other

simple equations, such as the Redlich-Kwong equation. Furthermore,

the agreement with experiment tends to improve with increasing

temperature. The equation has no arbitrary adjustable parameters of

its own, being completely and unambiguously determined by the pair

potentials of the molecules.

The Solubility of Liquids in Compressed Gases—The phase equilibrium between a gas and a condensed material has been studied theoretically. An analytic relation was derived in terms of the molecular

60
interactions for the solubility of the condensed phase in the gas that

is valid up to high pressures, pressures where the gas density is approaching the density of a liquid. It has been shown for the first time that at high pressures the solubility of any condensed material

in any gas is sharply reduced. The analysis also corrected some

widely held but erroneous conclusions on the size of the effect of the

solubility of mercury on pressure measurements in a gas in contact with the mercury. The effect is now shown to be considerably smaller

than was previously estimated. As a result, a large uncertainty could

be removed from a number of PVT measurements reported by workers in various laboratories.

Densities and Compressibilities of Oxygen in the Critical Region—

The determination of an accurate equation of state for simple fluids

has defied both empirical and theoretical efforts for many decades. A

partial solution to this problem has recently been achieved with a

scaling-law equation of state that may be asymptotically valid for

all simple fluids near their critical points. To further test the correct- ness of scaling-law predictions, density versus height profiles were measured for oxygen in the critical region using capacitance techniques. This method provides a direct determination of the isothermal

compressibility with a sensitivity that is several orders of magnitude

better than that obtained from conventional PVT measurements.

These measurements provide the most precise and comprehensive

tests to date of the scaling-law equation of state and are in excellent

agreement with analysis of thermodynamic data for other fluids. Vapor Pressure, PVT and Specific-Heat Measurements on Gaseous

and Liquid Fluorine—Fluorine is one of the most reactive oxidizers

known and its use with hydrogen provides the highest specific impulse of any stable oxidizer-fuel combination. Accurate thermodynamic-property data on both substances are required for the design

of efficient rocket-propulsion systems, but few physical-property

measurements have been made on compressed fluorine because of its extreme reactivity and toxicity. After solving the compatibility problems associated with handling this substance, accurate vapor pressures, densities and specific heats were measured at temperatures

down to the triple point (53.5 K) and pressures to 21 MN/m2 (3100

psi). The volumetric and thermal measurements are being used with

ideal gas-spectroscopic measurements to provide the most accurate and extensive thermodynamic property data in existence for this

substance.

Wide-Range Dielectric-Constant Measurements on Gaseous ajid

Liquid Oxygen—A stable oxygen-compatible capacitor has been developed for accurate low-frequency dielectric-constant measurements

on compressed fluids. Wide-range dielectric-constant measurements

were performed on gaseous and liquid oxygen at temperatures down

61
to the triple point (54.35 K) and pressures to 35 meganewtons per

square meter (5000 psi). The dielectric-constant measurements were combined with previous density measurements to determine the density and temperature dependence of the molecular polarizability for

this substance. Measurement precision and the range of variables

covered far exceeds that of most previous investigations of the electro- magnetic properties of fluids. Standard-reference-quality data on this

physical property are useful both for practical densitometry and for

providing basic knowledge on molecular interactions.

Finite Deformations of Elastic Materials—The classical theory of

finite deformations of elastic materials arises from the assumption

that the stress at any point in an elastic body is determined by the

strain at that point, and that derivatives of the strain do not directly

affect the stress. There is essentially no evidence to justify this as- sumption with the exception of experiments confined to small deformations for which linear theory is adequate.

Predicting the stress produced by an inhomogeneous deformation

from data of homogeneous deformations for which the strain is constant throughout the material would constitute a test of the assumpRubber sample mounted in torsion apparatus. A measured twist is applied to the

top of the sample, and an air bearing at the bottom permits measurement of torque

and force. 62
tion. The data in the literature are too inaccurate to make this test. Alternatively, twisting cylinders of the same material with different

diameters, and observing whether the stresses scale as predicted by

the classical theory, is a test which is particularly simple and accurate. An apparatus for this experiment was constructed by modifying

a commercial milling machine. The torque and forces normal to the

end surfaces of cylinders of natural rubber were measured as a function of the angle of twist. The small cylinders were cut from

larger cylinders to insure that the tests were on identical material.

Plots of reduced torque and of a reduced normal force versus a reduced twist for the different sized cylinders coincide to within 1 percent. Even this discrepancy can be accounted for by the inaccuracy

in measuring the radii of the rubber cylinders. This result confirms

the assumption of the classical theory.

The Dependence of Specific Volume of a Glass on Temperature and

Pressure Histories—PVT measurements on poly (vinyl acetate) were

undertaken to study the influence of certain thermodynamic histories

used to form the glass on its physical properties. For example, the

pressure dependence of the apparent glass transition temperature.

Tg, for three different histories is shown on page 6-L These curves were obtained from the intersections of the liquid and glass equations

of state, the latter obtained from the histories shown schematically

in the drawing

(a) isobaric (constant pressure) cooling repeated at different pressures, (b) isobaric cooling at atmospheric pressure (P2 ) followed by

isothermal (constant temperature) pressure changes well below Tg , and (c) isobaric cooling at PG = 800 bars (1 bar = 105 newtons per

square meter ^ 1 atm) again followed by isothermal measurements

well below Tg

. All measurements were initiated in the liquid region,

in which the material is in a true thermodynamic equilibrium state, and the glass formed at a constant rate of cooling of 5 °C per hour.

In the glassy region further changes in temperature or pressure may

be considered as isochronal (at equal times) because no significant

mechanical relaxations can occur during the experimental times used.

The curves illustrate the differences in the values of the glass transition temperatures (and, accordingly, other related properties, in- cluding hardness) resulting from different histories with the same

rate of cooling used to form the glass.

Optical Properties

Construction of an Accurate Absolute Polarimeter—A photoelectric

azimuthal polarimeter has been constructed to measure the angle

through which plane polarized light is rotated as it passes through a quartz plate. A statistical study of measurements made with this in- strument indicates a standard deviation for one measurement of

63
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE

0 200 400 600 800

PRESSURE (bars) Pressure dependance of the glass transition temperature of poly (vinyl acetate)

for three different histories (a), (b), (c), used to form the glass. 0.0014 degree for angles up to 40°. Comparison of measurements made

on a quartz plate which had been measured at NPL in England and

PTB in Germany showed a complete agreement within the standard

deviation of the measurements.

This instrument will be used to calibrate the optical rotation of

quartz plates which are used to check the accuracy of instruments in

industrial laboratories as well as at U.S. Customs duty stations. This

type of calibration has large financial implications for the sugar

industry because the duty imposed on imported sugar is assessed on

the basis of the optical rotatory power of a solution of the sugar. APPLIED MATHEMATICS

The Institute for Basic Standards conducts a program in applied

mathematics and statistics to meet varied needs in the development

64
of new measurement techniques and in the evaluation of the results of measurement. The level of the mathematics involved makes it essential to conduct fundamental mathematics research on a fairly

broad scale. Computer Algorithms and Programs—The error and probability

functions together with their related functions arise frequently in

scientific and statistical calculations. A number of algorithms for the

computation of these functions were examined thoroughly, revealing

a variety of weaknesses. The best of the methods have been combined in an ANSI FORTRAN program for computing the functions to the fullest possible accuracy over their entire ranges. Methods

of computation, test data, critical results and check values have been

documented in detail. The computer program is readily adaptable to the various computers in use, and has served as a test case in detecting

software and hardware errors. Numerical Analysis—The Bureau's computer program for the exact

solution of linear systems and the inversion of matrices was prepared

in various FORTRAN versions (depending upon whether or not

special features of a particular computer were to be utilized). In

addition, a FORTRAN program to find the rank and a complete

set of independent vectors of any set of integral vectors was completed, using the same number-theoretic method. These programs

have been distributed to a large number of requesters, and are functioning in many institutions.

A FORTRAN program for determining the invariant factors of an integral matrix was prepared. It has already found statistical application, having been used to show that certain block designs are not isomorphic, and is expected to find many other applications.

Numerical Studies of Partial Differential Equations—A high-order

Taylor series expansion in the time variable was developed for the

Vlasov equation describing the dynamics of a one-dimensional

plasma. This method has the advantages of high speed of solution

and of permitting the explicit calculation of error bounds. Comparison of the results with those from other methods revealed that

reproducibility of the electric field, frequently used as a criterion for

numerical stability, is wholly inadequate, numerically unstable computer runs giving substantially the same values of the electric field as do stable runs. The same can be said of criteria based on conservation of momentum and energy. These findings illustrate that numerical studies of processes that are highly dependent on kinetic effects in plasma must be carefully examined to insure that the results obtained are numerically accurate. Acoustic Propagation in Heat-Conducting Media—Theoretical in- vestigations have been made of acoustic propagation in both viscous

and inviscid heat-conducting media. The principal new finding is that

65
certain solutions of the underlying fourth-order partial differential

equation are not stable. (In viscous fluids the instability does not

occur if the viscosity exceeds a certain critical value that depends on the ratio of the specific heats and the Prandtl number.) Thus the

customary mathematical "model" is not adequate to rule out such

physically meaningless modes of propagation.

Combined Index to Statistics Journals—In collaboration with the

Harry Diamond Laboratories and the National Research Institute

for the Mathematical Sciences, South Africa, the Statistical Engineering Laboratory prepared a combined author and permuted index

for seven statistics journals. Over 5000 articles appearing in the

following journals were indexed: Annals of Mathematical /Statistics,

Biometrics, Biometrika, Journal of the American Statistical Association, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B, South

African Statistical Journal, Technometrics. The articles indexed are those appearing since the most recent cumulative index was published

for the first six named journals, while for Technometrics all articles

during the period 1959-1969 have been included even though a subject

index exists for the first seven volumes. The index consists of three

sections : an author index, a permuted title index, and a bibliographic

listing. In the permuted title index each article is listed under every

important word appearing in its title. The author index is similar

to a conventional author index.

Biomedical Image and Language Pattern Processing—Computer

algorithms developed in previous phases of this work can segment a

digitized image into distinguishable "objects" and determine the

"inside-outside" relationships among these objects. In the present

phase these algorithms were imbedded in more sophisticated analysis

procedures. The latter were applied to serial sections of a "double

neuron," recorded using a programmable microscope connected to a computer. The resultant abstract versions of the sections were

"stacked" to produce a 3-dimensional representation of the original

specimen. This representation was found to be quite acceptably realistic, verifying that the type of "measurement" implict in such algorithmic methods does succeed in capturing those properties useful

to the biomedical scientist in analyzing the microscope images he

studies. A similarly successful reconstruction was made of an optical

intensity photograph of two chromosomes.

OMNITAB II—As part of the continuing program to maintain

and update OMNITAB, fifty-five new instructions were added to the

system and some major revisions were added to the system and some

major revisions were made in existing instructions. These included

fourteen for magnetic tape operations, nine for thermodynamics, six

for complex arithmetic, three for matrix and array operations, seven

for printing and nine for statistical analysis. Two of the instructions

66
for statistical analysis, ONEWAY and CORRELATION, provide an automatic printing of a comprehensive set of results in a readable

form. Both the automatic printing and storage of the curve fitting

instructions is vastly improved. In particular, the automatic printing

gives four plots on a single page of the standardized residuals to enable the user to assess the adequacy of his model.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHERS

Advisory and Consulting Services

Capacity Concept for Runway and Final-Approach Path Airspace—

The present measure of airport capacity is based on a "tolerable

average delay level" plus an assumption of highly random arrivaltimes for aircraft. In an FAA-requested study, the Bureau developed an alternative "maximum throughput rate" capacity concept, and

rigorously established its representability by a simple mathematical

formula. Because the formula explicitly combines the various parameters influencing capacity (e.g. traffic mix of aircraft types, runway

occupancy time for each type, in-air separation standards), it is useful for studying "what if?" questions concerning capacity (such

as the effect of a shift toward more use by large, fast planes), as well

as in analyzing the relative effectiveness for capacity enlargement of

runway improvements versus improvements permitting smaller in-air

separations.

Improved Methods for Designing Sorting Systems—In the course of

technical contract-monitoring assistance to the Post Office Department, two significant additions to mathematical techniques for the

optimal design of sorting systems and operations were developed.

While the need for such systems can arise in an information-processing context, or say in sorting produce by size, the most familiar

example is the sorting of mail addressed to numerous destinations,

each receiving a known average fraction of the total. Such sorting

is not done all at once, but rather in progressively finer steps that

are related by obvious logical constraints, e.g. if one step is to sort

state X's mail by city, and another is to sort by state all mail to the

region which contains state X, then the second-mentioned step must

precede the first-mentioned. One Bureau contribution, extending

previous work dealing with only two or three levels of sorting, determines the delay-minimizing sequence in which such a process should

be performed when only a single sorting device is to be used,

executing the steps one by one. The other contribution determines

both what the individual sorting steps should be (what category

should be split into which subcategories) and which of a set of

sorting devices should be assigned to each step, given each devuv's

67
NBS provided the random tables and random calendars used in the draft lottery

for men born in 1951. error rate (where the objective is minimum overall error rate) or speed (where the objective is minimum overall delay).

Random Calendars for Use in Draft Lottery—At the request of the

Selective Service System, NBS provided sets of 25 "random calendars" and 25 "random permutations" for use in the draft lottery con- ducted July 1, 1970. The sets were derived from tables published by

Moses and Oakford, and tested for randomness according to the

criteria established by Moses and Oakford. One of the random

calendars and two of the random permutations were used to randomize the order in which dates and numbers were inserted into capsules, and the order in which capsules were loaded into two drums,

in preparation for the draft drawing. In the final drawing a birthdate drawn from the calendar .drum was associated with a number

drawn from the second drum, establishing the order in which men

born in 1951 will be called for induction.

Photoabsorption and Ionization Data for NASA-—-During the past

year the JILA Information Analysis Center has begun a collaborative program with the NASA Manned Spacecraft Center to compile

and critically evaluate photoabsorption and photoionization cross section data for atoms and simple molecules. These data are of importance in interpreting satellite, rocket and ground observation of

radiation from planetary atmospheres and other hot radiating astro- physical objects.

68
Apollo-13 Investigation—Two members of the Cryogenics Division

worked as part of a six-man Board of Consultants to help establish

the sequence of events leading to the Apollo-13 explosion. They were

asked to assist NASA's investigating team to ensure scientific objectivity, critically review the analyses made by NASA personnel,

and contribute their own expertise in the field of cryogenics. The

detailed study allowed the team to identify the most probable cause

of failure and to establish a basis for redesign.

During the technical analysis of data telemetered from the spacecraft, accurate knowledge of the thermophysical properties of oxygen

became exceedingly important. The carefully determined data on oxygen properties generated and supplied by NBS enabled the

investigators to determine the nature of the explosion and the quantities of material involved.

Conferences and Symposia

Thermometry and Pyrometry Measurement Seminar—The seminar was held March 23-26, 1970 and was attended by 20 individuals (6

from DOD standards laboratories, 1 from a U.S. Government laboratory and the remaining 13 from industrial laboratories). Both lecture

and laboratory sessions were employed.

High-Frequency and Microwave Noise Seminar—The High-Frequency and Microwave Noise Seminar was held April 27-May 1, 1970. Formal attendance from industry, government, the military,

and two foreign countries was 30. The job orientation of the at- tendees Avas equally divided among standards laboratories, tele- communications, and radio astronomy. Over 500 pages of material were written specifically for this seminar, over 100 pages of material were released for the first time, and over 100 pages of reprints of

NBS work were distributed to the attendees. The seminar treated

the topics of measurement instruments, noise sources, and applications of noise technique.

Field-Strength and Antenna-Measurements Seminar—A four-day

seminar held in April, 1970, was oversubscribed in March. Forty-six

applicants attended from government and industry. Four came from

foreign countries.

The seminar was balanced between precision-measurement practice

and theory. Included among the many topics were lectures on the

state-of-the-art of vector angular spectra, far-field computations from

near-field data, and electromagnetic-radiation-hazards quantification.

Applied Superconductivity Conference—A three-day conference was

held June 15-17, 1970, at the University of Colorado, Boulder, under

joint sponsorship with the Office of Naval Research, American Physical Society and IEEE Magnetics Group. More than 300 scientists 69
heard over 70 invited and contributed papers covering recent developments in applied superconductivity. The one-day overlapping session,

June 17, with the Cryogenic Engineering Conference was extremely

well received and the plenary session was attended by over 800

scientists and engineers.

OSO Satellite Workshop—During the weeks of August 4^15, 1969,

NASA and the Joint Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics sponsored a workshop to clarify and evaluate the current status of knowledge of the outer solar atmosphere. It was held at the JILA facility

in Boulder, Colorado, and included principal investigators and col- laborators for experiments on Orbiting Solar Observatories-III, -IV,

and -V, as well as theorists and ground-based solar observers. The

emphasis at this workshop was on how the physical properties

density, temperature, magnetic field, and velocity fields—of the outer

solar atmosphere may be derived from existing data and what future

satellite experiments are needed to obtain a complete description of

the outer atmosphere.

Antenna Guy Lines—The replacement of steel guys, which now

support large antenna towers, Avith glass-reinforced plastic (GRP)

rod and rope is under consideration by several agencies which have

responsibilities for tower maintenance. These GRP materials may be

preferable to steel cable and rope because of their nonconducting

properties (eliminating the need for large ceramic compression in- sulators), light weight, and low installation and maintenance cost. However, limited field experiences with GRP guys have indicated

several problem areas which merit further study before large-scale

replacements can be justified. Representatives of the Army, Navy, Air

Force, Coast Guard, and USIA met with NBS personnel in a working conference on November 4, 1970, to discuss these problem areas. As a result, a jointly sponsored project was established at NBS to evaluate the suitability of GRP materials for guy-line applications.

Among the characteristics to be evaluated in this two-year effort are

size effects, long-term strength, Aeolian vibration effects, long-term

storage characteristics, low temperature flexibility, and gripping

techniques.

Precision Force Measurement—A two-day seminar on precision force

measurement was held at NBS on April 6 and 7, 1970. The seminar

included ten talks describing state-of-the-art force measurement sys- tems, calibration methods, data handling techniques, NBS services

and proposed changes, and a history of the field. The 20 attendees were also given an opportunity to observe and participate in NBS

calibration procedures.

70
INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH

Emphasis in the Institute for Materials Research (IMR) is o materials measurement methodology with particular concern for thi characterization of materials. This emphasis supports the unique

mission to develop standards of measurement for the commercial,

industrial, and educational communities of the Nation and to provide

research and consulting services to other Government agencies. About

25 percent of IMR's work is for other Government agencies.

STANDARD REFERENCE MATERIALS

Since the turn of the century, the NBS Standard Reference Materials (SRM) Program has provided the Nation's scientific and industrial laboratories with a means for calibrating their methods and

instruments on site. The program has recently increased in size and

broadened in scope to include standards certified for physical properties and engineering type standards in addition to the original

standards certified for chemical composition.

The SRM effort, initiated in 1906, made the United States the

first country with a program of this kind. Currently, more than 725

different SRM's are available or Hearing completion. In the latter category are a new series of low alloy steels for calibration of optical

emission and x-ray spectrometers, gases certified for their hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide contents, iron carbide in ferrite, austenite

in steel, and activity standards for ion-selective electrodes. These are

in addition to the 670 SRM's previously available and to the new

thermogravimetric, molecular weight, organic dielectric constant,

thermal expansion, calorimetric, and gold coating thickness standards made available for the first time this year. In all 45 new SRM's and 22 renewals were certified and 14 were

discontinued this year. New SRM's are prepared in response to recognized national needs and for newly developed industrial technologies. The renewals are prepared to supply the requirements of

industries that rely heavily on SRM's and to supply the standards

specified in codes or specifications of national standards writing

bodies. As the need for some SRM's diminishes or new SRM's are produced that better serve the overall interests of the Nation's science

and technology, certain SRM's are discontinued.

At the end of the year, 701 different items were in stock in 42

distinct categories and 66 subcategories totaling 396,618 units. AVork

is in progress to produce 193 new and renewal SRM's and is centered

71
in 134 projects. Sales to over 8,000 customers during the fiscal year

accounted for 32,943 units and totaled $1,176,599.

The following examples were selected from the 45 new SRM's

completed and certified during fiscal 1970 by 12 technical divisions of

NBS:

Glass Viscosity Standard—A homogeneous borosilicate glass, SUM

717, completes a series of three viscosity SRM's for the types of

glasses most widely used in industry. The other two SRM's in the

series are soda-lime-silica glass and lead-silica glass.

The new SRM not only offers another viscosity standard to the

glass industry for calibration and standardization of instruments

used to measure properties of glass at^ elevated temperatures, but also a type of glass used in the electrical industry as a sealing glass. This

glass has the desired electrical and dilation properties and adequate

chemical durability to perform as a sealing glass. It is suitable for

"kovar" seals having a linear coefficient of thermal expansion of about

51.5 X 10- 7 /°C.

Viscosity measurements were made between the temperatures 470

and 1460 °C or from log10 viscosity values ranging from 15.0 to 2.0. These data, together with data submitted by four cooperating research

laboratories, were tabulated in a certificate of viscosity values. Measurements were made by the rotating cylinder, fiber elongation, beambending, and parallel-plate methods.

The softening, annealing, and strain points of the new standard

glass have also been determined by each laboratory according to ASTM Methods of Test and are reported on the certificate. Ferrous Material Standards—Five white chill-cast iron SRM's were

certified by NBS. The compositions of two of these, SRM's 1143 and

1144, were specially designed for production control of blast furnace

iron. The others, SRM's 1147, 1148, and 1149, simulate important

gray iron structure by means of rapid chill-casting and the addition

of powerful carbide stabilizers. These new SRM's were prepared and issued to meet a serious

shortage of standards for production control and customer acceptance

in the cast iron industry. They are designed primarily for calibration

in optical emission and x-ray spectrometric methods of analysis.

The certification and issuance of these white iron standards is the culmination of a cooperative program between industry and NBS

that included planning, preparation, homogeneity testing, and analysis. The material for the standards was melted and cast at the

American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Birmingham, Ala. Homogeneity

testing was performed by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company,

Ford Motor Company, International Nickel Company, and U.S. Pipe

and Foundry Corporation, which are members of the Ductile Iron

Society.

72
A new high-silicon steel standard, SRM 1134, was issued by NBS

primarily for application in optical emission and x-ray spectrometric

methods of analysis. The high-silicon steels are widely used in trans- formers and dynamos where the electrical properties that have been

imparted by the high-silicon content are of paramount importance.

With numerous and increasing specialized applications of these highsilicon alloys, the tolerances for variation in behavior and properties

(and therefore the chemistry) have become severe. The Armco Steel

Corporation, in a cooperative program with NBS, produced the

material for this standard and carried out fabrication procedures to provide material of the highest possible homogeneity. Extensive test- ing was conducted at NBS, including metallographic examinations

as well as analyses by chemical, optical emission, and x-ray spectrometric methods. The testing revealed the material to be of high

homogeneity. The Applied Research Laboratories of the United States

Steel Corporation, in addition to the Armco Research Laboratory,

cooperated with NBS in the analytical program for certification. A new stainless steel standard. SRM 1155, was issued primarily for

the calibration of optical emission and x-ray spectroscopic methods

of analysis. It was prepared from an AISI type 316 stainless steel, one of the most important grades of austenitic stainless steels for

high temperature applications. The material for the standard was

prepared at the Duquesne Works of the United States Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa., in the form of rounds 12.7 cm (5 in) in diameter

and 91 cm (36 in) long. These were later cut at NBS to a diameter

of 6.4 cm (2.5 in) and the remaining cores then forge rolled to oversize rods 3.2 cm (1.25 in) in diameter at the Naval Research Laboratory and finally centerless ground to size at NBS. Homogeneity test- ing and analyses for provisional certification were performed at NBS.

Work neared completion on a new series of five alloy SRM's to be designated the 1200 series, which will replace the eight SRM's in

the 1100 series for which the supply for most is exhausted. Through

cooperative effort within the iron and steel industry, particularly

through ASTM Committees E-2 on Emission Spectroscopy and E-3

on Chemical Analysis of Metals, the compositions were planned so that the new series will provide a graded concentration range for 40

elements. A grant from the American Iron and Steel Institute was of

material assistance in purchase and preparation of the necessary stock

of material. Each material will be issued as: (1) disks for optical

emission and x-ray spectroscopy, (2) rods for determination of gas

content, (3) smaller rods for microchemical methods such as electron

probe microanalysis, and (4) chips for chemical methods of analysis.

Linear Thermal Expansion Standard—NBS has certified copper

as the first of a series of thermal expansion SRM's. The complete

series will cover the temperature range from 20 to 1900 K and have

73
coefficients of thermal expansion in the 0.5 to 25 X 10 ~ 6 / K range.

SRM 736, certified over the temperature range 20-800 K should be

of particular interest to laboratories making measurements using

relative methods of expansion measurements such as push-rod dila- tometers. Laboratories that measure thermal expansion have a definite need

for reliable and accurate standards. Experience has shown that it is not uncommon for variations among laboratories using push-rod dilatometers to be of the order of a few hundred parts per million in

AL/L. Homogeneity of this material has been established by extensive

testing at NBS so that it is suitable for interlaboratory comparisons.

Gold Coating Thickness—Twelve gold coating weight SRM's were announced by NBS, comprised of three series of four standards each

of gold on a Fe-Ni-Co glass sealing alloy (SRM's 1371 through 1374), on a copper clad, glass epoxy laminate (SRM's 2301 through 2304),

and on copper (SRM's 2311 through 2314), respectively. Each series has nominal coating weights of 1.5, 3, 6, and 14 mg/cm2

, equivalent

to 30, 60, 120, and 280 microinch thicknesses of pure gold. The sealing

alloy conforming to ASTM designation F15 : 53 percent iron, 29 per- cent nickel, and 17 percent cobalt, is commonly used for making

hermetic seals to glass in electronic applications. The second series

is coated on a laminate that consists of 33 to 38 /xm (1.3 to 1.4 mil)

of copper on glass epoxy sheet, equivalent to ASTM grade 10. The

third series is coated on pure copper.

Trace Element Glass Standards—Melts of glass containing 61

elements added at a nominal 500, 50, 1 and 0.02 ppm level were

prepared and certified as SRM's for the calibration of a variety of

instrumental methods at the trace level, and for the development and

standardization of test methods involving chemistry for the determination of trace levels of the elements in a glass matrix with a nominal

composition of 72 percent Si02 , 12 percent CaO, 14 percent Na2 0,

and 2 percent A12 03 by weight. The overall homogeneity of each

concentration has been checked for 20 or more elements. The SRM's

should be useful for development and standardization of new test methods in the fields of radiochemical analysis, isotopic dilution

analysis, activation analysis, atomic absorption, emission and flame

spectrometry, and in spectrophotometry.

The provisional certificate for these SRM's was issued with 40

elements yet to be completely measured and certified. The analytical

work and competences used in the certification represent possibly the

most complex ever done at NBS involving to date more than 11,000

man-hours at NBS and 3,000 to 4,000 man-hours at cooperating

laboratories.

Austenite in Steel—Standards with certified amounts of retained

austenite in ferrous materials are desired because the amount of

74
austenite present critically affects metallurgical properties. The accu- racy of x-ray diffraction intensity measurement of retained austenite decreases significantly as the amount of austenite present in the

material decreases. Therefore, NBS is developing a series of standards containing from 1 to 25 percent austenite for use in the cali- bration of x-ray diffraction equipment for this use. A method of

producing satisfactory standards from metal powders has been developed and the first group of compacts of nominally 4 percent re- tained austenite are ready for issue. Iron Carbide in Ferrite—One of a series of four new SRM's consisting of spheroidized iron carbide in ferrite has been developed and

will be ready for issuance shortly. Designated SUM 493, Iron Carbide

in Ferrite, this SRM contains 14 percent Fe3 C. SRM 493 can be used

in conjunction with retained austenite standards now being developed

to calibrate x-ray diffraction and Mossbauer equipment, thus providing for accurate determinations of the austenite and carbide content

of steels. These are two of most important microstructural constituents in steel. Thermal Analysis Materials—Two materials, quartz and potassium

nitrate, were certified as SRM's for use in thermal analysis. The

phase transition temperature for quartz, SRM 775, is approximately

575°C and for potassium nitrate, SRM 756, approximately 130°C.

The transition temperatures given on the certificates are the means

of the values obtained on several differential thermal analysis (DTA)

instruments. Generally, the differential temperature curve value is somewhat higher than the adiabatic value and will vary in a complex manner for different equipment and heating rates. Quartz and potassium nitrate are the first two materials to be

made available as SRM's from a group of compounds screened by

the Standard Committee of the International Conference on Thermal

Analysis (ICTA). It is anticipated that with additional cooperation

from the newly formed ASTM provisional committee on thermal

analysis, further progress will be made in screening and supplying

materials suitable for DTA and differential scanning calorimeter

standards covering subambient to very high operating temperatures.

The ICTA Committee on Standardization recommended the use of

these materials as DTA SRM's. In addition to the determinations

made at NBS, cooperative work and values on one or both of these

SRM's were furnished by the Department of Chemistry, University

of Akron, Akron, Ohio, and by the Ontario Research Foundation,

Sheridan Park, Ontario, Canada.

Dielectric Constant Standards—The dielectric constant of most

materials is commonly defined as the ratio of the capacitance of a capacitor immersed in the medium in question to that in vacuum.

Because most test capacitors are nonideal, they must be calibrated for

75
accurate work using air and one or more materials of known dielectric constant. Two compounds, 1,2-diehloroethane, SRM 1512, and nitrobenzene,

SRM 1513, were certified as dielectric constant standards. These

SRM's, together with SRM 1511, cyclohexane, complete the series of

three dielectric constant standards now available. The dielectric constants for each of these materials were measured at 20, 25, and 30°C.

Calculated values can be used from 10 to 40 °C without introducing

appreciable error. These SRM's are useful for the determination of

the geometric capacitance of two-terminal dielectric constant cells and for checking the linearity of the geometric capacitance of the

three-terminal, or absolute, cells. Heat Source Calorimetry Standards—Three new SRM's—1651, 1652,

and 1653—certified as gasless heat-source materials, are now available.

The certified heating values were determined calorimetrically by

comparison with electrical energy measured in terms of the national

standards of resistance, voltage, and time using a specially designed

electrical heater and a small calorimeter submerged in an isothermal

calorimeter jacket. The values were obtained when no air, oxygen, or nitrogen was in contact with the sample. For users to reproduce these

values, air should be excluded or purged from the reaction vessel with an inert gas. These SRM's were prepared from barium chromate and zirconium

;

the agglomerate was dried, screened, and separated into small units

for safety in handling.

The barium chromate-zirconium mixture is thermodynamically

unstable, the components reacting to produce the desired heat.

Instructions for safe handling of these SRM's are given on each

certificate. Polyethylene Standards—For several years, two polystyrene SRM's

have been available for polymer characterization work, one of narrow

molecular weight distribution (SRM 705) and the other of broad

molecular weight distribution (SRM 706). Now there are also available a linear polyethylene SRM 1475 (whole polymer) and a branched polyethylene SRM 1476 (whole polymer).

The molecular weight distribution of the linear polyethylene has

been carefully determined so that the material may be used to cali- brate gel permeation chromatography instruments over a wide molecular weight range. This SRM is also certified for the limiting viscosity

number (intrinsic viscosity) at 130 °C in three solvents; 1-chloronaphthalene, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, and decahydronaphthalene. The

ASTM melt-flow rate and the density are also certified. SRM 1475

should be particularly useful in the calibration of instruments employed in the molecular weight determinations of polyolefins such as 76
the gel-permeation chromatograph, and should also find use as a wellcharacterized material for scientific investigation.

SRM 1476 Branched Polyethylene is certified for limiting viscosity

number at 130°C using the same three solvents, and for the ASTM

melt-flow rate (melt index) and density. This SRM will be useful in

several areas of polymer research such as dilute solution studies,

polymer rheology, and polymer crystal physics.

Activity Standards for Ion-Selective Electrodes—The recent rapid

development of ion-selective electrodes along with many new applications has produced a demand for a suitable means of standardizing

these electrodes and related measuring systems. The first in a series of

Standard Reference Materials, NaCl and KC1, have been procured

and certified for conventional single ionic activities, Na+, CI- and K+

based on the Stokes-Robinson hydration theory. These materials will soon be issued as SRM's that Avill enable researchers thoughout the

world to standardize their instruments on a common, conventional

ionic activity scale. Partial support for this program has been obtained from the Scientific Apparatus Makers Association.

RESEARCH TO IMPROVE MEASUREMENTS ON MATERIALS

Microstandards—The calibration of analytical mass spectrometers

has been extended to measure samples from one billionth to one tril- lionth of one gram. This is done by loading the element of interest

onto homogeneous ion exchange beads. The "weighing" of the bead is then done by microscopically measuring its diameter, the mass being

obtained from the calculated volume and known density. The versatility of the technique has been established; elements such as lead,

sodium, calcium, chromium, and uranium have been loaded onto

beads. While the original work was done with synthetic organic

cation exchange beads that are spherical, it is now possible to use small cubes, such as synthetic inorganic zeolite materials, by measuring the size of an edge of a single crystal

Multi-element Analyses of Lunar Minerals by the Electron Probe

Microanalyzer—The number of elements that can be determined simultaneously in the electron probe microanalyzer is normally equal to that of the x-ray spectrometers of the instrument (2-4 in commercial

instruments). This limitation is a serious drawback in the investigation of complex specimens such as the lunar rocks, which are composed of many minerals, each of which contains several elements.

A lithium-drifted silicon x-ray detector that operates on the basis of

pulse-energy dispersion, and which permits the simultaneous measure- ment of several elements, has been installed in an electron microprobe.

By combining the output of this detector with the signals from the

three crystal spectrometers provided with the instrument, a method

was developed that permits the simultaneous quantitative determina77
Sector (0.20 X 0.25 mm) of a polished lunar rock from flight Apollo 12 containing

four different silicates, two oxydic phases free of silica, one sulfide, and one metallic phase. The image shown is a target current scan obtained with the electron probe

microanalyzer.

tion of seven elements. This method permitted, in one operation,

a complete quantitative analysis of each of the minerals present in

rock specimens from flights Apollo 11 and 12. Such multiple determinations were performed on more than a hundred grains of lunar

specimens. The analyses were made in cooperation with the Goddard

Manned Spaceflight Center, NASA, which plans to install similar

equipment and to use the method developed at NBS-IMR in future

investigations.

Liquid Chromatography—Liquid chromatography is a well known

and thoroughly established method of performing chemical separations. Its theoretical basis and experimental limitations have been

inadequately understood until recent developments have shown that

the improper choosing of flow conditions can cause profound deteriorations in the sharpness of the separations. With properly designed

apparatus and sensitive detectors it is possible to carry out much

faster separations on samples weighing one microgram and less. These methods have been applied to achieve the first successful high

resolution chromatography of bilirubin using gel permeation chromatography. Applications to the measurement of airborne carcinogens

are being studied intensively.

78
Determination of Trace Amounts of Carbon in Metals by Photon

Activation Analysis—Photon activation analysis has been applied to the determination of carbon in a variety of pure metals. Samples are

irradiated in the bremsstrahlung beam produced from electrons

accelerated to 35 MeV, inducing the reaction 12 C(X,?i) 11 C. Separation

of the carbon activity is based on traditional high temperature combustion methods. The intrinsic sensitivity for the production of "C

coupled with the absence of reagent and equipment blanks and the

possibility in some cases of etching the sample after irradiation but

before separation and counting allows determination at levels of

below 10 - 7 gram of carbon.

Characterization of the NBS Reactor for Neutron Activation Analysis—Extensive experiments have been carried out to characterize

the new NBS 10-megawatt research reactor for use as an intense source of neutrons for activation analysis. The parameters of absolute neutron flux, neutron energy distribution, and variation of the

neutron flux within the sample irradiation area were determined

for each of the four pneumatic tubes and the manual access vertical

thimble that make up the present operational irradiation facilities. In addition, temperature and pressure measurements were made on

a variety of sample materials to establish usable operating parameters. At present, many types of samples can be safely irradiated for

8 hours at a neutron flux of 5 X 1013 n, cm_2,

s -1 in the pneumatic

tube facilities, and for weeks or months in the manual access facility at a neutron flux of 1.1 X 1014 n*cm _2

s _1. Assay of Rubidium Chloride—A high accuracy method for the assay

of rubidium in rubidium chloride has been developed. The method

is a combination of gravimetry in which most of the rubidium is precipitated and weighed as rubidium perchlorate and the soluble

rubidium from the precipitation is determined by isotope dilution mass spectrometry. The method has been shown to be capable of assay- ing KbCl to ± 0.02 percent at the 95 percent confidence level and has

been applied to the assay of SRM 727, Rubidium Chloride, which was

found to be 99.90 ± 0.02 percent RbCL

Stable Isotopic Dilution Capability Established—IMR has established the capability for the determination of trace level impurities by

stable isotope dilution analysis using thermal ionization mass spec- trometry. This technique, in which natural isotopic ratios are altered

by the addition of a known amount of a separated isotope and then

measured by mass spectrometry, is capable of high accuracy trace determinations. It has the great advantage of not requiring quantitative separation of the element to be determined. Copper, silver, lead,

thallium, rubidium, potassium, uranium, boron, and nickel have

been determined in a number of SRM's including glass and steel standards with standard deviations of less that ± 1 percent even at 79
the parts per billion level. For example, in the 0.02 ppm Trace

Elements in Glass SUM, uranium was found to be 71.7 ppb with a standard deviation of 0.5 ppb and thallium was found to be 8.2 ppb

with a standard deviation of 0.1 ppb.

Multichannel Simultaneous Flame Emission and Atomic Absorption

Spectophotometer—A flexible multichannel flame spectrophotometer was designed and built to extend the measuring capabilities of analytical methods in which a combustion flame is used to emit or absorb

specific radiations. This instrument is composed of a 1 meter spec- trometer with its multichannel phototube housing, the appropriate

electronic components for scanning, and ac and dc signal measure- ment with integration and printout and a punch tape arrangement

for computer calculations. A unique feature of the measurement sys- tem is an NBS designed burner and sprayer made of pure alumina

with a water cooled tantalum flame plate, which provides an unusually

stable flame and hence improved precision of measurement. The in- strument can be used as a scanning monochromator, a spectrograph,

or a multichannel spectrometer by appropriate arrangement at the

focal plane of the spectrometer. At the present time, the instrument

Multichannel simultaneous flame emission and atomic absorption spectrophotometer. 80
is used for the simultaneous determination of Na, K, Ca, and Mg in

biological fluids using Li as an internal standard. The instrument

provides the full advantages of specificity, sensitivity, speed, and

economy of sample in simultaneously obtaining data suitable for

rapid computer evaluation.

Determination of the Structure of Surfaces—Mossbauer effect spec- troscopy has been used to measure the chemical structure of very thin

layers of iron bearing materials. The technique utilizes the fact that

the 14.4-keV nuclear level exhibiting the Mossbauer effect is highly

connected. By detecting 8-keV conversion electrons, only those that can pass out of the material are detected. Since the range is on the

order of 1000 A it is opssible to detect a signal from a layer as thin

as 50 A. This technique has been used to measure very thin films of

conversion products on iron metal surfaces. Other applications are

the analysis of iron-bearing particulate matter for air and water

studies, and the fabrication of a resonant detector that can significantly enhance the sensitivity of Mossbauer spectroscopy.

Computer Analysis of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectra—

A

versatile new computer program has been written for the analysis of

nuclear magnetic resonance (XMK). It allows the fitting of spectral

parameters, using an iterative method, to larger spin systems than

could previously be accommodated. This is accomplished by using

magnetic equivalence factoring that allows the three spins of a methyl group, for example, to be replaced by a complex particle of

spin 3/2. The NMK parameters of molecules such as CH3 CH2 SiF3 , CH3 CH2 GeH3 . and [(CH3 ) 2 CH]3P have been found by the use of

the program. The usefulness of the NMK method for characterization of molecular species is thus considerably enhanced, since a large

group of molecules whose spectra could not be analyzed successfully

in the past may now be included.

A noniterative version of the same program has been used to help

analyze the spectrum of isotopically enriched diborane, ^BoHe. The

results of the computation for the first time provide a fully adequate

explanation for the observed NME spectrum, and. in addition, provide the first known estimate for the magnitude of a B-B nuclear

spin-coupling constant. Characterization and Use of High Energy Photon Sources—The

operational characteristics of rare gas resonance lamps, which deliver

monochromatic radiation in the energy range 8.4 to 21.2 eV, have

been investigated in detail. These titanium gettered lamps, which have

a high spectral purity and long lifetimes, were designed at the

Bureau and are now used in many laboratories around the world, not only for photolytic studies but also as a mass spectrometry ionization source and as an energy source for photoelectron spectroscopy.

These lamps, which essentially bridge the energy gap between

81
classical photochemical light sources and soft x rays, have been used

at NBS to elucidate modes of deposition of high energy radiation in matter. This kind of information has been derived, in part, from

accurate measurements of extinction coefficients and ionization efficien- cies for a large number of organic and inorganic compounds. In

addition, the modes of decomposition of these molecules and their

ions over a wide energy range have been determined. Comparison of

these results with those obtained in the gamma-ray radiolysis furnishes information about the nature of the activated species formed in

gamma-irradiated materials. This work was sponsored by the AEC.

Gas Chromatography with Aqueous Solvents—Aqueous electrolyte

solutions have been shown to have interesting possibilities as gas

chromatographic substrates, as with such solutions it is possible to bring chemical selectivity into the separation process. The possibilities

have been demonstrated using aqueous silver nitrate solutions in the

highly specific separations of various olefins from each other and from

their deuterated isomers. The applicability of such columns for pollution analysis is being explored.

Bond Dissociation Energies from the Fluorescence Appearance

Threshold—Bond dissociation energies can be obtained by measuring

the threshold energies of incident photons that produce electronically

excited fragments from parent compounds. This technique, used

successfully to obtain hitherto unknown bond energies such as D(H-NCO), D(HN-CO), D(NC-N3 ), and D(CH2 -N2 ), has a unique advantage over that of appearance potential of fragment

ions : it is not required to know the ionization potential of fragment

radicals of interest. Organic Dye Laser as a Detector Absorption—An organic dye laser

normally emits in a broad continuum approximately 100 A wide.

Insertion into the optical cavity of trace impurities, which absorb

within the broad band of the laser emission, quenches the laser

emission at the absorption wavelengths. The sensitivity of this detection device is at least two orders of magnitude greater than that

using conventional photographic absorption techniques. The detailed

mechanism for this enhancement in sensitivity is not clear. This

technique has been used to detect I2 and Na.

Slit Correction Program for Small-Angle X-Ray Scattering—The

interpretation of small- angle x-ray scattering data is complicated by

the necessity of correcting for the effect of the finite length of the

instrumental slits. Procedures for applying the correction assume

various simplified functional forms for either the scattering curve or

the slit weighting function. The extent of the error introduced by the

inadequacy of the functional forms employed is difficult to assess. A procedure for applying the slit correction which is free of these

simplifying assumptions has been developed. The procedure is implemented in a computer program incorporating a back-check, in which

82
the corrected scattering curve is back-transformed for comparison

with the original data.

Quartz Thermometry for Calorimetry—Investigations have been

made of quartz crystal oscillator thermometers with digital output for

use in measuring small temperature changes in calorimetry near room

temperature. By the following two improvements, temperature

changes can be measured in well designed calorimeters with an imprecision of ± 6 microdegrees. (1) Improving the reference crystal

stability and temperature coefficient or using the NBS in-house fre- quency standard with a stability of 1 part in 1010 per day. ( Recently

direct counting of the probe oscillator frequency has also become

commercially available with this degree of stability of the time base.)

(2) Using a sensor crystal probe with only a thin copper capsule as an

enclosure, or a copper capsule with a second thin metal sheath. The

latter change improves the speed of response as well as the stability

of the sensor. Further studies are being made on the long term

(months) stability of the probe sensor-probe oscillator system so as to evaluate the reliability of the temperature measurement (as distinguished from the temperature difference measurement discussed

here).

High Speed Measurement of Thermophysical Properties—Accurate

measurement of thermophysical properties at temperatures above

The experiment chamber and the pyrometer used in the high-speed measurement

of thermophysical properties.

83
2500 K had been hindered in the past by the difficulties resulting

from excessive heat losses, chemical reactions, evaporation, loss of

mechanical strength, etc. The recent development of a high-speed

method enables the measurement of properties (specific heat, electrical

resistivity, thermal radiation properties) of electrically conducting

substances at high temperatures with an accuracy that surpasses any

other known method. An additional advantage of this technique is that it allows the simultaneous measurement of several properties.

Duration of an individual experiment in which the specimen is heated

from room temperature to its melting point is less than one second.

Temperature measurements are made with a millisecond resolution

photoelectric pyrometer, and experimental quantities are recorded

with a high-speed digital data acquisition system that has a full-scale resolution of one part in 8000. The time resolution of the entire sys- tem is 0.4 ms. Experiments were conducted on molybdenum and

tantalum from 2000 K to their melting points. The high-speed

technique is expected to be very valuable in measuring properties of

refractory metals and their alloys and other substances with high

melting points which find applications in various fields related to space, nuclear energy, etc. EDTA Analysis Using Coulometrically Generated Zinc Ion—Electrogenerated zinc ion can be very conveniently used as a reagent for

complexmetric coulometry. A new coulometric method was developed

for Ethylenediamine Tetraacetic Acid (EDTA) analysis that makes

use of amperometric end-point detection under conditions where

the indicator signal is proportional to the uncomplexed zinc ion

concentration.

Preliminary results indicate a highly reproducible titration of

disodium EDTA with an assay of 99.9363 percent and a standard

deviation of a single determination of 0.0022 percent. This titration

provides the basis for a novel determination of the stoichiometry of

various semiconductor materials such as gallium arsenide. The

stoichiometry of semiconductors is of vital interest to the electronics

industry because of the dependence of electrical properties on small

deviations in stoichiometry. At present there are no satisfactory

methods for this purpose at the required degrees of accuracy and

precision.

DETERMINATION OF DATA REQUIRED BY THE MEASUREMENT SYSTEM

Properties of Materials

Ultra Pure Chemical Reagents—The very limited availability of

pure chemical reagents, especially of corrosive acids, has been a long

standing source of frustration to analytical chemists interested in

trace analysis. A major source of difficulty is the fact that most con- 84
tamers are slowly attacked and dissolved by the reagents. Teflon

should be an especially inert material for this purpose but in the

course of manufacturing it tends to become contaminated by small

particles. To illustrate, nitric acid is capable of diffusing into the

container, attacking the particles, and the back diffusion carries the

dissolved particles as contaminants. The leaching of Teflon by hot

concentrated nitric acid, and then by steam, offers considerable

promise for container purification, especially if coupled to subsequent

storage of the acids at —50 °C.

Inositol Hexasulfate—myo-Inositol, a member of a family of

substances having a cyclohexane ring with a hydroxyl group at- tached to each carbon atom, withstands dehydration by sulfuric acid.

This behavior is markedly different from that of alditols and sugars, substances not possessing cyclohexane rings but otherwise closely

related in composition to inositols. IMR chemists have found that

the myo-inositol is converted into a hexasulfate, and this highly

acidic product can be isolated as the crystalline hexapotassium salt. A very convenient procedure has been developed and patented for

preparing the hexasulfate, a product of special interest because of its similarity to phytic acid, the hexaphosphoric acid derivative of

inositol, a substance of widespread natural occurrence. Analysis of Skew Conformations of Cyclic Molecules by Proton

Magnetic Resonance—Although there is considerable interest in un- derstanding the relative importance of chair and nonchair conformations of molecules that contain six-membered rings, little proton

resonance data exists for unequivocal examples of nonchair conformations that can serve as a reference for conformational equilibria.

Certain rigid carbohydrate molecules can be most useful in this regard.

An NMR study of 3-6>-benzoyl-l, 2, 4-#-benzylidene-a-D-ribopyranose

has defined the degree of applicability of previously developed

relationships between coupling constants and dihedral angles with the

locked, skew conformation of this compound. Spectral assignments were confirmed by frequency-swept spin-decoupling experiments, and

by studies of the effect of change of solvent on chemical shifts. The

NMR spectrum was analyzed by an iterative, least-squares method,

and the geminal, vicinal, and long-range coupling-constants obtained

have been correlated with the stereochemical relationships. The mean

deviation of the vicinal, proton-proton, dihedral angles calculated and

those measured from a molecular model was 11°. Application of the Reduced Cell Concept to Triclinic Crystals—

The theory of reduced cells as developed at XBS is the basis for

computer programs used to analyze all the 1100 triclinic crystals

studied by x-ray diffraction before 1966. The results of these analyses

will appear in the compilation, "Crystal Data."

Of the seven crystal systems, the triclinic is the only one without

85
a unique symmetry element. There is always a question of whether

the crystal in fact lacks symmetry elements or whether the scientists

failed to detect the true symmetry of the crystal. The possible higher

symmetries are determined from special metric relationships between

the unit cell constants as determined by the characteristic dot products of the reduced cell matrix. Not only is the possibility of higher

symmetry determined, but also the system which the crystal may

have. Approximately 20 percent of the crystals studied show relationships that indicate they may have higher symmetry. The most

common possibility is C centered monoclinic.

In many cases where specialized metric relationships have been

found, twinning is known to occur. Photoionization of Halogen Molecules—Previous measurements by

electron impact, photoionization, and photoelectron spectroscopy of

molecular ionization thresholds for fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and

iodine have failed to take into account the effect of hot bands due to ionization of vibrationally excited molecules. Photoionization meas- urements on these molecules, employing energy resolution of about

0.01 eV and a cooled or heated ion source operated over a range of

temperatures, have shown the importance of hot bands and the necessity of revising data on the ionization energies of these molecules. In

a related study of chlorine monofluoride, the threshold for dissociative

ionization has been measured, the results supporting the low value

proposed by this laboratory for the dissociation energy of the F2 molecule. The work was supported in part by the Atomic Energy

Commission.

Structure and Reactivity of Hydrocarbon Ions—In the past, the

structures of carbonium ions and the effects of structure on reactivity

have been studied primarily in liquid phase organic systems in which

the ions are generated through ordinary chemical reactions. Under

such conditions, the ions generally have very short lifetimes, and

slow processes are not easily observed. Recently, NMR and mass

spectrometric techniques have been applied to the investigation of

such problems, but both these techniques have certain limitations

under the conditions employed in the NMR studies, the ions are chemically unreactive, while in the mass spectrometer, the structure of the ion cannot be directly determined. Investigations have been

made of the structures and reactivities of hydrocarbon ions in which

the ions were generated in the gas phase by the action of high energy

radiation. In these experiments the lifetime of the ions was varied

by changing the pressure, and other simple techniques (rare gas

sensitization) were used to vary the internal energy of the ions. Ionic structures are derived through an analysis of the products

formed in the reactions of the ions; sophisticated analytical techniques and the use of deuterium labeling give detailed information

about ionic structures. Because of this versatility, the results obtained

86
in these studies have resolved contradictions between conclusions

drawn in studies using the different techniques described above.

Energy Partitioning in Photodissociation—The partitioning of the

excess energy among photodissociated fragments has been studied.

The vibrational and rotational energies of CN B2 S produced from

various cyanogen compounds have been determined from the CN

emission spectrum, leading to the conclusion that when small molecules are photolyzed in the vacuum ultraviolet, the excess energy

goes mainly into the kinetic energy of fragments.

Production of Electronically Excited Species in the Vacuum Ultraviolet—OS, an important species in the upper atmosphere, was

produced in the laboratory from the photolysis of N2 0 in the vacuum

ultraviolet. The production was detected by its emission OS —> XT) at 5577 A. Since the emission is forbidden, the intensity is extremely

weak. It was found that certain gases, especially Xe, stimulate the

emission by forming a loose molecular complex. Using collisional

stimulation, it was found that OS was also formed from C02 photolysis at 1165 A with a yield less than 7 percent.

Electronically excited Cl2 w

T as produced from the photolysis of

COCl2 . From the threshold energy of photons used to produce the

Cl2 emission, the electronic energy of Cl2 responsible for the emission continuum at 2570 A was obtained.

Ionization and reaction chamber (center) of the photoionization mass spectrometer as seen through a side port. The sample being studied enters the chamber

through the system at center left, and reaction byproducts are analyzed with the quadrupole mass analyzer at center right. Ionization of the sample is caused by absorption of high energy photons emitted by the lamp at the rear. 87
High Pressure Photoionization Mass Spectrometer—The high pres- sure photoionization mass spectrometer is particularly well suited to the study of ionic processes that occur in systems under high energy

irradiation, because reactions of thermal ions can be observed at ambient temperatures. In this instrument, ionization is caused by

absorption of a beam of photons with a well-defined energy. Numerous previously unknown ion-molecule reactions have been observed.

For example, an important discovery was that the ethane molecule

ion, C2 H+, reacts with the ethane molecule to form a dimer ion,

(C2 H6 )+. Similar dimerization reactions were observed for propane

and isobutane. Of particular interest to upper atmosphere and petroleum chemists were the determinations of absolute rate constants for

(1) the reactions of 1NTO+ ions with hydrocarbons, (2) the reactions

of hydrocarbon molecular ions with water vapor, and (3) the reac- tions of carbonium ions with hydrocarbons. (See figure on p. 87.)

Electric Lighting and the Tungsten-Oxygen-Halogen Reactions—

Research on the surface chemistry of tungsten in oxygen-halogen

mixtures has been stimulated by the important effects of volatile

tungsten compounds in electric lighting technology. At NBS, mass

spectrometric studies have been made of the volatile products result- ing from direct exposure of clean incandescent tungsten to oxygen

halogen mixtures. A large number of tungsten halides and oxyhalides

are thermodynamically stable and this work identifies which of these are important reaction products. Information on the surface reaction

kinetics also resulted from these experiments. In terms of tungsten

erosion, the combined gases are very efficient compared to either

oxygen or halogen separately. In the oxygen-chlorine system, the sur- face reactions lead predominantly to the dioxydichloride, W02 C12 , with lesser amounts of simple oxides. Significantly, none of the four

simple chlorides are found. With fluorine-oxygen, the principal products are WOF4 and WFG , both of which are very volatile. Extensive

measurements of the dependence of the surface rate processes on

temperature and partial pressure variations have shown that oxygen

is always adsorbed in preference to any of the halogens, and that the

principal reactions on the metal surface are between WO (or W02 ) and adsorbed molecular halogen.

Isotope Effect in the Electron Stimulated Resorption of Oxygen

Adsorbed on Tungsten—A large isotope effect has been found in the

desorption of oxygen chemisorbed on tungsten caused by electron

bombardment of the surface. The probability of 16 0+ desorption was

shown to be 1.5 times greater than that of 18 0+ with 100 eV elec- trons. This experimental finding supports the electron stimulated

desorption mechanism proposed for 0+ but not for total desorption.

In fact-r^ = 1.06, where Q16 and Q18 refer to cross sections for

W,18 88
total desorption of the 16 and 18 isotopes. The proposed models,

although indicating a somewhat loAver ratio of 16 to 18 species in

total desorption than ionic clesorption, cannot account for the quite

small isotope difference in total desorption experimentally measured.

Infrared and Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Studies of Free Radicals and

Molecular Ions Isolated in Inert Solid Matrices—In studies of the

vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of silane isolated in an argon matrix

at a temperature of 4 or 14 K, all of the vibrational fundamentals

of the species SiH, SiH2 , and SiH3 have been identified, and positive

confirmation that SiH2 is a singlet in its ground state has been obtained. The Si-H stretching force constants of all three radical products are exceptionally small. In addition, two band systems previously assigned to Si2 have been observed in ultraviolet absorption

studies of this system, and a third band system, previously unreported, has also been assigned to Si2 . Studies of the vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of D2 0 in a C02 matrix have definitively excluded the possible presence of a hydrogen atom in the species previously identified as C03 . A normal

coordinate analysis of the infrared absorption data for various iso- topically substituted species of C03 has indicated that the most

satisfactory structure is planar, with a three-membered OCO ring

and an exceptionally strong carbonyl bond.

Much information has been obtained on free radicals stabilized on

vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of various halogen-substituted methanes isolated in inert solid matrices. In studies of the photolysis of

methyl chloride, the vibrational fundamental and two electronic

transitions of CC1 have been observed, and several infrared absorptions have been assigned to H2 CC1. Studies of the vacuum-ultraviolet

photolysis of matrix-isolated CH2 C1F, HCC13 , HCCLF, and HCC1F2 have led to the infrared identification of the species C1CF, CC13 , CC12 F, and CC1F2 , respectively. An electronic transition of C1CF

near 3900 A has been observed in both absorption and fluorescence.

The corresponding transition of CF2 has also been observed in fluo- rescence. In the studies of the vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of the tri- halomethanes, considerable evidence has been obtained for the occur- rence of photoionization and electron attachment processes. Two of

the vibrational fundamentals of the positive ion species CC1+ and

HCC1+ have been assigned.

It was found that infrared absorptions previously assigned to the

C1HC1 radical are also produced by the interaction of photoelectrons

with samples of HC1 in an argon matrix. This strongly indicates

that these bands should be reassigned to the bichloride anion. C1HC1-, isolated in an inert, nonionic environment.

Energy and Structure of Triazines—The enthalpies of combustion

and formation of six substituted triazines in the crystalline state were

determined. These measurements provide necessary data for the cor- 89
relation of binding energy with structure. Substituent groups in- cluded methoxy, ethoxy, and fluoro- and nitro-ethoxy groups.

Triazine itself is a symmetrical heterocyclic unsaturated ring com- pound (C3N3H3) h which is stabilized by resonance.

N N

1 II C G—

H

H N

The presence of substituents allows substantial variations in stability

and in the energy of combustion of the molecules. This work was

sponsored by Picatinny Arsenal.

Carbon Monoxide Adsorbed on Transition Metals—In a continuation of previous studies, the adsorption of carbon monoxide on rhenium and ruthenium was observed with the field emission microscope. These two metals crystallize in the hexagonal close packed

system and are the first of this type to be studied in some detail in

interaction with CO using field emission. These two metals, and

especially ruthenium, find important uses in catalytic processes. Chemisorption of carbon monoxide on rhenium is similar to that on

tungsten in that there are two binding states, one desorbing in the

temperature region 250-350 K and the other 600-900 K. There are

also two binding states of CO on ruthenium, but most of the desorption occurs below 350 K whereas most of the CO desorbs above 600 K

for rhenium. The monolayer work function increment is 0.8 eV for

CO on rhenium and 1.3 eV on ruthenium, a rather surprising result

in view of the weaker binding on the latter. Bibliography and Property Substance Index of Chemical Thermodynamic Literature Published in 1969—The Chemical Thermodynamics Data Center has prepared a Bibliography and Substance-Property

Index for the literature published during 1969 on chemical thermodynamic data of inorganic substances, including calorimetry, chemical

equilibria, phase change data, heat capacity, and heat content measurements. The Bibliography includes 2566 references to material

covered by Chemical Abstracts. The content of these articles is in- dicated by a substance-Property Index, which tabulates the substances and properties or reactions measured. There are more than

9000 entries in the Index, covering about 3000 different chemical

species. This material will be published in the 13th Annual Bulletin

of Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry, which is prepared under

the auspices of the International Union of Pure and Applied

Chemistry.

Ketene—Heat of Formation—Ketene (CH2 CO) dissociates into

methylene (CH2 ) and carbon monoxide (CO) when subjected to 90
photodissociation and has been used as the source of the very transitory substance CH2 in many studies. An inconsistency has been

observed in the relationships between the enthalpy of formation of

CH2 (g), various photodissociation processes and photoionization

processes involving it, and the enthalpy of formation accepted for

ketene. As an example, the bond dissociation energy of ketene calculated from previously accepted enthalpies of formation of ketene,

methylene, and carbon monoxide is about 80 kcal mol-1

, which cor- responds to photons having a wavelength of 358 nm. However, photodissociation has been observed as a result of irradiation at wavelengths as long as 369 nm. Dissociation caused by photons of such

low energy could be interpreted as due to errors in the interpretation

of the photodissociation and ionization processes, or to an error in

the enthalpy of formation of ketene.

In order to decide between these possible sources of error, an

experimental redetermination of the enthalpy of formation of

CH2 CO(g) Avas carried out by reacting a carefully prepared and

purified sample with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The new

value (AH°29g = —11.4 kcal mol -1

as opposed to the previous value

of 14.8 kcal mol-1

) removes the previously observed inconsistency,

and allows further research on the photochemistry of CH2 to be

carried out with much greater confidence. This work was supported

in part by AEC.

Structure and Spectra of High Temperature Species—The infrared

spectra of matrix isolated RbOH, RbOD, NaOH, and NaOD were

observed and are consistent with the earlier results obtained for

CsOH and CsOD indicating that these species have a linear structure. The infrared spectra of matrix isolated CC13 and CBr3 were obtained

using the reaction of lithium atoms and the appropriate carbon

tetrahalide. Analysis of the spectra gives no reason for not assuming

that these species have a planar structure. Orientation and Momentum Correlation Times Compared—The

spin-lattice relaxation times of 35 C1 and 19 F in C103 F have been

measured by NMK pulse techniques over the entire liquid range

(130-368 K). The data were used to calculate both the angular orientation correlation function and the angular momentum correlation

function for the quasi-spherical molecule. The relation between the

two relaxation times agreed well with recent theoretical predictions.

Dielectric Relaxation of Symmetric Top Gases—The dielectric re- laxation times of several typical symmetric top gases (CH3 F, CHF3 , and CC13 F) in dilute mixtures with a large variety of foreign gases

have been measured. A new method for studying gas collision dynamics and molecular forces has been developed. The results of this work

will provide general information about the effect of planetary atmospheres on microwaves.

Internal Friction in n-Eicosane (C20Hk2 )—The normal alkanes as 91
well as many other related low-molecular weight, normal hydrocarbons have been widely studied as model compounds for high

polymers. The development of theoretical models to account for the

observed mechanical and dielectric relaxation behavior of linear crystalline high polymers, such as polyethylene, has often relied in part on data obtained on polycrystalline samples of these low-molecular

weight analogs. In some models impurities as well as crystal defects

have been proposed as the important parameters in determining the

observed mechanical behavior. Therefore, as a critical test of these

models, an internal friction study of pure single crystals of one model

compound, ^-eicosane, was undertaken.

Single crystals of sufficient size for the mechanical study were obtained only after several purification steps, which involved very slow

crystallizations from the melt. The final crystals used had the shape

of platelets several centimeters long and up to 0.3 centimeter thick.

The unit cell was determined by x-rays to be triclinic and the crystals

grew so that their growth direction (long dimension of the platelet) was [210].

Mechanical measurements, in the form of the logarithmic decrement, were made in the temperature interval from 100 to 300 K for

several crystals driven in flexure. The two mechanical loss peaks

characteristic of both polyethylene and polycrystalline w-alkanes of

less purity were completely absent in all the single crystals measured.

This result indicates the importance of impurities and crystal defects on previously reported effects. X-Ray Diffraction from Piezoelectrically Vibrating Crystals—The

acoustic modes that may be piezoelectrically excited in most finite a-quartz plates present a difficult mathematical problem. These modes

are generally studied by dusting the surface of vibrating plates with

powder and observing the nodes as powder concentrations or by other

techniques. However, these techniques involve great technical diffi- culty.

A crystal which contains imperfections—such as dislocations, defects, and impurities—diffracts x rays to give fine structural detail

in the diffracted beams that represent topographic images of the imperfections. Those images are produced by lattice strain due to imperfections. Because piezoelectric vibrations cause lattice strain in the

crystal, an x-ray diffraction study of acoustic modes in crystals has

recently become common. However, the standard diffraction theory

for a perfect or slightly imperfect crystal cannot be used to explain

the intensities and the details of observed topographs.

A newly developed dynamical diffraction theory for imperfect

crystals has been applied to analyze those intensities and details. The

transmission of the x rayg is greater through vibrating regions of

the crystal than through stationary regions. The intensity distribu92
tion of diffracted x-ray beams is given as a function of the vibrational

amplitudes of the crystal.

Morphological Stability of Ice—From experiments on the morphological stability of ice cylinders in water, a value of 22 mj/m2 has

been obtained for the ice-water surface tension of planes parallel to the c-axis. Single crystal ice cylinders, oriented with the c-axis of ice parallel to the cylinder axis, are grown radially into slightly supercooled water. The cylindrical shape is unstable and approximately

sinusoidal perturbations develop parallel to the cylinder axis. If the

bath undercooling is reduced to zero, the perturbations decrease in

size and eventually disappear. From measurements of the perturbation groAvth and smoothing rates and wavelengths, the solid-liquid

surface tension can be calculated from the appropriate morphological

stability equations. The value of the surface tension obtained is in

agreement with those obtained by other methods such as homogeneous

nucleation experiments.

BIOMATERIALS

Tris/Tris • HCl Buffers for Biologic Fluids—Tris (hydroxymethyl)

aminomethane in combination with its hydrochloride salt is widely

used as a biological buffer in the pH range from 7 to 9. In order to match the pH of tris buffer solutions with the acidity range found

in biologic fluids, while maintaining their buffer capacities, the con- ventional pan values of several buffer solutions were determined at various ratios of tris and £m-HCl. One result of this study has

indicated that a solution containing 0.002m tris'YLCl in a ratio of

3 to 1 of the protonated base to the free base has a pan value of 7.350

and should be suitable for blood pH standardization. Partial support

for this research has been obtained from the U.S. Army Medical

Research and Development Command.

New Pulsed NMR Method—IMR scientists and colleagues at the

National Institute for Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases have jointly

developed a new method for executing high-resolution 13 C Fouriertransform nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. The method,

which they call DEFT (ZMven Equilibrium Courier Transform)

NMR spectroscopy, results in a time saving factor of 1000 or more.

This makes possible the study of many naturally occurring biological

systems by 13 C NMR spectroscopy that are not amenable to study by

ordinary NMR techniques. The DEFT technique is being used in numerous NMR laboratories throughout the world.

Finishing Composite Restorative Materials—In the past few years

several new composite materials have been developed primarily as replacements and substitutes for silicate cements in restorations in

anterior teeth. One of the shortcomings of the composite materials

is that they are difficult to finish to a smooth surface using instruments commonly available to the dentist. Lack of a smooth surface

93
results in restorations that do not have optimum esthetic properties, are rough to the tongue, and may have increased tendency to collect debris and harbor microorganisms.

A procedure has been developed in the Dental Research Section

for smoothing these surfaces with an instrument made by bonding

very fine (1-5 fjum) diamond particles to flexible paper disks. The

disks are used with conventional low-speed dental handpieces. Electron photomicrographs clearly reveal the improved surface achieved

with this technique as compared with that achieved by fine cuttlefish or sandpaper disks.

Amine Accelerators for Methacrylate Resin Systems—The use of

composite restorative materials in dentistry is experiencing a dramatic upswing. Commercially available materials contain low molecular

weight aromatic amines as polymerization accelerators. While effec- tive as accelerators, these substances are difficult to purify of byproducts that tend to induce discoloration in the restoration. Also

the low molecular weight of these substances is undesirable from the

view of tissue toxicity. To meet these shortcomings, several high

molecular weight aromatic amines have been synthesized, one of

which (N,N-fo's (3-p-tolyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl)-sym-m-xylidine) appears satisfactory in its hardening accelerator characteristics and

gives composites with good color and color stability. Being crystalline, it may be purified easily, and having a relatively large molecular

weight, its toxicity should be minimal, thus giving an accelerator

superior to those presently in use. Grafting of Monomers to Collagen and Dentin—Grafting of monomers to collagenous tissue such as dentin, bone, or skin, followed by

a polymerization reaction that incorporates bound monomer, offers an attractive means of securing modified biological surfaces. Such a technique has potential application to dentistry and surgery where

omnipresent water inhibits many potentially attractive reactions.

Exploratory work at NBS is being supported by the Dental Division

of the U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command. A

grafting process has been investigated that is based on the use of

eerie ammonium nitrate as the redox initiator by which a hydrogen

is abstracted from a hydroxy containing amino acid residue of col- lagen to give a reactive-free radical. Conditions for grafting to the

surface of collagen powder have been optimized. Both infrared

analysis and weight change have shown that at least twenty monomer

systems have been successfully grafted to such surfaces. Glycidyl

methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, 1,3-butylene dimethacrylate, and

vinyl acetate have been grafted to a purified collagen film. Butylene

dimethacrylate was also grafted to bone. The relative grafting effi- ciency of the selected monomers to the solid substrate decreases in

the order: powdered collagen > collagen film > powdered bone >

powdered dentin.

94
Pretreatment of Enamel Surfaces to Improve Bonding—Simple sur- face treatments for enamel and dentin that lead to more efficient bonding of acrylic restorative materials are needed in dentistry.

Current research at NBS supported by the Dental Research Division,

U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command, has

shown that significant bond strength between a cold cure acrylic resin

and bovine enamel is obtained by first applying chelating agents

containing carboxyl groups to the enamel surface. Repeated pretreatment improves bond strength. Swabbing the enamel surface with 5 percent aqueous tetrahydrofuran-2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride for 10 seconds, rinsing with water, drying, and repeating this

treatment resulted in significant enamel-acrylic bond strengths. Conditions for optimizing the bond strength were developed. Of importance is the fact that a one-month exposure to water did not destroy

adhesion. Other effective pretreatments include quinic acid, 2- (hydroxyethyl ) -ethylenediaminetetra-acetic acid and cis,cis,cis,cis-l,2fi£-

cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid. Scanning electron micrographs of

the treated enamel surfaces indicate that crevices are created into

which uncured resin of the restoration flows and by which mechanical

retention is achieved on hardening of the resin. Dimensional Changes of Tooth Structure—With the advent of improved dental materials and their availability to larger segments of

the population, a more precise characterization is needed of the

natural components of the oral system with which interaction occurs

in clinical practice. This is of particular importance in view of the

strong efforts in these and other laboratories to develop truly adhesive restorative materials. Thermal expansion differences in tooth and

restorative materials must be minimized to avoid degradation of

interface bonding and creation of marginal failure. Determination

of accurate thermal expansion data is made difficult by the small size of the specimens obtainable from natural teeth. In the present study,

the expansion of enamel, dentin, and inorganic dentin was measured

interferometrically in water over the range 25-60 °C and in air at 23 °C at relative humidities varying from 10 to 80 percent. Because

measurement of the thermal expansion of the dentinal component

of a tooth is complicated by a little understood structural change

that appears to occur at temperatures as low as 45 °C, the effect of

heating rate has been examined. With a fast heating rate (5 °C/min),

expansion of dentin is approximately linear to 60 °C and a value of

8.7 ppm/ °C was measured as compared with 6.0 ppm for a slow

rate of heating (0.5 °C/min). The expansion of inorganic dentin and

of enamel was much less sensitive to rate of heating, being 8.1 and

11.8 ppm, respectively, for the slow rate of heating, and 9.9 and

13.1 ppm for the faster rate of heating. Dentin was observed to ex- pand 0.65 percent over the relative humidity range 8.5-28 percent

and 0.40 percent over the relative humidity range 28-80 percent.

Crystallographic Studies of Phosphates—Accurate determination of

95
the crystal structures of a related series of P04 containing compounds

is in progress to provide a firmer understanding of important biological processes, such as mineralization and demoralization, fluo- ride incorporation into teeth and bones, etc. Recent acquisition of a computer-operated, single crystal x-ray diffractometer has increased

both quality and quantity of these crystal structure analyses. Analysis has shown the relationship between the crystal structure of

Ca5 (P04 )

2 Si04 and hydroxyapatite, Ca5 (P04 ) 3 OH, the skeletal material of mammals. Some collapse in the former structure relative to the latter has occurred because of the missing ion in the OH site in

hydroxyapatite. The structure of Ca7 Mg9 (Ca,Mg) 2 (P04 )i 2 has been

determined because of its relation to /3-Ca3 (P04 )

2 , a constituent

of dental calculus, jmd perhaps to the higher temperature phases

a-Ca3 (P04 )

2 , and a-Ca3 (P04 ) 2 . The present study helps explain

how ranges in composition are accommodated in the arrangement

of the solid state. Crystalline Dimethacrylate Monomers for Dental Composite Restoratives—Composite restorative materials based on earlier exploratory research at NBS are proving increasingly popular in dentistry.

However, these materials must be upgraded in certain respects if their continued and probably expanded use is to be achieved. To a large degree, the organic binder reinforcing the inert inorganic

filler component of these composites is a dimethacrylate monomer,

BIS-GMA, the reaction product of an epoxy resin and methacrylic

acid. To overcome a variability in color stability and to eliminate the

need for thinning with methyl methacrylate, a new monomer complex

has been synthesized. It consists of a ternary eutectic, liquid at room

temperature, composed of the crystalline te(2-methacryloxyethyl)

esters of phthalic, isophthalic, and terephthalic acids. Purification of

these monomers by recrystallization procedures provides a means of

attaining desired purity and of facilitating production control. Clinical examination of restorations preapred with composite materials

using the newly synthesized binder component is in progress. Radiopaque Denture Base Materials—The seriousness of ingestion or aspiration of dentures or denture fragments by the denture-using

public would be significantly reduced if such materials could be

readily located within the body by x ray. Techniques have been

investigated for incorporation of radiopaque materials into dentures

that would produce a denture of satisfactory esthetic quality as well

as required physical and mechanical properties. A series of resinglass combinations was investigated. An experimental denture base

material made with the addition of a radiopaque, silane-treated glass

powder to poly (methyl methacrylate) appears to offer the best combination of properties for immediate development.

96
Bonding and Alloy-Mold Reactions in Dental Investments—Chromium base alloy investment castings are used almost exclusively in

partial denture prosthesis. In an effort to improve the quality and

perhaps decrease the cost of these devices, a study is being conducted

of the reactions that take place during the wax burnout, firing of

the investment, and the casting operation. Petrographic microscopy

has been employed to evaluate reactions occurring within the various

micro-environments (at the casting-investment interface) between the

investment and the investment protective coat, and within the investment itself. Many of these complex reactions are being delineated for

the first time. Liquefaction, which depends upon the composition of

the micro-environment, has been shown to be an important factor

influencing dimensional stability, gas permeation during the casting

operation, and surface smoothness. The gross composition of the

investment, as well as the presence of relatively small amounts of

impurities and of metals evolved from the casting, are important

factors controlling liquefaction.

Bonding Denture Base Materials—Bonding between acrylic teeth

and cold-curing denture base materials, especially of the "pour"

type, is needed to replace current dependence on mechanical retention, which the dental laboratory technician laboriously produces by

modifying stock teeth. Three approaches were explored: (1) the

acrylic teeth were coated with silica, after which a treatment with

a silane coupling agent was applied; (2) swelling and softening of

the acrylic teeth with solvents prior to flasking was examined; and

(3) the teeth were treated with poly (methylmethacrylate) dissolved

in a mixture of methylene chloride and methylmethacrylate. The

most successful technique. (3), can be incorporated into the current procedures used in prosthetic laboratories without involving additional equipment while saving time. Xo crazing or softening of the

teeth as a result of the treatment was observed.

Mobile Water in Frozen Collagen—The nature of water in biological materials such as cells and tissues continues to be an important

and controversial subject. Recent nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopic studies of water adsorbed in tendon fibers (essentially pure

collagen) below -10 °C have revealed that only water in excess of

about one half of the weight of dry tendon can be frozen. The rest remains in a state of high mobility, even at temperatures as low as -50 °C. The quantity of water that does not freeze has also been

determined from the heat evolved on melting "frozen" wet collagen,

and the result is in good agreement with the estimate obtained from

mm.

METALLURGICAL MATERIALS

Studies of Metal Pitting—Using the new technique of ellipsometric

spectroscopy in work sponsored by the Office of Saline TTaters, re- 97
searchers have studied the events occurring in 40A protective oxide

films on iron prior to the breakdown (loss of protection) of the film

that leads to pitting. This technique can detect by in situ measure- ments the entrances of chloride ions into the very thin film and their

exit after chloride is removed from the environment. These studies

have revealed that significant changes in the optical properties of the

protective film occur prior to breakdown at only a few discrete wavelengths. Such studies are important in learning how to prevent the

pitting that leads to failures in desalination plants.

Corrosion Study of Stainless Steels—A new, long-range study has

been initiated on the corrosion of stainless steels in underground

environments. This study, sponsored by the American Iron and Steel

Institute, involves 5000 specimens that will be buried at selected

corrosion-test sites from one to eight years. The investigation was

prompted by the growing new and proposed applications of stainless

steels in underground environments for use as culverts, ground rods,

sewage and waste disposal systems, waste service, eelctrical distribution, and telephone cable shields. Such data is not now available for some of the newer alloys and for conditions where the stainless steel

is under mechanical stress. This study will provide the data that will

enable the designer to choose the most economical steel for a given

underground application.

Dielectric Relaxation Spectrum of CaF2 Crystals—Rare-earth doped

CaF2 is potentially useful as a material for tunable lasers and photochromic devices and as a system for applying theoretical notions to the understanding of its properties. Each Gd3 + ion, occupying a Ca2 + site, is accompanied by either an F

_

interstitial or a Ca2 +

vacancy to keep the crystal electrically neutral. An F~ interstitial ion can associate with a Gd3 + ion to form a close pair ("tetragonal

center") or they can be separated, leaving an isolated Gd3 + ion

("cubic center"). In a study of the ratio of intensities of the electron

spin resonance (ESR) spectra from tetragonal and cubic centers,

it was shown that F

_

interstitials alone cannot account for the temperature and concentration behavior of this ratio. By including cation

vacancies in the model, the effects can be reproduced, but only in a

qualitative way. To make it quantitative a way is needed to count

the "centers" present; this is notoriously difficult to do with ESR.

Use was made of the observation, in the ESR spectrum, that orientational diffusion of the F~ interstitial trapped at a Gd3 + ion (the

tetragonal center) occurs at elevated temperatures. Using the temperature dependence of the relaxation time for this process, data were

extrapolated from the ESR frequency into the dielectric part of the

spectrum, revealing a relaxation phenomena of the expected kind

in the dielectric spectrum. Detailed comparison of the ESR and

dielectric data shows quite clearly that they arise from the same 98
phenomenon. Since the dielectric relaxation data can be interpreted

readily in quantitative terms, it should be possible to combine ESR

and dielectric data to determine in an absolute way the concentrations of both tetragonal and cubic centers. Quantitative data of this

kind should make possible the development of a much more definite

physical chemistry of the defect equilibria in CaF2 and related compounds, and therefore give better control over the preparation of

useful materials.

Contact Resistance of Tin Alloy Coatings—The electronics industry

sometimes makes use of structural steel electroplated with coatings

that serve a dual purpose : protecting the steel from corrosion and

providing a surface with low electrical contact resistance. For use

as such dual purpose coatings, a number of tin alloys were evaluated

hi an investigation jointly sponsored with the International Business

Machines Corporation.

Tin and binary alloys of tin Avith zinc, lead, cadmium, antimony,

and nickel were elect rodeposited on steel and exposed to indoor and

outdoor atmospheres. The exposure tests are being continued, but

after 400 days of exposure the superiority of the tin-cadmium and

tin-zinc coatings was clear. These electroplated coatings are giving

good corrosion protection and maintaining a low contact resistance.

Effect of Pressure on Interdiffusion in V-Al—Measurements were made of the interdiffusion of vanadium and aluminum in vanadiumrich V-Al alloys. An appreciable pressure dependence was found.

Conditions under which the compound V3 A1 might form have been a matter of controversy in the metallurgical literature for some time.

The smooth diffusion profiles found in the present experiments have

helped to resolve this question by demonstrating that pressures up to 47 kbar at 1400 °C are insufficient to cause formation of this compound.

Anisotropic Elasticity—The dynamic Green's tensor for anisotropic

elasticity has been studied. This tensor, which provides an essential

tool for the dynamic study of crystalline materials and defect properties, has previously been determined only by approximate stationary

phase methods, which allow the prediction of wave fronts but fail to yield an accurate description of wave properties between the fronts. As a result of the new study, a numerically useable line integral

formula has been obtained for the dynamic Green's tensor giving the

entire wave shape. The same methods have also been applied to cal- culate the elastic fields due to a rigidly vibrating dislocation in an

anisotropic body.

High Temperature Characterization of Alloys—Techniques for characterizing defects, e.g., dislocations and stacking faults, have recently

been extended to elevated temperatures. Quantitative measurements

are made to determine the stacking fault energy as it is known to 99
Transmission electron micrographs of an extended dislocation node (N) and other

faulted features at (a) 20 °C and (b) 500 °C in a cubic alloy of silver—9.1 percent tin. The reduction in node size of 500 °C indicates an appreciably higher stacking fault energy. The faulted features are made visible by electron diffraction contrast. X 52000. influence directly the behavior of dislocations contained in crystalline

materials. As dislocations are primarily responsible for strength and

the creep and fatigue behavior of materials, a knowledge of the

stacking fault energy can lead to a better understanding and control

of these important properties. The stacking fault energy is calculated

from the measured dimensions of certain extended dislocation configurations observed directly in thin foils of various silver-tin alloys

using transmission electron microscopy. By utilizing a micro-furnace

stage installed in the electron microscope, measurements are obtained

at temperatures up to 500 °C. It is found that in cubic silver-tin

alloys the stacking fault energy increases with increasing temperatures while the opposite effect is observed in the hexagonal alloys, as predicted by theoretical phase stability considerations. This different

temperature dependence can have important consequences in the

mechanical behavior of two-phase alloys, particularly concerning

ductility and strength at elevated temperatures.

Optical Scanner for Digitalizing Micrographs—An advanced scanner now in use is automatically scanning micrographs and producing data

for metallographic analyses. Called SADIE-III, the scanner was

devised under a program supported in part by the National Institutes

of Health. This device examines a photographic image of 24 X 24 cm

at almost a million discrete points and assigns to each a density

value from a 64-level gray scale. Photographic prints, negatives, or transparencies can be scanned, as well as drawings. The scanner 100
An optical micrograph of nominal 10 percent austenite in ferrite matrix. X 25. Measurement on the NBS scanner determined the austenite (white) phase area to be 9.96 ± 0.03 percent.

presents analytical readouts and has a digital output of the image

data, which can be recorded for later computer processing. It also

contains specialized computer circuitry that at the end of the scan

displays a partial analysis of the data on two six-digit counters. This feature makes unnecessary the time and cost of a large computer

for exploratory work or when only simple results are required.

SADIE's speed of about two minutes for a complete scan and its resolution of a quarter of a millimeter make it extremely useful for

metallurgical and biological analyses.

Mossbauer Spectrometer Calibration—The utility of TiFe as a reference compound both for velocity calibration and as an isomer

shift standard in 57 Fe Mossbauer experiments has been demonstrated.

As an isomer shift standard TiFe has the advantage of giving a

single line when no external magnetic field is applied. Velocity cali- bration has been made possible by the recent determination at NBS of

the nuclear magnetic resonance Knight shift of 57 Fe in TiFe. By a precision comparison of the spectra obtained with TiFe in an applied

magnetic field and those obtained for sodium nitroprusside with no

applied field, the quadrupole splitting of sodium nitroprusside was

precisely determined. This determination of the quadrupole splitting

in the often used reference compound sodium nitroprusside has the

advantage of being independent of any velocity measurement. This

101
determination makes possible the calibration of a Mossbauer spec- trometer both in velocity units and magnetic field units. More

precise measurements of magnetic fields using the Mossbauer effect are now possible.

Cluster Specific Heat at Low Temperatures—Specific heat measure- ments have been performed on copper-rich copper-nickel alloys at lower temperatures than previously investigated, giving interesting new results. These alloys are not ferromagnetic, yet there is a signifi- cant contribution to the specific-heat-giving anomalous term that

is apparently related to magnetic clustering. This magnetic clustering occurs even in the absence of crystallographic clustering. At temperatures above 2 K the anomalous term can be approximated by a constant term, but when an alloy is examined over a range of temperatures down to 0.5 K this is not the case at all. The value of the

anomalous term diminishes markedly below 1 K. A better approximation than the constant term might be an Einstein specific heat

term, and indeed such a term fits the data considerably better at the

lower temperatures.

Occupied Band Structure of Cu—As part of a continuing study of

the energy distribution of electron states in metals and alloys, a new

investigation of the M2(3 soft x-ray emission spectrum of Cu has been

carried out, using state-of-the-art advances in vacuum spectroscopic

technique. The existence of fine structure in the spectrum was established, and a distinct correlation noted between this structure and

that observed in Cu photoemission measurements. Both of these

experiments agree quite well with the electronic state distributions

calculated for Cu using the well-known Chodorow potential, which

yields an accurate prediction of the Cu Fermi surface. Strong support

is therefore provided for a one-electron picture of the occupied band

structure of Cu.

Electronic Structure of AuAl2—The intermetallic compound AuAl2 has a remarkable bright purple color. One plausible explanation at- tributes this color to optical excitation of electrons from the <i-bands

to the Fermi surface. Recent band calculations, however, contradict

this interpretation by placing the c?-bands from six to seven eV

below the Fermi level, well out of the range of visible light.

Measurements were made at NBS of the L2>3 emission spectrum of

Al in AuAL, and the results compared to the distribution in energy

of s-like charge at Al sites, the leading contribution to the Al L

spectrum, as estimated from the band calculation. A striking con- firmation of the theory resulted, which has been further confirmed

by recent x-ray induced photoemission results. Magnetic Moment Behavior of Iron in Copper Nickel Alloys—One

of the fundamental problems in magnetism concerns the manner in

which local moments form in transition metals and their alloys.

102
Using the 57 Fe Mossbauer effect, the local moment behavior of iso- lated Fe atoms in copper-rich copper-nickel alloys has been studied.

Very dilute Fe concentrations were used. Three interesting aspects of

the behavior of iron were discovered: (1) The low temperature

moment compensation, or "Kondo effect," known to occur for Fe in

Cu is still present for 10 percent Ni; (2) an Fe atom will induce a moment on any nearest neighbor Ni atom; and (3) the Fe atom will

nucleate the formation of a giant moment "cloud" when the Ni

concentration is greater than about 40 percent. These results should

aid in the study of metallurgy of Cu-Ni-Fe alloys when the Fe

concentration is increased to the level used in alloys under investigation for use in desalination plants.

Intergranular Corrosion of Copper-Palladium Alloys in Salt Water—

In a study of the relation of alloy corrosion to electronic configuration, the surprising discovery was made that copper-rich copperpalladium alloys undergo intergranular embrittlement when exposed

to a salt-water environment. This embrittlement was found to occur

in single-phase solid solution copper alloys containing from about 1 to about 10 percent palladium. This embrittlement may be important

since Pd is used commercially in brazing copper alloys.

Saline Water Corrosion of Titanium Alloys—Microstructural studies of corroded titanium alloys are being sponsored by the Office of

Saline Water. The investigations concentrate on the corrosion of six

A scanning electron micrograph of intergranular fracture in a Cu 95/Pd 5 alloy. The alloy was exposed to a 3.5 percent sodium chloride solution at room temperature for several weeks. 103
A transmission electron micrograph showing Ti02 (anatase) crystals protruding

from a titanium alloy after corrosion at 200 °C.

different titanium alloys in high temperature saline solutions with

varying degrees in acidity or alkalinity. Specimens are corroded

under conditions approximating those of desalination plants and

subsequently analyzed by transmission and scanning electron microscopy and electron diffraction. Observations are made on the surface

oxide films formed and the microstructural sites and corroding conditions leading to local pitting attack. Under certain conditions oxide

crystallites can form on the surface and protrude into the corroding

liquid, forming a rough surface that can collect additional films. This

surface structure may lead to a deterioration of the heat transfer

characteristics of the material in heat-exchanger applications for

desalination. The role that such crystallite formation plays in the

development of an adherent, protective surface film is under study.

104
POLYMERIC MATERIALS

Separation in Flowing System: Relation to Gel Permeation Chromatography—A predictive theory has been developed that relates the

elution characteristics of networks of fine capillaries to the microscopic parameters of the system. The elntion behavior of a stack of

membranes, each membrane having a given distribution of pore

sizes (capillaries), was determined. The system Avas found to separate

particles on the basis of size (hydrodynamic volume). The resolution

characteristics of such a system were evaluated by adaptating the

method of J. J. Hermans (which allowed only for diffusion into

pores) to include the effects of flow. The theory serves as a model for gel permeation chromatography

(GPC) in which each gel bead is viewed as consisting of many fine capillaries in which there is flow as well as diffusion. The resolution

of such a system was found always to improve when beads with

open pores (which allow flow) were used rather than ones with

closed pores (which do not allow flow but are accessible via the

mechanism of diffusion). For actual GPC columns the effect of the

flow within the beads is appreciable in the high flow or large particle ranges. Structure of Carbon Fibers—Carbon fibers prepared by the pyrolysis of fibers of polyacrylonitrile or other polymer fibers are finding

increased use in high modulus, low weight, fiber reinforced polymer

composite structures. The complicated structure of these carbon fibers

is being analyzed. High magnification, dark-field and bright-field

electron micrographs show carbon fibers composed of graphite crystallites ararnged in rows along the fiber axis. The presence of

crystallites, with basal planes curved or twisted about the fiber axis

direction, was found by observing the motion of diffraction contrast (a) (b)

(a) Bright field image of an area in a carbon fiber fragment,

(b) Same area after 1

0 rotation about horizontal fiber axis, leading to displacement

of bands (D) relative to one another. 105
bands along some of these rows then the fiber was rotated about its axis. "Rotator" Phase Transition in n-Alkanes—Chain and segmental

motions are thought to dominate the mechanical and dielectric properties of many macromolecular solids of industrial and biological

interest. Experiments to provide further insight into one class of

such motions, those accompanying the "rotator" phase transition in the

?i-alkanes, have been undertaken with the cooperation of the NBS

Center for Radiation Research. The spectroscopic technique used in

these studies is inelastic scattering of neutrons. Preliminary results from experiments on ^-nonadecane indicate that the transition to the

rotator phase is accompanied by a greatly increased tendency for

diffusive motions of a very large fraction on the protons in the

hydrocarbon chain. Experimentation now underway may clarify some of the kinematic aspects of these diffusive motions.

High Pressure Polymerization—Research under the sponsorship of

the U.S. Army Research Office (Durham, N. Car.) is producing

many new types of high polymers. In particular, copolymerizations

of tetrafluoroethylene with a variety of fluorine-containing monomers have been achieved with the use of high pressures. Samples

with various compositions have been prepared and reactivity ratios

determined with 3,3,3-trifluoropropene; 2,3,3,3-tetrafluoropropene

;

2-trifluoromethyl ; 3,3,3-trinuoropropene ; and 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-heptafluoropentene-1 as comonomers. In most instances the reactivity

ratios show that the incorporation of tetrafluoroethylene is not favored in the copolymerization. In line with this is the observation that

high molecular weights were obtained only at high pressure. Copolymers that were soluble in the appropriate fluoro solvent and

containing up to 90 percent tetrafluoroethylene were obtained.

Heat of Vaporization of Large Organic Compounds—Information on the molecular vaporization kinetics and heats of vaporization of

large organic compounds is extremely meager. Measurements have

been limited by numerous difficulties such as the availability of com- pounds for study, reliable and adequate instrumentation, and the

decomposition of the sample during the equilibrium procedure. Using

kinetic weight loss and vacuum procedures, measurements can be

made in short times and at lower temperatures. Recent meas- ments have been made on ?i-pristane, w-tetracosane, w-hexatricontane, and tetranonacontane where the heats of vaporization

compared favorable with literature data. The results also show that

large flexible molecules will vaporize approximately as compact

spheres. Work in this area is of importance to the problem of pollution as well as to the elucidation of the liquid state. Thermodynamic Properties of Polymers—The vibrational frequencies of a harmonic semirigid string-of-beads in a quasiharmonic

106
potential were determined using a normal mode calculation. The

specific heat was calculated from the predicted frequency spectrum

and the thermal expansion was obtained from the Gruneisen relation.

The outstanding feature of the results was their sensitivity to the

string length. The predicted volume-temperature values were found

to be in good accord with /i-alkane volume data and provided a

likely explanation for the observed dependence of the unit cell volume of polyethylene on lamellar thickness. Results are expected

to aid in a new approach to understanding orientational relaxations

in organic solids as well as to provide basic information in supoprt

of the fast growing polymers industry.

Polymerization in Monomer Crystals—Chemical reactions directed

or constrained by physical structures of molecular scale are important in fields ranging from biology to metallurgy. The polymerization of trioxane to polyoxymethylene is an example of a crystaldirected reaction in which both the starting trioxane and the result- ing polymer are crystalline. A new experimental method has been

developed in which alpha particles emitted from a radioactive iso- tope of polonium are used to initiate the polymerization reaction.

Polyoxymethylene crystals with new and unusual growth habits were found. The structural relationship between the polyoxymethylene crystals and the parent trioxane crystals was observed in greater

detail than ever before.

Thermal Expansion of Polyethylene Unit Cell—Unit cell dimensions

have been measured at temperatures between 98 and 333 K for linear

polyethylene samples with long periods of 385. 220. and 99 A. At

lower temperatures the dimensions are nearly independent of long

period: at higher temperatures the basal area of the cell appears to vary linearly with the reciprocal of the long period. The proportionality constant increases with temperature and at 293 K is nearly

the same for sets of data obtained with a number of different molecular weight distributions, crystallization and annealing conditions

as well as for ^-paraffins. It is concluded that the interaction of the

molecules at the surface of the crystal is not as important as the

length of the molecular stems between the folds in affecting the

dimensions at higher temperatures. The stems probably alter the

dimensions through their effect on the thermal energy.

Thermal Degradation Studies of Heat Transfer Fluids—The design

and operation of some proposed power devices depend upon the use

of thermally stable heat transfer fluids. On the basis of radiolytic

and thermal stabilities, aromatic transfer fluids are preferred for

use in organic Rankine cycle units (operational temperature range

650 to 750 °F). The fluids studied were biphenyl and phenyl ether,

and their eutectic mixture. Precise and extensive kinetic data on the

thermal decompositions of these aromatic materials were obtained

107
(650 to 750 °F for up to 1120 hours pyrolysis time) in order to examine their mechanisms of decomposition.

Dielectric Properties of Thin Polymer Films—Developments in the

commercial manufacture of thin polymer films and their increasing

use for electrical applications have resulted in a need for more precise dielectric measurements of films. A joint program between NBS

and the American Viscose Division of the FMC Corporation has re- sulted in signficant advances in the acuracy, range, and convenience of these measurements. Details of the methods are being made

available to the electrical industry to help meet their evaluation

needs, and the new thin film measurement facility at NBS is being

used to calibrate thin film reference standards.

Dilute Solution Theory of Polymer Crystal Growth—Linear chain

molecules crystallize from solution in the form of thin lamellae, or

plates, with usually well-defined crystallographic features. A theory

for the growth and development of such crystals has been formulated for a polymer of uniform molecular weight (monodisperse)

.

Significant advances have been made in the accuracy, range, and convenience of

dielectric measurements of thin polymer films, using a 2-fluid, 3-terminal cell. 108
The theory is able to estimate the thickness of the crystal and to predict the behavior of the crystal growth rate as a function of the

crystallization temperature, the concentration of the polymer in

solution, and the molecular weight of the polymer.

An important and interesting hypothesis is that nuclcation on a

crystal face is primarily determined by partially crystallized molecules already present in the crystal and not by molecules from the

bulk solution. The theory allows the uncrystallized portion of a chain molecule to participate in nucleating a new growth strip on

the crystal face. The anomalous dependence of polyethylene crystal

growth rates on concentration can be readily understood in light

of this new hypothesis.

Alpha Relaxation in Polyethylene—Data obtained by IMR scientists show that a previously reported correlation of the strength of

the alpha relaxation in annealed solution-grown crystals of polyethylene with the inverse of lamella thickness is not unique. Nor is a previously reported dependence of relaxation temperature on

lamella thickness unique. As the lamella thickness changes with

annealing temperature, the unit cell dimensions, the macroscopic

density, and the residual solvent content of the crystals also change.

Thus, there are apparent correlations between these parameters and

the relaxation strength and temperature. Since it is not obvious

which, if any, of these correlations is the fundamental one with

regard to the alpha relaxation, caution must be exerted in interpreting them. As an example, data have been analyzed that suggest at

least one other presently unknown parameter of importance to the

relaxation.

INORGANIC MATERIALS

Lattice Defects in Al2 Os by Transmission Electron Microscopy—Because plastic deformation by the generation and motion of dislocations ocurs in aluminum oxide (A12 03 ) only at temperatures in excess of 900°, A12 03 is generally regarded as a purely brittle material at olw temperatures. However, by using the argon ionbombardment technique to thin specimens in a controlled manner

for examination in the electron microscope, it was shown that plastic

deformation occurs under hardness indentations at room temperature

and that mechanical abrasion introduces high densities of dislocations within the near surface regions. Annealing at temperatures

above 700 °C relieves the residual compressive surface stress of

mechanically abraded specimens through the movement and rear- rangement of the disolcations. These results are of technological and

scientific importance because abrasion is used extensively in the

surface finishing of aluminum oxide and the mechanical behavior of

this material is strongly affected by its surface condition, particu109
A transmission electron micrograph showing dislocations under a single scratch on

the (0001) basal plane surface of an aluminum oxide single crystal. The scratch and

its associated damage illustrated here is typical of that produced by mechanically

polishing aluminum oxide with a fine (

lA micrometer) diamond abrasive compound.

Magnification = 37500 X.

larly in corrosive environments. This research was suported partially by the U. S. Army Research Office, Durham, North Carolina.

Crystal Structure of Amine Coordination Complexes—An investigation of the structure of amine coordination complexes was carried

out using crystals of hexakis (imidazole) cadmium (II) nitrate,

[Cd(C3 H4 N2 ) 6 ] (N03 ) 25 grown from an aqueous solution of Cd

(N03 ) 2 and imidazole. In addition to this complex, crystals of a second compound, hexakis (imidazole) cadmium (II) hydroxy ni- trate-tetrahydrate, [Cd(C3 H4 lSr 2 ) 6 ]-(OH (N03 )-4H2 0, were obtained from the same solution. The first is rhombohedral, space group

R3, and the second hexagonal, space group P63 /m.

The structure determination permits a comparison of the cation

Cd(C3 H4 N2 ) 6 + + in two different environments, and gives information about the manner in which coordinated imidazole can conform

to the requirements of hydrogen bonding. Although both structures

consist of discrete cations Cd(C3 H4 N2 ) G + + and nitrate anions, the

packing of the two structures was found to be entirely different due

to the presence of water and OHions in the hydroxide complex.

Furthermore, the conformation of the complex cation is considerably

110
different in the two structures because of the manner in which the

coordinated imidazole ligands respond to the environment and orient

themselves to accommodate hydrogen bonding. The hydrogen bonding network in the hydroxide complex is disordered and consists of

three independent networks related to each other by the symmetry

operation of the three-fold axis. All three networks may be assumed

to be present in the structure so that the symmetry of the space

group is preserved in the average.

Bismuth Oxide Compounds—On the list of materials that have

considerable potential as modulators of laser light are some of the

bismuth oxide compounds. A number of these crystals were grown

by means of the Czochralski technique: Bi12 GeO20 , Bii2 SiO20 , Bii2 TiO20 , TBi2 03 :ZnO, and l7Bi2 03 :Ga2 03 , all of cubic symmetry.

Measurements of the optical activity and the Faraday rotation in the

visible wavelength range indicate that both effects are large: optical

rotation, 5 to 100 deg mm-1 and Verdet coefficient, 3 to 20 deg T

_1

mm-1. Charged Defects in SrTiOs—Charged and uncharged defects in

oxide crystals profoundly affect the electrical, magnetic, and optical

properties of these crystals. The techniques of electron paramagnetic

resonance (EPR) and optical irradiation, in conjunction with optical

absorption measurements, were applied to the study of several elec- tron-deficient, i.e., hole, centers in SrTi03 . Two principal centers have been explored: (1) the Al-0~ center, an electron deficiency

surrounding a substitutional A1+ 3 ion at a Ti site, and (2) an X-0~

center, a hole shared in similar fashion, but more deeply trapped at

a charged defect of unknown origin. The Al-0~ center arises after

bandgap irradiation (near ultraviolet) and was studied at 77 K.

The spectroscopic splitting factors and hyperfine coupling tensors were measured by EPR. Accompanying optical absorption bands

have led to improved understanding of the role of various valency

states of Fe in photochromic processes in SrTi03 . Finally, a theoretical molecular orbital model has provided a firm basis for the interpretation of the various spectra in terms of shared holes. Luminescence of Chromium in Oxide Semiconductors—Devices

based on luminescene of solids require a fundamental understanding of the properties of ions substituted into a variety of host

crystals. Cr3 + in rutile (Ti02 ) has proved to be an altogether ex- ceptional system in that in this system the lowest lying excited

electronic state is the 4 T2 state rather than the usual 2 E2 state, a situation rarely encountered for this ion. More important, this system

shows sharp line fluorescence because of the overlap of the zero vibrational state of the 4 T2 state with that of the 4A2 ground state, a situation first demonstrated in this system. Lattice vibration cooperation was shown to be via local vibrational modes, which are different

111
for the ground and excited states. In most systems the excitation of

the Cr3 + fluorescence takes place through processes internal to the

chromium ion. In this system, as in a previous study of Cr3+ in

SrTi03 , the excitation of the fluorescence is via the host lattice and

other defects present.

Transverse Electroreflectance Studies—-Modulation techniques re- cently applied to measurements of the optical properties of materials

are, for the most part, concerned with qualitative rather than quantitative behavior. Now quantitative measurements have been made of

the electric field modulated reflectivity spectrum of silicon and

gallium arsenide, solid state materials of great practical importance.

The technique developed—transverse electroreflectance—also enables

polarization measurements that assist in identifying those band struc- ture transitions responsible for the observed sharp structure in the

reflectivity spectrum. A detailed investigation of the effects of colli- sion broadening on the electroreflectance spectrum, in the one-electron

approximation, is also underway. A method of measuring the colli- sion broadening lifetime appropriate to the optical transition is applied to the fundamental band gap of gallium arsenide. This work

was performed at the Physics Department of Brown University in

collaboration with IMR.

Compressibility of Explosive Materials—Compressibilities of several

explosive materials have been measured using the diamond anvil

cell developed at NBS and a specially designed x-ray camera. Barium, potassium, sodium and thallium azide, and two polymorphic forms of lead azide were included in the study, which was

sponsored by the Explosives Laboratory of Picatinny Arsenal. All

of these have structures that exhibit anisotropic compressibility.

Measurements were carried out to pressures of approximately 20 000

atmospheres.

A phase transition in thallium azide was found in the course of

this study. Optical examination of lead azide at temperatures up to 300 °C and pressures up to 30 000 atmospheres showed it to be stable

under these conditions.

New Strength Test for Ceramic Substrates—A neAV multiaxial bending test has been developed for determining the tensile strength of

thin ceramic wafers used as substrates for printed circuits. At present

there is no standard or widely used strength test for these substrate

materials in the as-fired condition. Most tests require the use of flat specimens and linear knife edges, but this new test permits even

slightly warped specimens to be properly supported. By supporting

a specimen near its periphery on three symmetrically spaced steel balls and applying the bending load centrally by a small cylindrical

ram, the fracture is forced to originate in the highly stressed central

area. The fracture process therefore is independent of the condition

112
Ceramic wafer in fixture prior to loading to determine maximum breaking stress. Specimen (approx. 32 mm diameter) rests on 3 steel balls located near its periphery.

of the edge of the specimen. The modulus of rupture value derived

from the breaking load reflects the condition of the body of the material and its plane or major surfaces.

NBS is conducting a "round-robin strength test to determine the

reproducibility of results among laboratories. This test appears promising for routine quality control and for studying the effect of surface on the strength of ceramic materials.

Refractive Index of Fused Silica—The use of optical glass components in navigation devices for spacecraft requires a knowledge of

the optical properties of glass over a range of wavelengths and temperatures. A study sponsored by NASA has recently been completed

;

the refractive index of fused silica was determined from +20 to — 200 °C at ten wavelengths over the visible and near ultraviolet

regions of the spectrum. An interferometric method was used in

which the specimen itself, in the form of a plate with flat polished

faces, is the interferometer. Interference fringes were observed between the faces of the plate, and the shift of these fringes with

113
change of temperature permitted the calculation of change in refractive index.

This work was part of a program for determining precise optical

properties of single crystals and glasses as a function of temperature,

stress, and wavelength.

Metastable Immiscibility Surface of the Na2 0-B2 03-Si02 System—

The Na2 0-B2 03-Si02 system plays an important role in the formulation of many technical glasses. Chemical resistant, low thermal ex- pansion glasses used for chemical glassware as well as alkali metal

resistant glasses for gas discharge lamps are derived from this sys- tem. Furthermore, the system is the most widely studied prototype of

of phase-separable leachable glass. To provide important technical

data and also to help solve important theoretical questions with re- gard to the coexistence of phases, the precise location of the immiscibility surface was determined. Opalescence-clearing techniques were

used for the measurement of the critical immiscibility temperatures.

Supercritical Phenomena in Glasses—A series of sodium-borosilicate

glasses with widely different transition temperatures but similar

high-temperature structures have been investigated for supercritical

point phenomena by viscosity and ultrasonic relaxation experiments.

The viscosity was seen to exhibit large unexpected increases of 200

percent near but above the liquid-liquid phase separation temperature

as a result of critically induced fluctuations in local composition. This

increase is six times larger than the anomalies seen in the more com- monly studied binary mixtures. Further, the anomaly was seen at temperatures as much as 200 °C above the phase transition. Ultrasonic

relaxation measurements proved to be even more sensitive. The an- omaly observed reached 400 percent of the value expected from nor- mal behavior, and was detected 360 °C above the transition temperature. The large magnitude of these effects allowed a clear distinction between the supercritical effects and the normal material behavior.

Further, the large span of temperatures for which these effects were

observed allowed a detailed analysis of the critical point phenomena

and their interaction with viscous flow processes. Therefore, such materials prove to be highly suitable for further studies of these phe- nomena. Growth of Ultrapure Aluminum Oxide Crystals—Under the sponsorship of the Advanced Research Projects Agency, single crystals of

aluminum oxide of the highest known purity have been grown. A

vapor phase reaction technique was used according to the reaction:

2A1C13 (<7) + SC02 (g) + 3H2 (</) h> A12 03 (s) + 6HC%) + 3CO

(g). Less than 0.1 ppm total impurities was found with neutron acti- vation analysis. Further evidence of the extreme purity is the fact

that magnetic susceptibility maesurements were unable to detect any

114
Single crystals of ultra-pure aluminum oxide. The crystals shown at the bottom

illustrate the stages of growth beginning with a "whisker" seed weighing 0.002 gram at the left and ending with a crystal weighing 4.411 grams after approximately

40 hours of growth. At the top a group of crystals is shown attached to the aluminum

oxide support used during the growth cycle.

paramagnetic impurities, and optical absorption measurements from

the vacuum ultraviolet to the near infrared showed no evidence of

absorption bands.

These crystals should be of value in studies of diffusion and other

intrinsic behavior in aluminum oxide that formerly have been limited

because of relatively impure crystals.

X-ray Powder Diffraction Data—IMK has been collaborating with

members of the Associateship of the Joint Committee on Powder Diffraction Standards in obtaining powder diffraction data on groups

of isostructural compounds and compounds with analogous chemical

compositions. This work is part of a program for extending and improving the Powder Data File, which is used throughout the world

for the identification of crystalline phases.

Working with a group of related compounds facilitates indexing

and interpreting the x-ray diffraction patterns. Acurate cell constants have been obtained and are used to determine the range of elemental

substitution as well as bond lengths and ionic radii. The first group studied consisted of twenty-three ABC13 compounds, where A is an alkali or NH+ ion and B is a divalent ion such

as Ca, Cu, or Ni. In the case of ten of these, no crystallographic data

had been reported previously.

More recent work has been concentrated on two groups of double

sulfates: the langbeinites such as K2 Mg2 (S04 )3 and the Tutton salts such as K2 Mg(S04 ) 2 6H2 0. An interesting finding in the langbeinite

115
series was that K2 Ca2 (S04 )3 and K2 Cd2 (S04 )3 are not truly cubic

as formerly reported, but have an orthorhombic distortion.

Ammonium Halides—Although ammonium halides crystallize readily from aqueous solution, entrapped water is an ever-present problem

and one which detracts from their usefulness for many experiments.

NH4CI, NH4 Br, and NH4 I have been successfully crystallized from

the melt using a modified Bridgman technique. The melt process

makes makes it possible to dope the ammonium halides with various

concentrations of Tl, which for growth from aqueous solutions would

be difficult to achieve due to the large difference in solubility of the

thallous halides and the ammonium halides. The Tl-doped ammonium

halides are being studied and comparisons made with more conventionally prepared materials such as Nal :T1. Oxygen Ion Diffusion in Oxide Single Crystals—Strength, electrical

properties, and chemical reactivity of crystalline solids depend upon

defects in the crystals. Among these defects are vacancies at crystal

lattice sites normally ocupied by ions and ions in the voids (interstitial sites) between the lattice sites. The presence of either of these

"point defects" makes it possible for ions to diffuse (migrate)

through a crystal. By studying the oxygen ion diffusion in oxide sin- gle crystals, such as rutile ( Ti02 )

, both as a function of temperature

and oxygen partial pressure, the point defects in the oxygen sublattice

of the crystal can be described. To observe the rate of diffusion of ox- ygen ions in a crystal with a normal isotopic oxygen composition,

the crystal was heated in a special furnace containing oxygen-18 en- riched oxygen gas. Since the oxygen-18 in the gas exchanges with the

oxygen-16 on the surface of the crystal and then migrates into the

interior of the crystal, the oxygen-18 content of the gas is reduced

and that of the crystal is increased. The isotopic composition of the

gas is measured continually with a mass spectrometer and the diffiu- sion coefficient calculated from the diffusion rate. At a temperature

of 1275 °C and a pressure of 4.29Xl04 N/m2

, a diffusion coefficient of

8.6 X10-12 cm2 /s was found for rutile. This research is supported by

the Advanced Kesearch Projects Agency.

Color Centers in the Alkali Halides—Calculations of the energy

states (e.g., from isolated impurities and various electron and hole

traps) in the bandgaps of ionic crystals are essential to research on

laser materials. These states play a role in the mechanisms by which

laser light is used to "read," "write," and "erase" photochromic materials. The one-electron color center (F center) and the two-electron

center (F' center) occur in some photochromic materials. The photochromic process in the alkali halides results in part from the photoexcitation of these centers. The low-lying states of the F and F' centers in KC1 and the ionic polarization of the nearest neighbors have

been calculated. To achieve maximum performance of photochromic

116
materials the lifetimes of the induced absorption bonds are being

studied. The lifetime of the relaxed excited state of the F center determines in part the sensitivity of the "read" phenomenon. The theoretical value for this lifetime in KC1 has been calculated and compares reasonably well with the experimental value.

Stress Corrosion Cracking of Glass—The strength of a glass structure

is greatly influenced by the environment to which it is subjected, varying from those of spacecraft windows to those of submergence vessels in the ocean depths. Fracture mechanics techniques were used to in- vestigate the stress corrosion cracking of glass by liquid water. Crack

velocity data measured for several glasses suggest that crack propagation depends on the compound probabilities of the thermal activation of the Si-0 bond breakage and the presence of hydroxyl ions at the crack tip. This research was supported by the Army Research

Office, Durham.

Failure of Glass Under Biaxial Loading—Vessels made from glass

may have the potential to fulfill in part the needs of the Navy for

deep submergence vehicles. Designing such glass vessels requires en- gineering data on the mechanical failure of glass under the expected

loading conditions and an understanding of the fracture behavior

of glass under biaxial loading. The fracture behavior of fused silica,

soda-lime, and borosilicate glass was found to be essentially independent of pressure, indicating that the mechanism of fracture may not change with pressure. The fracture is expected to occur in a brittle manner due to the stress concentrations, despite the imposition of

high biaxial compressive stresses. Thus, when the fluid enters the

crack, fracture was observed under applied loads of approximately

"XlO5 X/m2

. whereas when the fluid is prevented from entering the

crack, applied stresses of approximately 2Xl09 (N/m2 ) were required

to produce fracture. This research was supported in part by the Office of Naval Research.

Synthetic Chemistry of Tungsten—Two major problems Avere solved

as the result of work on the general preparative chemistry of tungsten

in its highest oxidation state : stabilization of normally reducing or- ganic ligands or functional groups in the presence of such a strongly

oxidizing metal, and development of general and simple procedures

that would make available a Avide range of related compounds for ex- tended properties measurements.

Work still in progress involves the use of readily available organosilanes with a number of tungsten halides. Reactions of alkoxy or aryloxy trimethyl silicon compounds with tungsten hexahalides have

been found to yield substituted tungsten (VI) compounds, with good

stoichiometric control over the degree of substitution. Complications

from oxidation reduction reactions or complex formation can be

avoided by a novel route involving silane derivatives.

117
Separating tungsten hexafluoride from a less volatile reaction product. The stainless steel vacuum line has been used extensively for synthesis involving both tungsten and molybdenum hexafluorides. Reactivity of the remaining tungsten-halogen bond decreases with

increasing organoxy-substitution, with particular stability achieved

at the tetra-substituted dihalide. This gradation in reactivity will be

particularly important in future efforts to introduce other ligands

via more reactive intermediates.

Stereochemical assignments were made on the basis of 19 F and XH

nuclear magnetic resonance spectra. The large number of potential

ligand combinations should help elucidate the electronic or steric fac- tors controlling isomer distributions.

Phase Separation in Technical Glasses—Research has established

only in recent years that metastable liquid-liquid phase separation is not a scientific curiosity displayed by a few glasses but a dominant

feature of many technically important glassforming systems.

The phase separation behavior in the classic immiscible systems was observable by opalescence techniques, i.e., the domains developed were large enough to give visible scattering of light. Systems with

very low immiscibility temperatures were obviously too rigid to give

118
large enough domains and a viscosity drift method was developed

to extend the measurements to such systems. The method consists of an analysis of the fiber elongation kinetics above and below the

critical temperatures.

The surprising result of this study was the precise determination

of the immiscibility temperature of a number of technical glass compositions that were previously considered to be stable. This new technique furnishes exact knowledge of the crtical temperature and thus

permits the design of heat-treatment, forming, and annealing schedules. These schedules avoid product defects for which no explanation

or known remedy previously existed.

Inclusions in Laser Materials—One of the severe problems encountered in high-power solid-state laser systems is the thermal damage

to laser rods and optical elements. Inclusions with physical and optical properties substantially different from those of the host material

produce major thermal stresses within the material. Estimating such

thermal properties requires the consideration of solutions to the heat

diffusion equation and to the thermal stress equations with appropriate boundary conditions. In this work, the optical path length change

for a probing light ray passing near the inclusion, the radial and tan- gential stress components, the changes of the refractive index for ra- dially polarized and tangentially polarized light due to the thermal

stress field were computed. The dependence of the maximum value of

the tensile stress upon the size of the inclusion and upon the physical

properties of the host was examined. The feasibility of using optical

techniques to detect metallic and dielectric inclusions in laser materials before they cause damage also was studied. These computations

suggest that the use of laser pulse widths of the order of microseconds

may be more promising than nanosecond pulse widths for the detection of small incipient absorbing centers. Also, submicron sized in- clusions between 5X10-5 and 5X _4cm have the greatest probability

to produce damage. The results indicate that focusing due to thermal

changes in the refractive index is not probably a mechanism leading

to damage.

Molecular Reorientation and Angular Momentum Correlation Times —IMK scientists have recently completed the first experimental meas- urement of angular momentum correlation times in a liquid. A combination of microwave and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) studies

of gaseous C103 F were used to determine the "effective" spin rotation tensor for C103 F. This value, when combined with 19 F NMR spin-lattice relaxation studies in liquid C103 F, can be used to measure the

angular momentum correlation times of the liquid. These results,

which are in excellent agreement with predicted theoretical results, serve as the first experimental tests of the most recent theories of ro- tational diffusion in liquids.

119
AIR POLLUTION

Analysis of High-Purity Reagents—Potentially dangerous trace con- centrations of heavy metals are being found in a variety of food products as a result of man's activities. Lead- and mercury-containing pesticides and fungicides leave residues on agricultural products. Heavy

metals from industrial effluents are concentrated severalfold from

plants to food fish and to the herbivores that are consumed. Because

parts-per-million concentrations of these elements are critical, the analytical reagents used to dissolve the sample and to convert the elements

being determined into a form suitable for instrumental evaluation

must be especially pure.

A method was developed for simultaneously determining fifteen trace elements at part-per billion concentrations in high-purity re- agents using isotope dilution and spark source mass spectrometry.

Few methods can be used for such purity evaluations. Those that have

been used rely on evaporating a large quantity of the reagent to obtain a favorable instrumental signal. But under these conditions, ele- ment losses can invalidate the results. Because isotope ratios of the iso- topically spiked and equilibrated elements are measured, such losses are not a source of error in this method. The overall high sensitivity

and reliability of the general method should make it attractive as a

reference method for determining a number of physiologically hazardous elements in natural waters and in food products.

Analysis of Atmospheric Oxygen—Cooperative studies with NOAA

completed in 1970 show no discernible change in the atmospheric ox- ygen content in the last 60 years. Using an absolute gravimetric method developed several years ago, samples of air collected in a nearby

rural Maryland site showed an oxygen content of 20.946 percent by

volume on a dry air basis. An evaluation of all absolute measurements

made since 1910 shows that they fall within 20.945 to 20.952 percent,

in agreement with the present NBS value. The NBS measurements

were coordinated with the determination of oxygen in 78 atmospheric

samples collected during the worldwide cruises of two oceanographic

research ships. Here again, a value of 20.946 percent was obtained

with no differences observed because of location of sample.

Calculations show that only minute changes, if any, can be anticipated with respect to the foreseeable combustion of fossil fuels. They

further show that any effect of herbicides and pesticides on photosynthetic plants has been negligible. However, periodic reappraisals are advisable.

High-Speed Spectrometric Determination of Beryllium—A high-speed

optical spectrometric method has been developed to determine the

presence of beryllium in the air or as surface dust where beryllium

or its compounds are handled. Beryllium is one of the most dangerous

120
pollutants among the chemical elements, with a prescribed limiting

threshold value of 0.002 /xg/m3 of air. Surveillance studies for beryllium may involve many hundreds of samples for which speed and sensitivity of analysis are highly important. The method involves sampling by air filters and by paper swipes that are transferred immediately to prepared graphite electrodes. A buffer is added to the elec- trodes, after which they are arced and the intensity of the beryllium

spectral line measured on a photoelectric spectrometer. The method

can detect as little as O.lng (1 X 10 -10 g) beryllium and, in routine

application, is capable of analysis of 100 samples a day by a single

operator.

Sulfur Dioxide Analytical Standards—Studies during the past year

have established the reliability of permeation tubes as analytical

standards for air pollution analysis and point the way for their is- suance as standard reference materials in the near future. Plastic tubes

containing a liquified gas such as sulfur dioxide were developed by

National Air Pollution Control Administration chemists and recom- mended as analytical standards. As long as liquid remains, gas per- meates the walls at a rate dependent upon temperature. Passage of

air at a controlled rate past the tube results in an atmosphere

of known sulfur dioxide content, which may be used to calibrate and

standardize air pollution measurements. NBS studies have verified

the constancy of the permeation rate and have established the conditions under which the tubes must be used to provide reliable standards. Singlet Molecular Oxygen in Air Pollution—The reactions of singlet

molecular oxygen with a wide variety of atmospheric pollutants have

been studied. Contrary to speculation in the literature, it is concluded on the basis of the measured rate constants for these reactions that

they play only a minor role in air pollution chemistry.

Reactions of Oxygen Atoms with Olefins—The reaction of atomic ox- ygen with olefins is of considerable interest in air pollution studies.

Recent techniques for observing these reactions in the cryogenic re- gion have been fruitful because relatively high activation energy sec- ondary reactions as well as the atomic cracking reactions are eliminated. In a continuing program of research, stereospecific reactions

with the 2-butenes were found, and a new transition state for the

0(3 P) addition to olefins was proposed. Several characteristics of this

state were determined, and passage from the transition state to final products in the case of migrating groups was found to be of the concerted type. This was shown neatly by comparative studies with the

isometric compounds 2-methyl-3-ethyl-2-pentene and 3,4-diinethyl-ohexene. The two ketone products from each of the two compounds

occurred in the same ratio. 121
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHER AGENCIES

Representative examples of advisory and consulting services provided to other Government agencies are given below : Embossing of 55 Gallon Drums—More than 10 million of these drums

are manufactured annually for use in commerce. A considerable proportion of this number is used in the shipment of hazardous materials.

Representative drums were examined metallurgically and recommendations were provided to the Office of Hazardous Materials, Department of Transportation, governing the location, depth, and sharpness

characteristics of the impressions made in the embossing. These rec- ommendations are intended to eliminate premature failure of drums

that could result from improper embossing.

Failed Boiler Tubes—The blistering and progressive thinning and

bulging of boiler tubes in the General Services Administration's Central Heating Plant were examined and found to be due to the accu- mulation of scale within the tubes. The composition of the scale was

determined and metallurgical examination of the tubes revealed that

as the scale accumulates and the heat transfer becomes poorer,

spheroidization of pearlite occurs, then grain growth and finally a

critical stress distribution develops that produces the observed thinning and bulging of the tubes. Improvement in boiler feed-water control and boiler tube cleaning methods were recommended to reduce

the scale accumulation and provide improved service life. Gravure Printing Plates—The Bureau of Engraving and Printing

has been assigned the task of providing the huge quantity of stamps

that may be required in the Government Food Stamp Program. The

gravure printing process has been selected for this purpose. At the

request of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing Bureau metallurgists have initiated a program intended to provide acceptance criteria

that will be used in the procurement of the electroformed copper

plates for this gravure printing process.

Specification for Meat Hooks—Two types of meat hooks, submitted

by the Department of Agriculture, were examined metallurgically for

the composition, microstructure, and dimension of component parts.

The thickness and hardness of the chromium plating on the meat hook

that had a carbon steel shank were also determined. Detailed specifications of this meat hook were prepared at the request of personnel

of the Department of Agriculture for their use in the preparation of

bid requests and purchases.

SYMPOSIA

Symposium on Dental Materials Research—A symposium on dental

materials was held to mark the 50th anniversary of the initiation

122
of the dental research program at XBS. The symposium brought to XBS the outstanding researchers in the dental materials field for a comprehensive examination of the present state of research in this

field and a look at future needs and expectations. Of the 250 regis- trants representing government research organizations, educational

institutions, industry, private research laboratories, and dental practice, 56 were from 16 foreign countries.

The program of invited papers covered future research needs, the

oral environment, metals research, new developments in the nonmetallic restorative materials, modern methods for determining mechanical

properties, relationship of physical properties to clinical behavior,

evaluation of dental materials, and the development of specifications.

In regard to the future, speakers emphasized the need for more re- search on the interrelations of dental restorative materials, natural

dental structure, and the oral environment. Also stressed was the need

for research directed toward making dental service more widely available and directed more toward prevention of tooth destruction rather

than repair. The need for basic research to provide a better understanding of the oral system to serve as a basis for improved materials was pointed out by many speakers. Research to determine valid rela- tionships between physical and chemical properties and clinical service was indicated as one of the greatest needs in the development of

specifications for dental materials.

Seminar on Biomaterials at NBS—On April 9 and 10, 1970, a seminar on biomaterials was held at XBS. This meeting was organized

by the Solid State Sciences Panel of the National Academy of Science —National Research Council for the purpose of educating the Panel

members about the possibilities of applying solid state methods to problems involving living systems. 1MB planned and hosted the meeting (with the aid of the Director of the Heart Institute (NTH)). A

program of twelve half-hour talks covered a broad range of biomedical research including such topics as Structure of Polypeptides, In- formation Processing by the Eye. and Magnetic Fields in the Human

Body. Some 40 Panel members and about an equal number of guests

(including 15 to 20 XBS employees) attended the meeting.

Electronic Density of States Symposium—The 3rd Materials Research

Symposium sponsored by IMR was held Nov. 3-6. 1969, on the subject, Electronic Density of States. More than 350 scientists were in

attendance from 11 countries. There were 16 invited papers on the

subjects of optical properties, photoelectron emission, soft x-ray

spectroscopy, electronic specific heat. Knight shifts, transport properties, magnetic susceptibility, ion neutralization, and many body ef- fects in both ordered and disordered systems, which were supplemented by 80 contributed papers in these various fields.

123
INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

The Institute for Applied Technology (IAT) attempts to meet the

Nation's need for measurements and standards related to the artifacts

of our society. Thus, the IAT programs are concerned with technological or "engineering" measurements and standards which deal with

products, commodities, devices, processes or systems. These measure- ments and standards are the language of the market place for coupling user requirements with the performance capabilities of products,

processes or devices, and thus bring order and quantification to man's use of his technical skills. The Institute provides a technical base for the development of en- gineering and product standards, and measurement methodology. Its programs are oriented to industry, to the States and regions of the

country, and to all levels of Government. They bridge the interface

between science and its applications, and by coupling science and technology with the daily activities of commerce, industry, and Government, they stimulate economic progress. The Institute is responsible for several mandatory legislative as- sigments. Among them are the Flammable Fabrics Act as amended

in 1967, the Fire Research and Safety Act of 1968, and the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act. IAT activities fall into two major categories : Technological Measurements and Standards, and Technical Innovation. A substantial

part of the work done in the IAT program is technical assistance to other parts of the Bureau, other Government agencies, and to industry. Work done in motor vehicle safety research and technical analysis is virtually all done in support of the mission of other agencies

of Government. In other fields, a lesser but still substantial volume of

IAT work is done at the request of others.

TECHNOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS AND STANDARDS

This category covers the Institute effort for the broader extension

of the national measurement system into engineering and technological fields. It is a program to apply principles of good measurement,

rather well defined in the science area, to the determination of per- formance or other significant characteristics of products systems and

devices important either in Commerce or to Government needs. In

essence, the objective is to find ways by which standards or a national

and sometimes international consensus of measurement methodology

124
can be developed for items, systems, and devices which are not readily evaluated in terms of existing measurement methods.

The performance concept introduces man into the measurements

and standards process, and the whole idea centers on the belief that

products, processes, services, and systems can be described and their

performance can be measured in terms of user's requirements without

regard to their physical characteristics, design, or method of their

creation. Key to this method is the identification of measureable per- formance criteria for meeting the user's requirements, thereby cou- pling subjectively derived needs with objective technical measurement

methods.

As the complexity and technical sophistication of articles of commerce increase, it becomes increasingly difficult to define those characteristics of a product which best measure its performance. The virtue

of the performance concept in measurement and standard development is that it stresses the end to be attained, and leaves the means to obtain the desired end wide open.

Today many complex products are actually complete "systems,"

and the only feasible way to evaluate them is in terms of their per- formance against criteria established to meet the user's requirements.

The concept encourages innovation when producers can meet the per- formance required by whatever design of product will do the job.

The idea of performance criteria also has ramifications beyond

those concerned with articles of commerce. Our national welfare depends critically on making informed decisions related to complex social and economic policies and programs. To do this, one needs to define criteria of performance for these policies and programs and be

able to measure or predict possible benefits and costs of alternative

actions. Through the techniques of system analysis and operations

research, technology has provided a means for helping such decisionmaking.

Institute activities in technological measurements and standards

range from the development of performance criteria and test methods

for individual items to the study and analysis of complex systems

such as multi-State transportation network.

Program elements include

Technological Measurements and Standards

Building Technology

Electronic Technology

Systems Analysis

Motor Vehicle Safety

Engineering Materials and Product Evaluation

Industrial and Consumer Products

Technological Innovation and Diffusion

Invention and Innovation

125
Flammable Fabrics

This program has received unusually high priority in the allocation

of resources available to the Bureau. This priority points up the gravity of the fire death and loss problem facing the Nation. An estimated

150,000 injuries are sustained annually from clothing fires, with as many as 6,000 involving children burned when their nightclothes

catch fire. Survivors of all ages often spend years undergoing difficult and expensive medical treatment. Statistics show that older people

and children are more likely to be victims of such disasters.

The program started with four people and $65,000 in FY 1968. During 1970, the program represented 23 man-years of effort and obligations of about $550,000. The major effort of the program has been in

the development of test methods necessary for standards of flammability. Development of these tests is a direct responsibility assigned

the Bureau under the Flammable Fabrics Act. The staff has conducted research on fires; made feasibility studies on reducing the flammability of fabrics ; and analyzed burn case data

received from the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare

(HEW) and other sources. During FY 1970, significant achievements were made in five areas—carpets, small rugs, children's clothing, mattresses, and blankets.

A mandatory standard for flammability of carpets and rugs was published in the Federal Register April 16, 1970. This first-generation

standard for carpets and rugs is designed to protect the public from

high-risk carpets that propagate flame from small ignition sources such as matches. The test does not deal with the more complex hazards of smoke and toxic gas production in a fully developed fire. The

Bureau is continuing its studies of carpets in larger fires affected by

drafts and heat radiation. This includes full-scale studies of fires in- volving carpets and rugs in corridors and rooms. Results of these

studies will provide the technical basis for second-generation carpet

standards.

A proposed standard for small carpets and rugs was also published

during the year. This proposed standard is currently subject to public comment and technical review, after which a final standard is ex- pected.

From data and information received by the Bureau, top priority

for future standards was given to children's apparel. In January

1970, a Finding of possible need for standards in this area was published, and work has proceeded in development of a proposed

standard.

Second priority in standards development has been assigned to bedding. This priority is a result of accident case data and research which

have indicated a need for more protection from bedding fires. A re- 126
view of Findings of possible need for blanket and mattress standards

is underway.

Many organizations, in and out of Government, have assisted the

program. Under the Act, HEW, the Federal Trade Commission, and

the Treasury Department have obligations in a joint effort with the

Department of Commerce. The National Advisory Committee for the

Flammable Fabrics Act, described in the Act, and appointed by the

Secretary of Commerce in 1969, has given advice and comments in

a series of meetings held with the Department and the Bureau staff. The National Commission on Product Safety, the Special Assistant

to the President for Consumer Affairs, and the National Safety Council have have provided useful input to the program. Voluntary

standards groups and industry associations have also cooperated in

test development and standards evaluation.

In June of 1969, the Bureau sponsored a Symposium on Measurement of Flammability. More than 600 experts and interested persons

attended the two day sessions. Methods of applying flammability

measurements to flammable items were discussed for such categories

as wearing apparel, blankets, mattresses, upholstered furniture,

drapes, rugs, carpets, and linens. This symposium is another example

of the effort to give careful consideration to all aspects of the fabric

flammability problem, and to the views of many interested groups

and individuals in developing standards and regulations.

Lack of adequate information is a difficulty in the advancement

of the program. There is the problem of correlating injury with

specific characteristics of fabric flammability. For example, it might

be expected that one or two types of material of which children's

sleepwear are made could be the source of a large fraction of injuries

suffered by children in fires. If this were so, accident statistics would be expected to show these

fabrics involved in fires more frequently, based on their share of the

market. But with the small amount of data available, and the uncertainty in the numbers because of the smallness of sample, there

is no evidence that this is true. Moreover, although fabrics differ in

their flammability characteristics, this is only one factor in determining injury that a child may suffer. The nature of exposure to

fire, and the circumstances of the fire are also important factors. In fabric flammability things are not always what they seem to be at first glance. The Bureau's research staff has encountered un- expected phenomena. An example of this was found in vertical flame

tests of a fire-retardant-treated cotton flannel fabric of a type used

in a child's nightgown. When a burner was applied for the generally

accepted test of 12 seconds, and then removed, the fabric flame went

out—an apparently successful test. Yet, exposure of the same fabric

to the same flame for 2 or 3 seconds resulted in its destruction, despite

127
An instrumented mannequin. The burning of garments on such mannequins, and

the measurement of temperatures and amount of heat transferred to the body, will make possible the development of more meaningful tests for apparel fabrics. the fact that self-sustained flames did not occur on the longer ex- posure. It was determined that the source flame, when applied for

longer times, consumed the oxygen needed for the fabric to burn.

This critical dependence on oxygen supply has been noted only in

fabrics treated with marginal amounts of flame retardant chemicals.

Properly treated cotton materials do not react in this way.

With an understanding of this kind of problem, children can be

protected from fabrics which classical test methods show to be safe,

but which in reality are not. This type of knowledge is the basis for

the development of tests which will protect both the manufacturer

and consumer from being misled.

Other priority areas under study include apparel for elderly

citizens and the general public, and interior furnishings, especially

upholstered furniture and draperies. Finishing construction steps were underway on a special facility for carrying out full-scale burn

studies of room and corridor fires. Studies planned for these facilities 128
include smoke, flame sources, fuel contribution, and heat development under use conditions for carpets, upholstered furniture, and

draperies. The results will be correlated with small-scale laboratory

tests as part of the program objective to develop reasonable and

appropriate standards that reflect as nearly as possible the measure- ment of risks under use conditions.

Fire Research and Safety

Plans were completed for the Bureau program to be carried out

under terms of the Fire Eesearch and Safety Act of 1968. The plan was published as "A Program for the Fire Research and Safety Act"

by the NBS Subcommittee of the Committee on Science and Astronautics of the House of Representatives. Three pilot programs are already in progress : ( 1 ) Implementation of a uniform fire reporting

system in the greater Washington area, (2) study of fire department

operations, expanding on previous Bureau work and work of RAND

in New York City, and (3) development of specifications for improved protective clothing for firefighters. In addition, detailed plans

are being prepared for specialized fire officer training programs so that training may start soon after funds are available.

Building Technology

The spiraling of construction costs combined with the tremendous

backlog of housing units required to be produced in the next 30 years

have accelerated the move to the industrialization of the building

process. This change, from an industry heavily dependent on hand

craftsmen techniques, to one of mass-production is generating pressures for up-dated standards, improved techniques for determining

user requirements, and advanced capability for evaluating the per- formance of complex components. In order to meet this demand, the

NBS programs for building technology have been broadened to cover more than the traditional materials research, which alone is no longer

adequate to provide answers for the new questions raised by industrialization of the building process. All of these questions involve a consideration of cost to some extent. Therefore, this broadened scope

must include studies of building economics. The program of economic

studies has been initiated as a multiagency project, designed to develop

a computerized construction cost control system that relates unit building prices, operation, and maintenance costs. This information can be

used to project estimates of both building and operating costs from

preliminary planning, through construction, to ultimate building use. A new program in urban technology has been initiated to develop an information framework of user needs for housing, especially for

low-income housing. The questions to be examined include what information is germane, how it may be manipulated, where it falls in

129
relation to other information, when it is applicable, and to whom it pertains. Criteria for user needs are derived from all sources in dividing

the fields of sociology, physiology, and psychology. Where criteria

cannot be developed from these sources, the program will develop

substitute evaluative techniques and a basis for judgment decisions.

The building technology program continued the traditional laboratory and field support provided to Federal agencies, State, and local government groups concerned with building construction and technology. Technical consultation and advice was made available to in- dustry, and the staff continued to work closely with the many private

standards-making groups throughout the country.

Outdoor Exposure of Building Materials—The Building Research

Division maintains six outdoor sites for testing of building materials.

These sites were selected to provide diverse weather conditions and

are located at the following facilities

NBS, Gaithersburg, Maryland

Fort Holabird, Baltimore, Maryland

U.S. Naval Station, Roosevelt Roads, Puerto Rico

Nellis Air Force Base, Las Vegas, Nevada

Fort Lewis, Tacoma, Washington

Fort Greely, Fairbanks, Alaska

Permanents racks of specimens and materials are being exposed at

all sites. Many studies are underway to evaluate the effects of these various

climates on materials. Some of the current studies are concerned with

(1) weathering characteristics of aluminized steel and roofing, (2) the

spalling resistance of porcelain enamels, (3) the color stability of

plastics, and (4) the durability of paints.

The Performance of Masonry Structures—NBS has conducted extensive research on various types of masonry wall construction. A new

analytical technique was developed by which the effects of vertical

loads, wall thickness, and other variables can be evaluated. The application of this approach is expected to lead to national procedures

for masonry walls similar to those recently introduced for other materials, such as reinforced concrete and steel. Plumbing Research Facilities—Construction of new plumbing re- search facilities are near completion. A medium-rise tower structure

will accommodate prototype tests up to seven stories in height; a

lower-rise section will provide for simultaneous tests on 2- to 3-story

systems. A modern electronic data acquisition system will be included

for retrieval and processing of experimental data from 256 transducers. These facilities will be used initially for research in reducedsize venting, single-stack and vacuum drainage systems for housing,

130
and the development of performance criteria for evaluation of plumbing systems.

National Conference of States on Building Codes and Standards—

NBS continued secretariat support for the National Conference of

States on Building Codes and Standards. Staff members directed the

administration of the Conference and provided support to state legislative hearings, study commission meetings, interstate conferences,

and transmitted research results from the Bureau to these groups. The

Bureau also provided a central repository for information on state

activities providing for more uniform codes and standards. The 3d

Annual Conference of the NCSBCS was held in Wichita, Kansas, in

April 1970, with 34 states and territories officially represented. The

Conference was also attended by other State and local officials and

representatives of industry and business associations. Committee rec- ommended programs for achieving a common code framework, improved standards, laboratory accreditation, innovation evaluation,

educational standardization, and computer utilization were approved

by the Conference.

Pyrolysis of Poly-vinyl Chloride—Studies of the pyrolysis of PVC

revealed that in the early stages of a fire, before any visible smoke

is producd, fire fighting personnel are endangered. Additional ex- periments are underway to identify the important chemical reactions

occurring during pyrolysis. A very low temperature isolation cell is being used in conjunction with infrared spectroscopy to study the

reactive products.

Fire Safety Test Methods—Two tests were developed for standards

of materials involved with fire safety in buildings. Submitted to ASTM for adoption in the standards were : a smoke density chamber

test for measuring the smoke-generating properties of materials ; and

a potential heat test, for measuring the contribution of materials to the intensity of a fire in a building. Work was also initiated on a

test method for evaluating the rate at which materials contribute to

fire intensity. In the area of materials ignition, a state-of-the-art

study was started and a new test procedure is under design to evaluate "ease of ignition" of building materials.

Connections in Prefabricated Structures—Tests developed for dif- ferent types of beam-to-column connections have produced data that

are expected to result in more rational and economical building design

practices. Continuous beam-to-column connections fabricated for precast reinforced concrete and precast post-tension concrete, which are used in prefabricated structures, have been tested. The tests covered five types of reinforced and four types of posttension connections (including monolithic construction for both

groups). Each connection type was studied under two different loading situations: (1) beams subjected to vertical load only; and (2)

131
beams subjected to vertical load plus an axial tension load. Six reinforced and eight post-tension samples were tested. These tests completed the laboratory phase of the project and the information developed will be used as design criteria by architects and the construction

industry.

Study of Occupancy Loads in Buildings—Structural engineering can

be defined as the design and analysis of structural systems to resist loads. In many cases, there is insufficient knowledge of the actual

loads that structures experience, and true measures of safety and

economy are indeterminable. Past efforts to study actual loads have

produced only limited information. The Bureau is now acquiring a large sample of data representative of existing loadings to measure

statistically and describe characteristic load magnitudes and distributions. Survey techniques and evaluative procedures have been developed for a broad study of occupancy loads in office buildings and a

pilot study has been completed. In addition, the occupancy loads in a sample of mail handling facilities have been surveyed at the request

of the Post Office Department and the project is in the data evaluation stage. The principle objective of the load studies is to arrive at suitable design loads related to expected actual loading for safety

and economy.

Disaster Building Damage—Following two natural disasters (Hurricane Camille, August 1969, and the Lubbock, Texas, tornado, May

Carport roof of a large motel in Lubbock, Texas, was lifted completely from its supports, moved approximately 40 feet, and set down intact by a tornado. The re- mainder of this motel was demolished.

]32
1970), XBS sent teams of building experts to the scene for a survey

of the kinds of construction damage suffered. The teams concluded,

in general, that currently accepted good practice for the design and

construction of buildings and mobile homes against wind loads would

have greatly reduced damage. They also concluded that further re- search is needed to develop performance criteria for certain building

elements. This is particularly true for roofs, cladding, masonry

veneer, and glazing, where substantial damage was directly inflicted

and severe internal building water damage from heav}7 hurricane

rains resulted from destruction of these components. These findings

have been widely circulated among Federal agencies concerned with

building construction.

A special "hail gun," which propels spheres of ice at velocities simulating the impact of hail stones, is used to study the hail resistance of building materials. Hail Resistance of Building Materials—Hail damage to buildings,

particularly roofing, has increased over the years. This increase is not

attributed to more frequent hail storms but to an increase in the

number of buildings in areas susceptible to hail. Because there are no standards or criteria currently available, XBS, cooperating with

industry, is carrying out hail tests on various types of products and

assisting in the evaluation of these materials. Test methods developed

in this study will be incorporated into standards for hail resistance,

and the information will serve as criteria for the design of hail resis- tant buildings.

Paper Honeycomb Sandwich Panels—One of the more efficient struc- tural systems is the sandwich panel, in which "skins" of a thin, strong

sheet material are bonded to a "core" of a light, relatively weak ma133
terial. Although the skins take most of the direct, structural stresses, the core must stabilize the skins and transfer shear stresses. The Department of the Army and other agencies with need for demountable

buildings are interested in the performance characteristics of the

various materials and their combinations used in sandwich panels.

Wind Effects on Buildings—NBS, in a joint project with the Environmental Data Service of the Environmental Science Services

Administration, extended the investigation of the effects of wind on

buildings. This problem was highlighted by the hurricane and tor- nado damage during the year when losses may have exceeded the

estimated $600 million yearly average for the continental United

States. Techniques were developed for measuring steady and fluctu- ating wind pressures on building exterior walls. Also developed were measurement techniques for evaluating the structure of oncoming

winds. A high-speed data acquisition system, capable of continuous,

unattended operation was also designed and is currently being tested. Preliminary results indicate that wind gusts are effective over larger

areas of buildings than was indicated from earlier tests in wind tunnels. It is anticipated that the study findings will provide guidelines

for improving design techniques for structures exposed to wind.

One material commonly used as a core is paper honeycomb available

in many grades and types, some of which are suitable for use as cores in structural sandwich panels. The NBS investigation evaluated

the performance of many of the available honeycombs as cores in

sandwich panels. The effects on the honeycomb of variables such as type of skin, type of adhesive, thickness of panel, and environmental

conditions were studied.

New Heating and Cooling Load Calculation Procedure—NBS is cooperating with the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating,

and Air Conditioning Engineers in a national effort to devise a means

to machine-calculate the energy requirements for any building.

Computer calculation subroutines were prepared for use in an

overall logic system designed to calculate the heating, cooling, and

energy loads for buildings that operate under randomly fluctuating

conditions (nonperiodic) of weather and indoor activity. Using input

data on space operations, physical arrangements, and environmental

information as supplied by the user, subroutines were developed for

use in a computer program to produce an hourly heating/cooling

load profile for a calendar year. Among the many factors considered were weather, distribution of heat sources, heat gained from lights,

outside and inside heat transfer coefficients, and solar intensity and

modifiers.

Planning Aids for Rehabilitation Facilities—A planning kit was

developed for use in establishing performance requirements for mental health facilities. The planning method provides medical, social,

134
and building design professionals with guidelines for the rank ordering and weighting of desirable characteristics of any mental health

facility. The requirements thus established aid building designers in

making the facilities more responsive to user and medical needs.

Cost Studies for Building Construction Control—A study of cost analysis/cost synthesis systems for construction control has been

completed as the first phase of a series aimed at the rationalization

of the building process. The completed work was multiagency funded

;

it dealt with research into cost data collecting and retrieval methods

for common use by Federal building agencies.

International Exchanges—Two international exchanges were con- ducted during the year. The first of these covered the subject, Industrialization of the Building Process. An eight man team of American building construction representatives was led by the Bureau

representative on a two and one-half week tour of Soviet plants which

fabricate building components and construction sites. In return, NBS

was the host for a similar eight man Soviet delegation, which toured

the United States to inspect industrialization of the building process

as practiced in this country.

The second exchange was a US/French cooperative exchange of

building research experts in which a team of five NBS representatives

visited France. The host on this occasion was the Centre Scientifique

et Technique du Batiment (CSTB) of France, a counterpart of the

Building Research Division. The second part of this exchange took

place in January 1970, when representatives of the CSTB visited

America. Items of interest to the French visitors included mobile

homes, urban acoustics, climatology, fire research, plastics in buildings, light-weight construction, and performance specifications.

Electronic Technology

The electronics industry is one of the fastest growing and most

heavily research oriented in this country. New devices are developed

faster than the measurement methods needed to control fabrication

processes and to characterize the finished devices. The NBS contribution lies in the development of improved basic measurement methods

of significance to advances in the entire technology.

Since the government purchases more than half of the industry

output, NBS conducts programs on measurement methods for semiconductor materials, process control, electronic devices, and transducers. The goal of this work is to provide a set of measurement

methods which have been carefully evaluated for technical adequacy,

which are acceptable to both users and suppliers, and which can pro- vide a common basis for the purchase specifications of government

agencies.

135
The four-point probe holder has greatly improved resistivity measurements and

minimized damage to specimens.

Resistivity of Silicon Wafers—Resistivity is the principal parameter

used in the selection of silicon slices intended for device fabrication.

The range of applicability of the four-probe method developed at NBS in cooperation with ASTM Committee F-l was extended to both higher and lower values of resistivity. This extension permits

the method to be used for both low-resistivity material for epitaxial

substrates, and for high-resistivity material for high-voltage devices.

Studies are underway to attain further extension of the improved

four-probe technique to still higher resistivity material (important

for nuclear radiation detectors) and thinner specimens (such as diffused or epitaxial layers). In addition there is a requirement for

standard reference samples of silicon for calibrating four-probe

136
resistivity test sets. In response to this need, the feasibility of a col- laborative reference program is being studied.

Radial Resistivity Variations in Silicon Wafers—The present procedure for measuring radial resistivity involves six four-probe resis- tivity measurements at various locations on the wafer. A new method

is under development for measuring variation in radial resistivity

with less likelihood of damaging the wafer surface during the measurement. Research has shown the feasibility of measuring these variations for lapped or polished circular silicon wafers by a photovoltaic

method, which does not require contact with the wafer. Correlations

have been obtained between profiles obtained by this method and by

the more precise, but destructive. tAvo-probe method, with which the

four-probe method is standardized. Further development is required

before the new method can be employed in industry.

Wire Bond Evaluation—Semiconductor device failure in both radiation and nonradiation environments is often due to failure of the wire

bonds used in connecting external leads to the semiconductor chip.

Evaluation of these bonds continued and techniques were developed

insuring uniform and reproducible bonding conditions for ultrasonic

wire bonding machines. These techniques involve direct measurement

of the vibration amplitude of the bonding tool tip with a capacitor

microphone or a magnetic detector. Observations have demonstrated

that the vibration amplitide may be quite diiferent for two or more

operating conditions that have the same values of the usually controlled parameters. The variation appears to be a significant source

of bond variability.

The relative importance of various conditions used in the pull test for bonds, in which adhesion is tested by applying a standardized

pull to the wire is being evaluated. Bonds that fail are studied by

examining the bonding pad by means of a scanning electron microscope, revealing that bonding occurs only at separated points rather

than uniformly under the deformed wire.

Thermal Properties of Transistors—Thermographic phosphor techniques have shown that hot spots develop in many all-diffused me- dium-power and high-power XPX silicon transistors. The hot spots were attributed to current crowding and sometimes occur at voltage

levels within the allowable operating range. Surprisingly, not all of

the hot spots were reduced gradually with reduction of voltage ; some

persisted, once formed, until the collector-emitter voltage was reduced

significantly below its original value. A hot spot would reappear at the same site when the voltage was again raised.

Although transistors subjected to hot spots for short periods were

apparently unharmed, liability to hot spot formation and the thermal

hysteresis effect greatly reduced the safe operating range of some

transistors. Operation of these within the maximum operating area 137
curves obtained from second breakdown data does not insure against

hot spot formation.

Hot spot research is continuing. If this phenomenon is shown to occur in a wide variety of transistor types, as preliminary results suggest, hot spot formation may be useful in a screening test for

defective specimens. If so, this would solve one of the industry's

most troublesome problems.

Microwave Semiconductor Devices—A project was undertaken to provide improved measurement methods for microwave semiconductor devices, with initial emphasis on microwave diodes. These diodes

are critical elements in some civilian and military communication

links and their quality controls the sensitivity, range, and reliability

of radar systems.

While the civilian application of these diodes is rapidly increasing,

most of the current production is purchased for government use. Seri- ous trouble has been encountered by the Defense Electronic Supply

Center (DESC) because of the inadequate measurements methods

used to demonstrate conformance to performance specifications. The

Bureau has undertaken to correct this inadequacy, as recommended

by DESC and by industry, through the Joint Electron Device Engineering Council's Committee JS-3 on UHF and Microwave Diodes,

in work jointly sponsored by the Naval Electronic Systems Command. Work has begun on measurements of such properties as noise

figure, conversion loss, and impedance of mixer diodes.

Characterization of Germanium for Nuclear Radiation Detectors—

Methods of measuring the quality of germanium single crystals for

gamma-ray detector fabrication, as well as for characterizing the

detectors themselves, are being studied in cooperation with the Atomic

Energy Commission. The resolution possible in a germanium radiation detector can be computed by means of the Fano factor for the

semiconductor material, but values given for the Fano factor have

changed over the years. A new determination of the Fano factor,

made by means of a collimated gamma-ray beam falling on lithiumdrifted germanium detectors, gave a value 20 percent lower than that

found by previous determinations.

Determining the quality of material being processed, a problem

throughout the semiconductor industry, is particularly severe in compensating germanium to produce radiation detectors. This compensation is done by "drifting" lithium partway into elemental germanium

wafers, but the results of the process are only poorly predictable. A

new model of the drifting process has been developed that takes into

account losses among the lithium ions during drift. This led to the

idea of using lithium driftability—its mobility and its loss time

constant—as a basis for appraising material quality. The Bureau has

now analyzed data for lithium precipitation in germanium during

138
A wafer of germanium is mounted in a cryostat for measurement of its performance

as a radiation detector. drifting by measuring oxygen concentration, using the dissociation constant of the lithium-oxygen complex. The value obtained was in

good agreement with a previously published result. Improved Piezoelectric Activity in Polymers—The wide range of

mechanical properties of polymers makes it possible to construct transducers specifically for particular applications where conventional piezoelectric materials are inefficient. Techniques for producing

a piezoelectric effect in polymers have been so improved that the activity of bulk polymers approaches that of quartz. Piezoelectric

activity in rolled films of polyvinylchloride and polyvinylfluoride has

been found to exceed that of conventional piezoelectric materials,

such as ammonium dihydrogen phosphate and Kochelle salt. The use

of a piezoelectric polymer transducer has been demonstrated in underwater reception of sound.

139
Accelerometers are dynamically calibrated in the earth's gravitation field by this device at frequencies from V4 to 45 Hz. Dynamic Accelerometer Calibrator—A dynamic calibrator for ac- celerometers was developed that uses as its reference standard the

earth's gravitational field. It permits dynamic calibration at steady

speeds of y2 to 45 revolutions per second that approach the accurate and highly reproducible values of static calibrations. This work was

supported by the Office of the Director of Defense Research and Engineering through the Naval Air Systems Command.

Systems Analysis

In any program for promoting the application of technology to complex problems of industry or Government, the use of systems

analysis or operations research is almost a mandatory requirement.

The NBS Technical Analysis Division (TAD) seeks to develop, test, and disseminate systems analysis techniques which are applicable to public sector problems in terms of program planning, resource allo- cation, and program execution.

The IAT systems analysis group is the largest such organization

within the civilian agencies of the Government. It serves other agencies in the solution of their specific systems analysis problems, and

helps these agencies to develop their own capacity to tackle complex

140
systems problems. It also conducts research on the cost-benefit analyses for Government programs.

Mail Systems Studies—The Post Office Department was assisted in

developing specifications for advanced mail-handling systems. A

simulation model was developed for determining the cost and time

required for delivery of mail at various volumes and flow rates. A

human factors laboratory was established in which experiments were

conducted in the use of two different kinds of keyboards in letter mail

sorting, in encoding addresses by translation of voice into a form

acceptable by computer, on reading time for ZIP codes and other

portions of addresses, and to determine the most appropriate work/

rest cycle for the highest productivity and lowest error rate in production. Data from these studies were given to Post Office engineers

concerned with development of new equipment.

Safeguards for Nuclear Materials—How accountability techniques

could be utilized to provide safeguards for strategic nuclear materials

is being analyzed in collaboration with the Atomic Energy Commission and the Brookhaven National Laboratory. This program has

resulted in the development of a set of criteria that make use of "material unaccounted for" as control criteria. The contribution made by

sampling and measurement errors was considered in developing these

criteria. Plans were made for conducting an integrated safeguards

experiment at an industrial facility to test the practicality of this

measurement methodology.

Air Pollution Sampler Distribution—Procedures were developed for

proper placement of air pollution samplers in urban areas. This was

done by using data on estimated emissions of pollutants and on

meteorological factors in a computerized model of atmospheric diffusion to construct contour maps of concentrations of air pollutants.

These maps are then used to pinpoint critical or preferred locations

for the air pollution samplers. These techniques have been used in a

joint exercise with National Air Pollution Control Administration

personnel in planning the distribution of pollution sensors in a specific Air Quality Control Region. Such sampler systems will be used

to monitor regional air quality and evaluate alternative air pollution

control strategies to help improve our urban environment.

Airport Runway Systems—The increasing load of plane traffic at airports is a major concern of the Federal Aviation Administration.

To assist the FAA a new concept to measure the capacity of an air- port runway system, including the associated final approach air space

is being formulated. Further investigation will extend the model to both arrival and departure streams of aircraft using the same run- way. The problem of multiple runways at an airport will be considered as the model is developed. A parallel project is an analysis of the

effectiveness of Visual Flight Rules control towers at airports.

141
The long term objective of these studies is to develop a simulation

model for analyzing delays to traffic that would be encountered with

alternative separation policies and/or traffic mixes.

Coastal Water Pollution—A primary responsibility of the United

States Coast Guard is maintaining free navigation in the coastal and

inland waters of the United States. This mandate includes the prevention, abatement, and cleanup of pollution that may occur as a

result of accidental spills of oil or other hazardous materials. In

response to a Coast Guard request, data on water pollution from the

Coast Guard and the Army Corps of Engineers were examined and

the extent of pollution in the maritime environment of New York

harbor that resulted from accidental spills of oil and chemicals was

identified. Deficiencies in the data were also indicated, as they are currently being collected, and existing data were analyzed in terms

of sources and causes of pollution, types and quantities of pollutants,

geographic location of spills, and other important characteristics.

This project has increased the Coast Guard's capability to design a meaningful short term program for increasing its effectiveness in controlling, abating, and cleaning up pollution in the maritime environment.

Studies in Support of Law Enforcement—In a project sponsored by

the National Institute of Law Enforcement and Criminal Justice

(NILECJ), a study was made of the Washington, D.C. courts to provide data on whether pretrial detention should be considered in cases of individuals arrested and charged with certain types of crimes. A

data base was assembled directly from court records, and the results of criminal action against 712 defendants selected from a four-week

sample were analyzed. All additional criminal actions taken against

these defendants while they were free on pretrial release (bail) were

examined. These were analyzed for various categories of crimes and

personal characteristics of defendants. The report on this study was

used in Congressional deliberations on preventive detention legislation.

Another study, also sponsored by NILECJ, involved developing a plan for the establishment and management of a Law Enforcement

Equipment Users Standards Laboratory. This laboratory would es- tablish standards for equipment and facilities for use in prisons,

courts, and other criminal justice areas, and for equipment and devices for use by law enforcement officers. Some of the types of equipment and devices considered for standards development included

communications, vehicles, protective clothing and equipment, building and detention facilities, locks and security devices, weapons, and

computers. The study emphasized the procedures for translating per- formance requirements to detailed specifications and for providing

test methods to ensure that equipment meets these specifications.

Activities in the Continental Shelf Regions—In another project con- 142
ducted for the Coast Guard, an extensive annotated bibliography of

articles and other published materials that describe activities now

being carried out in the continental shelf regions of the United States was prepared. The trends of such activities were also analyzed.

The continental shelf is the location of a variety of activities ex- tending from mining, fishing, and farming to research, exploration,

and recreation. These activities are expected to increase rapidly in

number, variety, and intensity during the 1970's. The information

provided is currently being used by the Coast Guard for estimating

the types of services and resources that will be required to support

different levels of these activities, particularly with respect to such

large pieces of equipment as helicopters and rescue vessels that will

have to be purchased and the additional manpower that will have to be trained and utilized. Motor Vehicle Safety

The research activities of the NBS Office of Vehicle Systems Research (OVSR) are part of the national program to reduce the

deaths, injuries, and property damage occurring in motor vehicle ac- cidents. This program, sponsored by the National Highway Safety

Bureau in the Department of Transportation, continues to provide a

technical basis for motor vehicle safety performance standards.

Occupant Restraint Systems—Research on the interation of seat belt restraint systems and occupants under impact was the basis for a standard recommended for a dynamic sled test evaluation of restraint

performance. Reports were published on the variation of anthropometric dummy performance in impact testing and on human response

under impact in production automobile seats. A survey of anchorage locations was updated for current model

cars to determine standard test locations. A space zone concept was

developed, based on human measurements, to define the permissible

locations of upper torso restraint systems. Tests of new and used belts are helping in the improvement of methods for evaluation safety

standard requirements for retractors, corrosion resistance, webbing

strength, and low temperature performance.

Braking Systems—The temperatures of brake linings, drums, disks,

and fluids are being measured in vehicles run under normal-to-severe

conditions. The effects of cold weather on brake fluid viscosity and

performance, and especially its adverse effects on the performance of

antilocking systems, were studied. The Bureau's tests indicate that

the brake fluid hose is the penetration site of most of the water picked

up by brake fluid. Road and laboratory test methods are still being developed for

braking system performance standards. A safety standard for re- placement brake linings, now under development, uses an inertial

dynamometer test method. A significant revision of the brake fluid

143
standard, including new requirements for containers and labeling, was proposed to the Department of Transportation.

Kesearch continued on the development of the technical basis for a uniform quality grading system for tires that would enable consumers to make an informed choice in the selection of tires. Test methods

and standards were developed for assessing the temperature sensitivity and strength properties of tires. Methods for rating tires for

their tread wear, resistance to impact damage, and resistance to casing

breakdown are now being developed.

A vehicle has been instrumented to measure ground-to-tire forces

in various maneuvers for correlation with data obtained with the use

of instrumented trailers. This research will lead to a traction standard

for passenger car tires. Tire Noise Investigation—Research for gaining more fundamental

knowledge about the sound-generating characteristics of tires was

sponsored by the DOT Office of Noise Abatement. The OVSR per- sonnel are being assisted in this by sound and acoustics specialists of

the Building Research Division.

The specific research objective is to determine whether physical

and subjective measurements of tire noise are closely correlated under

a variety of experimental conditions. If the findings substantiate the

positive hypothesis, it might be possible to establish a grading system

for all automotive tires, using a series of standardized physical meas- urement procedures known to correlate highly with subjective re- sponses to tire sounds.

The study consists of recording tire sounds and measuring them by

a noise level meter. The recorded sounds are played back under

standardized conditions before a randomly selected panel of listeners

that is asked to rate each tire on the objectionableness of its sound.

The ordering by the panel of the noise of five tires tested on the Bureau's endurance wheel at three speeds, two inflation pressures, and

loading simulating passenger car service correlated almost perfectly

with the physical measurements of sound pressure level in decibels.

Another phase of this program involves tests of the same tires on a nearby interstate highway. Still another phase produced data from

the same tires in a "coast-by" situation (car coasting with motor cut

off and out of gear) ; these data are now being analyzed.

Air Tower Accuracy—The accuracy with which service station air

towers deliver the indicated pressure was measured at 50 service sta- tions in the Washington, D.C., area. There is a forty-five percent

chance that tires inflated by such towers will differ by at least 3 psi

from the pressure the tower is set for. As proper inflation plays an

important role in tire wear, ride comfort, and safe handling, such

errors are quite significant, Most of the errors could be reduced by

periodic adjustment of the air tower. 144
Over 100 women volunteers were tested in specially instrumented cars to deter- mine if current requirements for brake pedal force were reasonable. Brake Pedal Force Study—Current automotive standards specify some levels of brake performance that require up to 200 pounds of

force on the brake pedal. To determine if this 200 pound force was a reasonable requirement for the average woman, the force that 105

women volunteers could apply was measured in two specially instrumented autos. Tests were made with the vehicles at rest, and with the

subjects wearing seatbelts. It was found that 20 percent of the women

could not exceed an average pedal force of 135 pounds in one car, and 165 in the second, raising serious doubts about the practicality

of the 200 pound allowance.

Occupant Restraint Effectiveness—That not all restraint systems are equally effective in preventing injury is demonstrated by data ex- tracted from motion pictures of humans on sled "shots." Most of this

film was obtained through use of airman volunteers on the Daisy

Decelerator at Holloman Air Force Base. Data are obtained from the

motion picture frames by use of OVSR's optical reader-digitizer. The

accompanying drawings compare subject movement with use of only

a lap-belt and with use of both lap and upper-torso restraints. The

Bureau is continuing analysis of film from its repository, virtually

the sole source of deceleration data for humans. (See figure on p. 146.

)

145
m ft m ft r3 r-3

HORIZONTAL DISPLACEMENT

Drawings of displacement of key points on human body on impact show the dif- ference between subjects restrained only by a seatbelt (left 12.3 g on impact) and by

both seatbelt and upper-torso restraints (14.8 g). An unrestrained subject would al- most certainly have been injured and possibly killed. Engineering Materials and Product Evaluation

IAT provides advisory, consultative, and laboratory investigation

services relating to selected engineering materials. The laboratory

work is mainly for the development of test procedures which can be

used by other testing laboratories. The staff responsible for this program works with national and international groups to establish standards for these materials. Services also include establishing a technical base for other Government agencies to set purchase specifications.

Magnetic Tapes for Satellite Recorders—Early failure of flight

recorders is one of the important causes of satellite failures, and

satellites now being designed require several years of performance.

In relation to recorder operation, NBS has continued its study of the

changes of magnetic tapes after use, with special emphasis on the

interactions of the tape and head surfaces. Material extracted from

tapes has been identified by infrared spectroscopy and gel permeation

chromatography as unreacted tape binder resin. It is believed that the

transfer of this material to the recorded head surface is the cause of

tapehead sticking.

NBS, in a project sponsored by NASA, has produced highly stable

tape on commercial scale equipment at Battelle Memorial Institute.

The tape resists a sterilization temperature of 145 °C for 24 hours

without blocking or distortion. It is resistant to radiation and most

chemicals, and its magnetic properties are comparable to commercial

instrumentation tapes. Further work is planned, and samples of the

146
tape are being sent to several interested laboratories for evaluation.

Toy Safety—NBS is providing technical support to the Food and

Drug Administration in the evaluation of toys for hazards and in

the development of test methods and standards to be promulgated

under provisions of the Child Protection and Toy Safety Act. The

work is now primarily devoted to test methods for thermal hazards

of heated toys and dangerous points and edges of toys.

Linerboard Collaborative Reference Programs—Interstate commerce

regulations specify that paperboard shipping containers satisfy minimum bursting strength requirements. This requires that linerboard, one of the components of corrugated paperboard, be carefully tested

for Mullen bursting strength. A linerboard collaborative reference

program is now administered by the Bureau at the request of the

Fourdrinier Kraft Board Institute. This new program provides a mechanism for participating laboratories to check periodically the

level and uniformity of their testing in comparison with that of other

laboratories. Samples are distributed monthly to the participants

who test weekly and return test results to the Bureau for analysis.

Monthly reports, in which laboratories are identified only by code

number, include weekly and cumulative averages and standard deviations for individual laboratories and for the group as a whole. The

first shipment of samples under the program was made in October

1969 to over 70 participating laboratories.

Vulcanized Rubber Collaborative Reference Program—The quality

control of rubber products and of raw materials used in their production is dependent upon tensile tests of vulcanized rubber specimens.

Standardization of laboratories making such tests is basic to the

achievement of quality control of production by rubber manufacturers and their suppliers. To facilitate standardization, a collaborative

reference program was initiated in January 1970 with 70 participating rubber laboratories. Pairs of samples are distributed bimonthly

and are tested by participants for tensile strength, ultimate elongation, and stress at 300 percent elongation. In bimonthly reports

laboratories are identified only by code number, except NBS, and

averages and standard deviations are given for individual laboratories and for the group as a whole. Each laboratory is thus able to compare its performance with that of NBS and other participating

laboratories and to take action, if necessary, to standardize its testing

procedures.

Natural Rubber Stockpile—Some of the natural rubber in the national stockpile has been stored for over 20 years. Uncertainty in the

condition of this rubber led to an evaluation of samples from five storage locations for the General Services Administration which is responsible for the stockpile. The condition of the rubber apparently

depended on the place where the rubber was produced. Rubber from

147
some locations exhibited little or no deterioration in storage, while

rubber from other locations had deteriorated extensively. The appearance of the rubber, except in extreme cases, was not indicative

of the extent of deterioration. Recommendations were made for fu- ture purchasing of rubber to replace any in the stockpile.

Standard Brake Cup for Testing Brake Fluids—The increase in the

use of disc brakes and high performance automotive vehicles has

increased the temperature requirements of hydraulic brake fluids. In order to test the new high temperature brake fluids, a standard

brake cup capable of operation above 150 °C (302 °F) was required.

A formulation based on the recently developed ethylene-propylenediene rubbers (EPDM) was developed for the Society of Automotive

Engineers to be used for preparing standard brake cups to test brake

fluids at this temperature. This rubber compound withstood exposures for three days at 175 °C with little deterioration. Brake cups

made from this compound operated satisfactorily over the temperature range from -55 °C (-67 °F) tol65°C (329 °F).

Viscosity of Rubber—The Mooney viscometer has been used since

1943 as the standard instrument for measuring the viscosity of synthetic rubbers. In this instrument, a disc rotates within the rubber

enclosed in a heated chamber formed by two dies. The disc is rotated

by a shaft which extends through an opening in one of the dies. The

opening is normally sealed by a grommet which was found to cause

systematic variations in the measured values. The variation was found

to be greatly reduced or eliminated by the use of O-rings. Special

O-rings, made from a rubber formulation developed for them, have

been placed in the NBS Mooney viscometer used to measure the

viscosity of the standard reference rubbers issued by the Bureau.

The Durability of Paper—A flexing device has been developed that

uniformly destroys the physical structure of paper. The rate of

destruction, as measured by changes in rheological properties due to

flexing, may be taken as a measure of relative durability. Each

property deteriorates at a rate independent of the others, with bending stiffness being the most fugitive property of paper and internal

tear being least affected by flexing.

Supercalendering, a process used to increase density, smoothness,

and gloss of paper, has been found to greatly improve the durability

of paper towards flexing. Apparently the supercalendering enables

the energy imparted to paper during flexing to be distributed uniformly throughout the sheet. As a result, interfiber bonding and fiber breakage occurs throughout the sheet in supercalendered paper but

is more localized in the uncalendered paper causing a great number

of "weak-links" to be formed during flexing.

Generally, the physical properties of paper deteriorate most in the

direction of flexing with little or no change occurring in the opposite

148
direction. On occasion, especially with wood pulp papers, an appreciable decrease in physical properties occurs in the direction opposite

to flexing. Scanning electron photomicrographs indicate that when

the deterioration occurs primarily in the direction of flexure, cracking occurs parallel to the rollers with a minimum of interflber debonding. In instances where deterioration occurs in both directions

little or no cracking occurs and an appreciable amount of interflber

debonding is evident.

Engineering Standards

Revised Procedures for Voluntary Product Standards Development—

Revised procedures for development of voluntary product standards were issued during the year. Participation by the Federal Government is recognized as a service to the public, and under the changed

procedures, the Department of Commerce may initiate action to develop a voluntary product standard if it is deemed in the public

interest to do so. This change is expected to result in a more active

role for NBS in the consumer products standards and safety standards areas. Product Standards—During the year, 14 voluntary product standards were published and another 18 were approved for publication.

Publication of six amendments to existing standards was also approved. Forty-two standards are in process of evaluation for

acceptability or committee approval. As part of the comprehensive

review of existing standards, 91 are being reviewed and 201 standards have been recommended for withdrawal.

Standards Information—The standards information service of the

Office of Engineering Standards Services (OESS) was further

expanded during the year. A collection of State statutes, regulations,

and administrative orders related to product safety was added to the

information center. Also, 3,000 new standards were included in the

standards library for public reference use. The Key-Word-Index-In-Context (KWIC) index prepared in

OESS covering 19,000 voluntary engineering standards was prepared

for publication. OESS also participated in the development of a key-word index for the International Standards Organization (ISO).

ISO used the index developed by NBS as the basis for its own keyword system.

Picnic-cooler Investigation—During a review of the efficacy of the

mandatory standard covering refrigerator doors, it was learned that

similar dangers existed with picnic-coolers and that 16 children had

died from being trapped in such devices. XBS undertook a comprehensive study of coolers, and in a cooperative effort with manufacturers is developing a voluntary standard to eliminate this danger.

149
New State Standards—During FY 1970, ten more States received new standards for their weights and measures laboratories making a

total of 40 State laboratories that have been updated. The plans of

the final ten States, Puerto Kico, the District of Columbia, and the

Virgin Islands, have been approved and the manufacture of sets of

precise physical standards and instruments for them is proceeding.

OWM is assisting State "training officers" who will conduct future

schools for industry inspectors or servicemen. This activity is a step

in the direction of having the States assume greater responsibility for

the training of weights and measures officials and industry people.

Standards Engineering—The engineering staff of the Office of

Weights and Measures identifies and solves technical problems in

commercial measurements. Eecent studies of this type included belt- conveyor scales, electronic prepack scales, and an overhead gasoline

delivery system. Fifty-eight prototype examinations were made to determine whether new types of commercial measuring and weighing

devices complied with the basic weights and measures requirements

listed in Handbook 44, used by the States as a guide.

Additions to Handbook 105 (Specifications and Tolerances for

Field Standard Weights) were prepared for publication. These cover

Specifications for Field Standard Flasks and Specifications for Metal

Field Standard Provers.

Fair Packaging and Labeling—Implementation of the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act has continued, and thirty-six product cate- gories subject to the Act have now been standardized by voluntary

agreement in the industries involved. Five additional categories are

in the process. Thirteen states adopted the Model State Packaging

and Labeling Regulation proposed at the National Conference of

Weights and Measures. Eight others are in the process of adopting

the Regulation. Adoption of the Model Regulation assures consistency of the State regulation with Federal requirements under the Act. Technical Training of Weights and Measures Officials—During the

year, 27 State schools, and four regional interstate training seminars, were conducted by the Office of Weights and Measures. A total of

1175 officials and industry inspectors or servicemen attended the

sessions. For State administrators, two seminars were conducted, one

at the University of Colorado and the other at the University of

Maryland. Training was provided at NBS for 51 metrologists, the

courses ranging from basic to advanced.

National Conference of Weights and Measures—The 55th National

Conference on Weights and Measures was held in Salt Lake City,

Utah. At the Conference revisions were made in the Model State

Packaging and Labeling Regulation to make them consistent with

Federal requirements under the terms of the Fair Packaging and

Labeling Act. The Conference also adopted a Model State Lumber

150
Regulation which covers the advertising, selling, and invoicing of

lumber in terms of actual dimensions of width, thickness, and length,

and complements the Voluntary Product Standard for lumber re- cently issued by the Department of Commerce. The conference updated Handbook 44, Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical

Requirements for Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices.

TECHNICAL SUPPORT ACTIVITIES

IAT provides engineering and development assistance in applying

measurement technology to specific measurement problems. These

services are used by other research programs in the Bureau, and by

other Federal agencies. Work of this nature involves electronic

techniques or combinations of electronics with mechanical, thermal,

or optical methods. It also includes the production of instrument

prototypes. Examples of the services follow.

Kinetic Properties of Letter Mail—Four instruments were developed

for measuring the static and dynamic friction, cantilever beam

strength, and column buckling resistance properties of mail envelopes.

These properties must be known to set maximum limits on weights,

accelerations, and bending stresses for machine handling of mail. The

data derived from these measuring devices will be used in the

design of automatic mail-processing machines.

Measuring Operator Performance on Mail-sorting Machines—Monitor equipment was developed for measuring operator error on mailsorting machines. Judgment of the effects of human factors in sort- ing-machine design has been unreliable because operator error is hard to measure. The monitor system uses a test deck of envelopes

containing the regular address (with ZIP code) and bar-code markings for monitor reading. The monitor records the operator's keying

and its own response which should be identical. A count is kept of

errors and the total number of envelopes. The monitor can be set for machine paced or operator paced speeds.

Double Crystal Spectrometer—A transmission double crystal spec- trometer was built for use in an accurate redetermination of the

electron-positron annihilation wavelength. In this instrument two

spindles were located so precisely that two planes, each normal to an

axis of rotation, present an average departure from parallelism of

less than one second of arc. Careful fitting and loading of high

precision bearings contributed to low friction spindles which permit

angular rotations as small as 50 microarc seconds.

Lunar Sample Spectrometer—NBS participated with the National

Aeronautics and Space Administration in the development of several mass spectrometers to be used for the analysis of lunar samples. Two

models were designed in the Institute for Materials Research and

built in the Instruments Shops. One, with a flight path of 12-inch

151
Part of the mass spectrometer designed for analysis of lunar samples.

radius through a 90° arc, has been delivered to NASA; a second with

a 6-inch radius through a 60° arc is under test prior to delivery.

TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION AND DIFFUSION

Technological innovation may be denned as that process whereby means are devised and applied for stimulating new technologies,

channeling them in promising useful directions, and exploiting their use for purposes other than those for which they were originally

developed. Technological diffusion, in the context of IAT programs,

is largely restricted to disseminating the results of Government sponsored E&D.

Invention and Innovation

The Office of Invention and Innovation is the IAT activity which

helps to develop an environment conducive to technological change.

Its basic program has three aspects: providing a national basis for

formulation of climate-setting Federal policies, offering assistance to inventors, and education.

Invention Programs—Work is continuing with state development

agencies and universities on inventor assistance programs. The pro152
grams involve invention expositions and seminars aimed at providing

the inventor with useful information and assistance on problems

relating to protecting, developing, licensing, and exploiting new in- ventive concepts. NBS provides assistance in planning and undertaking the expositions, seeks participation of other Government

agencies on the programs, and provides speakers for the seminars.

Invention Policy—At the request of the Commissioner of Patents,

NBS, in cooperation with the National Inventors Council, is directing its attention to the problems of the employed inventor. In this

connection a report is being prepared identifying the problems and

recommending the areas that should be the focus for a national

conference on inventive talent and the public need. This conference

will be planned in FY 71, following the above report, and will be

held in FY 72. A policy study is also in progress, in cooperation with the

National Inventors Council, to determine the role of the Department

of Commerce in encouraging and providing assistance to independent inventors and entrepreneurs. The study analyzes the problems

faced by inventors and entrepreneurs who seek to bring their inventions to fruition, describes present programs and mechanisms for

aiding them, identifies deficiencies in these methods of assistance,

and explores alternative ways in which the Department of Commerce

and other agencies might properly help to overcome these deficiencies. The study will be the basis of a report to the Secretary of Commerce

by the National Inventors Council.

Education for Innovation—At the request of the Assistant Secre- tary for Science and Technology, and in conjunction with the

National Inventors Council, the Office of Invention and Innovation

is preparing a report to the Secretary of Commerce on specific ways

in which the Department could aid in stimulating civilian technology; in particular, through establishing centers for technological

innovation at universities, with the general goal of stimulating creativity, invention and innovation, and educating the technological

entrepreneurs of the future.

Organization of American States—The Technological Unit of the

Organization of American States was assisted in the design of a

strategy for the technological development of Latin America. In

addition, OAS Secretariat was advised with respect to its efforts to

establish a proposed "Technology Bank" and a "Technological Diffusion Center" in Latin America. These efforts will form the basis

for a conference to be held in 1971 on the application of science and

technology to Latin America.

153
CENTER FOR RADIATION RESEARCH

The primary responsibility of the Center for Radiation Eesearch

(CRR) is carrying out the NBS mission in the area of ionizing radiation. This general area includes radiation produced by particle

accelerators, reactors, and radionuclides, with energies in the range

of approximately 5 keV to 300 MeV. Within this range, the Center

develops improved techniques and instruments for detecting and

measuring radiation, obtains basic data on the interactions of radiation with matter, and investigates the structure of the various forms

of matter. Radiation sources and standards are developed and maintained for providing national services essential to industrial, medical, and research applications.

In concordance with federal policy on effective use of national

scientific resources, the unique facilities and competences of the Center

are available to other Government agencies, industry, and universities. This policy of facility sharing insures efficient utilization of

large multipurpose facilities such as the reactor and linear accelerator

by making them available to a broad segment of the scientific community. An increasing number of experimental programs are functioning successfully in which scientists from universities and other

Government agencies collaborate with Center scientists on efforts of

mutual interest. The programs of the Center can be grouped in the following six

general categories

1. Radiation Measurement and Standards

2. Nuclear Physics Research

3. Structure of Materials

4. Radiation Theory

5. Facilities Operations

6. Technical Assistance to Others

RADIATION MEASUREMENT AND STANDARDS

Monitoring of High-Energy Electron Beams—The absolute accuracy

of the high-energy, high-beam-power Faraday Cup has been measured for electron energies between 30 and 120 MeV using a ferrite

toroid as a null instrument to compare the electron beam current

with the Faraday Cup current. The Faraday Cup errors have been

shown to consist of two components: a loss of electrons by back154
scatter from the front of the Cup (varying from 0.5 percent at 30

MeV to 0.1 percent at 120 MeV), and a gain of electrons by generation of secondaries in the entrance foil (0.7 percent at all energies

between 30 and 120 MeV). The loss of secondary products from the

back and sides of the Cup is negligible. The total Faraday Cup error

is no larger than 0.6 percent in this energy range and can be determined with an accuracy of a few hundredths of 1 percent. With this

information, the nonintercepting ferrite toroid can be calibrated to within about 0.1 percent for use as a continuous-duty monitor when

the large neutron backgrounds generated by the Faraday Cup cannot

be tolerated. Alternative means for providing an absolute calibration

of the ferrite monitor are now being investigated.

Radioactivity Standards—An anticompton-anticoincidence shielded

8-in crystal arrangement, to be used in low level radioactivity calibrations and analysis, was constructed. This apparatus is composed of

two 8-in X 4-in well crystals that can be used in coincidence, and a

30-in diameter by 20-in long cylindrical anticompton-anticoincidence

scintillation plastic shield. This apparatus is capable of measuring

large-volume sources with a high sensitivity of gamma rays per gram

of source material. Mechanical construction was completed on a 47T beta-gamma coincidence counter with an automatic sample changer

of new design.

NBS 47^77 coincidence counting equipment with automatic sample changer. The

7-ray detector and its shielding have been removed in order to show the top of the

47T/3 gas flow proportional counter. 155
Fast Neutron 3He Spectrometer—In collaboration with the University of Maryland, the resolution, efficiency, and use of 3He semiconductor spectrometers as fast neutron spectrometers in the energy

range 0.5 to 1.5 MeV have been investigated. Such a spectrometer

has been used in conjunction with a specially designed collimator to measure the fast neutron distribution in the core region of the NBS

reactor. At present, similar studies are being conducted in collaboration with the Harry Diamond Laboratories.

Spallation Products Due to Electrons in the GeV Energy Range—The

3 to 16 GeV electrons produced at the Stanford Linear Accelerator

Center have been used to irradiate a number of high-purity materials.

Iii collaboration with scientists at SLAC and Oak Ridge National

Laboratory, measurements of the induced radioactivity were used to determine production cross sections for a large number of product

nuclides. These results shed some light on the study of the various

breakup mechanisms such as spallation, photofission, and fragmentation. The production cross sections have also been applied directly to the calculation of photon energy emitted after irradiation to assist in the health physics planning required to meet the hazards of

residual radioactivity.

Multiple Scattering Corrections for the Associated-Particle Neutron

Time-of-Flight Technique—The computer code, MAGGIE, for the

calculation of multiple scattering and sample attentuation in neutron

differential cross section measurements, has been revised and corrected. The particular case of the scattering geometry required by the

associated-particle time-of-flight is considered in detail. The modified

code and corrections to the original version have been published.

Chemical Dosimeters for Insect Control and Food Preservation by

Radiation—Liquid radiochromic dye dosimeters have been developed

to measure absorbed radiation dose between 1 and 100 kilorads. This

is the dose range of interest for applications of gamma radiation to

sterilization of adult male insect populations, for inhibition of sprouting of seeds and vegetables, and for extending the normal storage

life of a number of foodstuffs. As a result, this new dosimeter is expected to have considerable economic value under circumstances

where insect pests and storage of foodstuffs are serious problems.

Dose Produced by Electrons Striking Thick Targets—The 20 to 100

MeV electrons from the NBS linear accelerator have been used to investigate the thick-target dose produced in plastic phantoms ar- ranged at a number of angles to the beam. Similar measurements

have previously been available only for lower energy electrons. As

higher energy accelerators are now being used for many medical and

industrial applications these measurements will provide a basis for

planning exposure rates and the types of shielding required when

thick targets are used. The measurements, using LiF thermolumi156
iiiiiiii

The response of radiochromic dye solutions to absorbed radiation doses up to 100

kilorads. nescent dosimeters, are being done in collaboration with scientists at the Stanford Linear Accelerator Center. Theoretical calculations of

the expected dose for the cases studied show very good agreement

with these experimental measurements.

Source for High Energy Photon Calibrations—A need exists in a number of institutions for a low-flux source of monoenergetic photons,

in the energy region 10 to 180 MeV, for calibrating high energy

photon detector arrays. These detectors will be flown in satellites,

rockets, and balloons. With the support of the Goddard Space Flight

Center a source of photons suitable for this purpose is being developed on the KBS 180 MeV synchrotron. Positrons produced in a target in the bremsstrahlung beam of the synchrotron will be momentum analyzed in a pair of magnets and focused in a region where

detector arrays will be placed. Monoenergetic photons will be produced by positron annihilation in flight in a plastic scintillator. A

second scintillator in anticoincidence will reject events where annihilation did not occur. This source will be completed and put into

operation early in September 1970.

157
Inelastic Electron Scattering—The program to investigate the fundamental processes by which electrons interact with matter is continuing. Data on the inelastic scattering cross section have been

recorded for carbon, copper, and gold targets at scattering angles

from 20 to 140 degrees. These data have been recorded as a function

of target thickness (in the range from 10 to 100 fig/ cm2

) and incident

electron energy (in the range from 0.1 to 3.0 MeV). These data have

been analyzed and a report is being prepared comparing the observed

electron spectra with the few available theoretical calculations.

Neutron Cross Sections—High accuracy, high precision, neutron

total cross section measurements for carbon, nitrogen, silicon, and

lead were determined in the neutron energy range 0.5 to 20 MeV. The

neutron time-of-flight method was used in conjunction with the NBS

electron linear accelerator. The neutron energy resolution was approximately 0.5 percent; both the precision and the accuracy of the

cross section measurements were better than 2 percent.

Carbon is important as a neutron moderator and the cross section

of the carbon-neutron interaction is used as a standard. Measurements showed that the previously accepted values for the carbon

cross section were in error in the 3-to^L MeV region. This measure- ment thus reconciled the discrepancy between a recent measurement

and a calculation of neutron penetration in graphite.

An accurate knowledge of the nitrogen cross section is essential

for solving the problem of neutron transport in the atmosphere ; and

lead and silicon are important constituents of shielding materials.

NBS results are the only accurate, high-precision data for these

elements covering the entire energy range of 0.5 to 20 MeV.

Thermoluminescence Dosimetry—A study was completed of the

thermoluminescent response of CaF2 :Mn to 1 to 4 MeV electrons as a function of depth in an insulating (CaF2 ) medium. The responsein-depth curves peak at shallower depths than would be expected

from the theoretical depth-dose curves, and the response per unit

energy absorbed is considerably lower than for cobalt-60 gamma rays. Nonreproducibility was shown to be due mainly to a dependence of

the response-in-depth on irradiation rate. When the CaF2 :Mn samples were interleaved with a conductor (Al foil), the effects observed in the insulating medium tended to become less pronounced,

or disappeared completely. This indicates that care must be used in interpreting depth-dose measurements in dielectric media.

The thermoluminescent response of CaF2 :Mn irradiated with

ultraviolet radiation from a low-pressure mercury lamp was investigated for possible utilization of CaF2 :Mn as an ultraviolet dosimeter.

There were large sample-to-sample variations in response, and the

response per unit irradiance of any one sample was found to be

strongly dependent on irradiation history, particularly on the ultraviolet dose previously received by the sample.

158
Solid State Dosimetry—Measurements were made of the temperature and exposure-rate dependence of the photocurrents produced

by x rays in silicon radiation dectectors of the p-n, p-i-n, and surfacebarrier types. The short-circuit currents showed in some detectors a

positive, and in some a negative, temperature dependence; while in

still other detectors the currents showed a limited range of linear

exposure-rate dependence. This varied behavior can be explained by

differences in the internal series and junction resistances. In particular, it has been shown that with increasing ratio of internal series and junction resistances, the temperature coefficient of the shortcircuit current at a given temperature decreases from positive to negative values. This information has immediate application in

qualitative prediction of the temperature dependence of a given detector from measurements of its electrical properties, and may be of

interest in the development of silicon radiation detectors with a very

small temperature dependence.

Holographic Interferometry for Measuring Radiation Dose Distributions—A holographic interferometer has been constructed to determine the three-dimensional energy deposition profile produced by

high-intensity pulsed radiation sources in transparent media. Coherent-light wave fronts passing through a liquid cell before and

immediately after irradiation, cause an interference pattern to be

constructed within a hologram. Eeconstruction of the hologram, in

the same geometry, produces a system of interference fringes repre- senting the temperature profile caused by the liquid's absorption of

radiation. This comes about because changes in refractive index of

the liquid are approximately proportional to the local temperature

variations. For the first time, relatively high-resolution depth dose

and isodose contours can be determined for high-intensity pulsed

radiation fields. (See figure on p. 160.)

High-Energy Electron and Photon Absorbed Dose Standards—Initial

measurements of absorbed dose were made in a 50 MeV electron beam

with the Bureau's graphite calorimeter and with a graphite ionization

chamber having dimensions similar to the calorimeter core. A defini- tive intercomparison of the two detectors will provide the basis of new absorbed dose standards for electron and photon beams from

1 to 50 MeV.

X- and Gamma-Ray Instrument and Source Calibrations—The mechanical aspects have been completed in the updating of the calibration facility for the moderately and heavily filtered x-ray techniques.

Information concerning the filter identit}T

, diaphragm size, exposure

time, and certain other factors is available in digital form. Ionization currents and other analog signals are digitized by a digital volt- meter, and all information is recorded by automatic typewriter and

punched tape. After several interfacing problems have been solved.

159
Holographic interferometer for measuring three dimensional absorbed dose dis- tributions from radiation beams supplied by such high-current pulsed machines as the domed instrument in the rear. The lower part of the figure shows fringe patterns

made with the holographic interferometer. At left is seen a shadowgram of the unirradiated cell, while the middle and right photographs show the holographically

generated interferograms representing the absorbed dose distribution following

a pulse of electrons with average energies of about 1.5 and 2.0 Me V. data reduction and report preparation will be carried out by computer.

Two new spherical graphite cavity ionization chambers have been

constructed as additional exposure standards. These are being studied

along with other chambers already available in order to provide additional information on the reliability of these detectors in the exposure

standardization of gamma-ray beams.

Cobalt-60 Source Calibration—The power output of the cobalt-60 source furnished to NBS by the National Kesearch Council, Ottawa,

Canada, has been determined by an absolute counting method at the

International Bureau of Weights and Measures, Sevres, France. The

value agrees within 0.3 percent with the power previously determined

by calorimetry at NBS.

160
Pulse Radiolysis of Triphenylmethane Dye Cyanides —Triphenylmethane cyanide solutions have been found to be excellent dosimeters

for pulse radiolysis because their response is dose-rate independent

and because the formation of color by irradiation does not suffer a back reaction. A pulse radiolysis program has been initiated to study

rate constants and intermediate species produced for short times by

submicrosecond radiation pulses, in order to understand the unique

properties of these dosimeter systems.

Dose Distributions Measured with Radiochromic Dyes—Thin radio- chromic dye films, based on earlier NBS research, have recently be- come commercially available and are being used to depict, in detail,

the dose profile of intense radiation beams in various phantoms and

in a vacuum. This is possible because the response of the system is independent of dose rate and is the same in the presence of various

gases and solids, and in vacuo. Depth-dose studies have been made for

various types of material and varying angles of incidence, and are being compared with theoretical computations.

A conventional optical densitometer has been converted to a microdensitometer by adding certain optical, mechanical, and recording

components. Various viewing slits as small as 16 fim are used with

scanning speeds from 8 fim/s to 2 mm/s and with analog-to-digital

tape readout for computer analysis. This new instrument has been

used for measuring dose distributions determined with radiochromic

dye films, and is generally useful for scaning images with low spatial

contrast. Energy Deposition in Surface Layers of Silicon by Monoenergetic

Electrons—The energy deposition in surface layers of silicon by

normally incident beams of monoenergetic electrons has been measured. The silicon layers studied were transmission-type, semiconductor detectors with a thickness less than the mean range of the

incident electrons, which had energies of 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, and 1.0 MeV.

The fraction of beam energy absorbed in a silicon layer was determined from absorbed-energy distributions derived from pulse-height

distributions of the interaction of electrons with the detectors. Measurements were made for two different cases : the energy absorbed in

a specific layer alone, and the energy absorbed in the same layer as part of a homogenous, semi-infinite medium, as for example, a surface

layer. In the latter case, a larger fraction of the incident energy is absorbed in the layer. The measurement results compared well with

Monte Carlo calculations.

NUCLEAR PHYSICS RESEARCH

Nuclear Structure Studies by Electron and Photon Excitation—

A

program designed to investigate the systematics of nuclei in the deformed region by electron and photon excitation has produced data

161
on the energy levels of the nuclei 167 Er, 191 Ir, 179Hf, and 197Au. Thirtyfour levels have been observed in these nuclei with incident electron

energies from 2.3 to 3.5 MeV; twenty-eight of these have been observed for the first time. The data are being fitted to existing theoretical models. Tentative analysis of the multipolarity of the transitions

to these states indicates that all but three are of the electric quadrupole plus magnetic dipole type. Of the remaining three, one state in 197 Au is being classified as an electric dipole transition, while the

other two states in 179Hf give strong indication of being electric

monopole transitions.

The Photonuclear Data Center—Compilation and abstracting activities have continued with the Center's files being maintained current

to within two months of the published literature. These files now

contain information on over 3,000 specific reactions published in over

1,500 research papers. The file of digitized cross section data has been

expanded to include data from over two hundred individual curves. The latest completely annotated index to the literature in the field was issued in May 1970.

Extreme-angle Emission of Long-Range Alpha Particles in the

Thermal Neutron Fission of 235 1/—Study of the emission of longrange alpha particles in fission yields direct information on the initial stages of the fission process. An experiment has been performed to

establish a correlation between the emission of long-range alpha particles at small angles with respect to the detected fission fragments

and the fragments themselves. The results show that extreme-angle

alpha particles have higher than average kinetic energy and are

associated with symmetric and near symmetric division of the nucleus.

Two-Photon Emission in (n,p) Capture—A search for two-photon

emission in thermal (n,p) capture is being conducted in collaboration

with American University. The experiment aims at establishing the

probability of occurrence of this process in an effort to help explain

part of the apparent discrepancies between the measured and cal- culated values of the thermal (n,p) capture cross section.

Nuclear Spectroscopy—The angular distributions of beta, gamma,

and conversion electronic radiations were measured for several cryogenically oriented radioactive isotopes. These oriented sources were

produced by the NBS isotope separator, which was used to implant a

particular isotope into a ferromagnetic material such as iron. The

interaction between the nuclear magnetic moment of the isotope and

the rather strong effective magnetic field, resulting from the elec- tronic structure of the medium, allows most elements having a nonzero nuclear magnetic moment to be oriented to an appreciable degree

in an adiabic demagnetization cryostat.

The multipolarity mixing ratios for twelve gamma-ray transitions

in osmium-192 and platinum-192 have been determined, as well as for

162
four beta transitions from iridium- 192. The sign of the magnetic

moment of iridium is determined to be positive. The sign of the magnetic moment of praseodymium-142 is negative and the magnitude

of the effective field is 60±*° tesla. A study of bromine and krypton

isotopes has been initiated; a preliminary result has shown the

ground state magnetic moment of bromine-82 to be positive.

High Energy Electron Scattering—The high energy electron scatter- ing program using the NBS electron linear accelerator proceeded at an accelerated pace during the past year because of an increased availability of beam time. Eight new experiments were begun, and the

data-taking phases of nine experiments were completed during the

year. The important new results of two experiments, studies of the

12 C giant resonance and of the low-lying states of 16 0, were published.

Electron scattering chamber. Bullseye seen through open port is used to aline the

Linac's electron beam (which enters through tube at left) with a target. Scattered

electrons enter the spectrometer at right. TV camera, upper left above chamber,

views bullseye through an outside mirror (not visible). 163
The charge distribution parameters of the even titanium isotopes

(46, 48, 50) were also measured. Other experiments are in progress

to study : the 15.1 MeV level in 12 C ; the giant resonance of 13 C ; the

energy level structure of 13 C, 14 C, 14 N, 16 0, 19 F, 48 Ti, 88 Sr, 89 Y, and 90Zr. Most of these experiments are being done in collaboration with guest

workers from a number of universities.

A number of improvements in the experimental apparatus are being made with the goal of measuring the electron-proton scattering

cross section to an accuracy of well under one percent. For this purpose a new detector system is being built. The new system will provide

improved knowledge of the detector efficiency, a method for direct

background measurement, higher counting rates, and higher resolution. Electrodisintegration Experiments—The energy and angular distri- butions of the 4He (<?,<?'

2 H) 2 H reaction in the energy interval of 33 to 55 MeV were measured. Since the center of mass and charge of the

system coincide, this reaction is expected to proceed via the absorption

of the E-2 transition radiation. The measured angular distribution

(sin2 20) supports this multipolarity assignment. This is believed to be the first direct measurement of an E-2 electron disintegration

cross section. Attempts to fit the data with wave functions that are not coupled to other modes of decay yield a cross section 10 to 100

times larger than these measurements.

Parity Violation in Strong Interactions—A program to study parity

violation due to the weak interaction in the overall nuclear interaction is underway in collaboration with Harvard University and

Brookhaven National Laboratory. At present the work is concentrat- ing on a measurement of the circular polarization of gamma rays

arising from thermal neutron capture in 113 Cd. The results of this

program should lead to a better understanding of the weak interaction process. STRUCTURE OF MATERIALS

Infrared and Raman Spectra of Simple Hydrogen Bonded Crystals—

As part of a program to investigate the lattice dynamics and interatomic forces in strong hydrogen-bonded crystals, as well as the basic

spectroscopic behavior of these systems, infrared and Laser-Raman

spectra for NaHF2 and KHF2 have been measured and analyzed. In

particular, the q = 0 lattice modes for these crystals have been identified and the infrared band shapes for the bending and stretching

modes of the HF2 ~~ ions have been studied extensively by isotope

dilution techniques. The isotope dilution results clearly indicate that

the considerable width of the infrared absorption bands assigned to the asymmetric stretching and bending vibrations is associated with

the coupling of near-neighbor HF2 ~ oscillators having similar fre- 164
quencies or energy states. These studies are being extended to neutron

spectral measurements.

Structure and Thermal Motion in PHJBr and PHJ—The crystal structure of PH4 Br has been determined by a three-dimensional neutron diffraction study. The structures of both PH4 Br and PH4 I can

be considered as tetragonal distortions of the CsCl structure. The

phosphonium ion has a P-H distance of 1.4.4 A and suffers the same

slight distortion from a regular tetrahedron in both salts. The orientations of the ions in these salts are such that the P-H bond is pointed

directly at the halide ion which is the second nearest neighbor of the

phosphonium ion. This is in contrast to the analogous crystal phase

of ammonium bromide in which the N-H bond points directly at the

bromide ion closest to the ammonium ion. Thermal motions of the

PH4 + ions in these salts have been derived from the diffraction data

using a rigid-body treatment. Comparison of the amplitudes of iibrational and translational motions with previous spectroscopic data

yields good agreement. The structural information obtained from

these experiments will be integrated with information obtained from

previous neutron, Raman, and NMR studies in an attempt to develop

a generally consistent force model for both the ammonium and

phosphonium halides.

Neutron Diffraction in Liquid Aluminum—The microscopic state of

a liquid is described in terms of the pair correlation function. This

function may be obtained by means of neutron diffraction. In the

past the statistical theory of the liquid state had not advanced far

enough to permit the calculation of the pair correlation. Recently,

however, new theoretical approaches to this problem have been developed which are successful in the case of the alkali metals. Hopefully these techniques may also be applied to polyvalent metals for

which pseudopotential theory applies. Measurements in aluminum

have been carried out near the melting point (660 °C), and are presently being extended to higher temperature (1000 °C). Theoretical

results will be compared with these measurements. This project is a cooperative effort of NBS, American University, and the Naval

Ordnance Laboratory.

Molecular Dynamics in Plastic Crystals—Solids containing molecules with a spherical shape generally exhibit a crystal phase below

the melting point in which the molecules begin to rotate rapidly with

about the same freedom as in the liquid phase. This phase change is associated with a striking change in thermodynamic and other physical properties. The solid becomes soft and waxy and is designated as

a "plastic" crystal. A neutron-scattering study of the plastic crystal

phase transition in neopentane has been completed in collaboration

with scientists from i^rgonne National Laboratory. The details of

the changes in molecular dynamics in the plastic phase have been

165
examined, by various theoretical fits to the changes in neutron quasielastic scattering with momentum transfer. A very low activation

energy for molecular reorientation (3.8 J/mol.) in the plastic phase

is derived from the temperature dependence of the neutron line- broadening. A systematic study of other plastic crystals is planned

using the NBS reactor's cold-neutron facility, to better understanding

the basic properties of these interesting materials.

Spin Canting In Rare Earth Iron Garnets (R3Fe5 012 )—The accepted

model for the microscopic spin alinement in these materials has been

a collinear arrangement, with a net moment resulting from unequal

antiparallel rare earth and iron sublattices. However, due to the large

component of the rare earth moment arising from the orbital electron

motion, it was predicted that the rare earth moment would tilt away

from the direction of the net moment under the influence of its noncubic local environment. These arrangements have now been detected

by low temperature neutron diffraction measurements in Dy, Tb, and

Er iron garnets, and help in understanding the fundamental magnetic

forces in these technologically important materials.

Crystal Structure of the TiNi Martensite—TiNi undergoes a crystal- lographic transformation just above room temperature that exhibits a novel "shape memory" effect, in which the material, deformed in the

low temperature phase, will revert to its original shape if heated

above the transition. Understanding this phenomenon requires a knowledge of the low temperature phase, which is extremely complicated. A model Avas proposed, based on x-ray diffraction measurements, in which certain shearing motions of the atoms cause strains

whose relief provides the mechanism of the shape memory. Since Ti

and Ni atoms look very different to x rays and neutrons, neutron

diffraction measurements were taken throughout the transition re- gion, and were found to confirm the model. This work was conducted

through a cooperative program with the Naval Ordnance Laboratory.

Investigation of Vitreous Solids—Vitreous silica, a simple and basic

material whose structure is representative of a large variety of sub- stances in the glassy state, has found broad use in a variety of scientific applications. The structure of vitreous silica has been the subject of numerous investigations in recent years. Discrepancies have

appeared in the published results of some investigations, depending

upon whether the x-ray or neutron diffraction technique was used. An

understanding of the source of these differing results and their resolution is essential for a thorough understanding and ultimate improvement of the various diffraction techniques employed in the analysis of

glassy structures. Through a cooperative program between the Naval

Research Laboratory and NBS, highly accurate data have been obtained on pure vitreous silica using both diffraction techniques. Newly

developed methods of analysis have shown these data to be consistent

166
and have indicated structural features unobserved previously. It is expected that these methods will be further developed and used in a continuing program that seeks to explain the structure of widely

used vitreous solids. Crystal Structure of Metal Ion Complexes—A number of crystal structures of metal ion complexes have been investigated in the past

year by means of x-ray and neutron diffraction techniques. The metal

ions used in these studies include Cu+ + , Cd++, Co+++, Ni+ + , and

the ligands include imidazole, pyrazole, 2,2'-bipyridine, 1,4-diazine

and pyridine N-oxide, and nitrate groups. Each of these ligands is potentially multifunctional; that is, bonding to its environment is possible through more than one site. A crystal structure analysis of

such complexes provides detailed information on the utilization of

the active sites of the ligand molecules and about the type and the

extent of the hydrogen bonding in the structure. Moreover, the analysis provides precise bond distances and angles. The data may be

utilized to interpret the spectroscopic results and to establish a con- nection between crystallographic and chemical properties for these

compounds.

Determination of Hydrogen Positions in the Crystal Structure of

Apophyllite—Apophyllite is a hydrated potassium, calcium fluorosilicate mineral. Its crystal structure was refined by neutron diffraction techniques in order to try to explain why loss of weight occurs in

two distinct steps on heating. The diffraction data were able to establish that a small fraction of the hydrogen was bonded to fluorine.

RADIATION THEORY

Electron and Photon Transport Theory—A set of methods and

computer programs for calculating the penetration and diffusion of

high-energy radiation through extended media has been further developed and refined. These methods involve "a combination of random

sampling with analytical multiple-scattering theory. Their reliability

has been established through an extensive series of comparisons with

experimental data on electron reflection and transmission coefficients,

depth-dose distributions, gamma-ray buildup factors, thick-target

bremsstrahlung and photo-neutron production coefficients, electron

energy-loss straggling distributions, and electron and photon flux

spectra. A set of programs for treating one-dimensional source- medium configurations has been distributed through the Oak Ridge

Shielding Information Center, and is now in use in several other

laboratories. Three-dimensional programs for configurations with

spherical and cylindrical symmetry have also been developed. Many

applications have been made to problems arising in a variety of fields. Typical examples are : the interpretation of cavity chamber measure- ments in water media irradiated with high-energy electron beams, in

167
order to establish the relation between the measured ionization in air

and the corresponding absorbed dose in water ; the determination of

the response function of silicon, germanium and sodium iodide detectors, that is, the statistical relation between observed pulse height

distributions and the actual photon or electron energy spectra; the

calculation of absorbed dose distributions from beta-emitting radionuclide sources used for diagnostic purposes in nuclear medicine ; the

calculation of the flux of auroral electrons incident onto the earth's

atmosphere from the knowledge of the secondary x rays observed in

balloon experiments at heights of 30-40 km; and the prediction of

three-dimensional auroral ionization and luminosity patterns.

High Energy Scattering Theorems—At very high energies E, the

celebrated "Pomeranchuk Theorem" predicts equality of the total cross sections cr for the two scattering processes: (1) particle A

strikes particle B and (2) particle A (the antiparticle of A) strikes

particle Z?. (Example: A — K+ meson, B = proton (^>),and^L = K~

meson). Recent high energy data taken at the Serpukhov 70 GeV

accelerator indicate that the <xs for K~p and K+p have become independent of energy (a prerequisite for the theorem to apply), but are unequal/ An NBS investigation of this problem resulted in (1) an

input assumption of the theorem which can be relaxed while doing

least violence to physics as we now know it, (2) discarding of this

assumption, and (3) prediction that (i) the width of the forward

peak of the differential elastic cross section dcr/dt shrinks asymptotically as (log E) 2 and (ii) at fixed energy in the asymptotic region,

dcr/dt oscillates wildly with the momentum transfer.

High Energy Reaction Cross Sections—A detailed description of

high energy meson-baryon reactions has been carried out using SU(3)

and SU(6) W invariant amplitudes. Some photoproduction processes have also been analyzed.

Elementary Particle Spectroscopy—The classification of mesons and

baryons into SU(3) and SU(6) multiplets and the relations of their

spectra to the quark model are fundamental problems of particle

spectroscopy. An important question is whether exotic particles exist

(those with quantum numbers different from what can be obtained

in the three quark model for baryons and the quark-antiquark model

for mesons). This is related to the possible splitting of the A2 meson,

and to the forward peaking of reaction cross sections in which exotic

amplitudes may be exchanged. The properties of such particles, and

tests for their existence, have been studied extensively and were

reported in invited papers.

Estimates of Error in Moment Calculations of Radiation Penetration

Data—Important tabulations of gamma-ray and neutron distributions

exist whose accuracy, while thought to be high, has never been gaged

quantitatively. Among these are distributions which have been re- 168
constructed from spatial moments, with the use of biorthogonal polynomial systems in the representation. Methods have been worked out

for estimating limits to the error caused by the truncation of these

series due to knowledge of only a finite set of moments.

Neutron and Gamma Ray Codes—Considerable progress has been

made on computer codes using the moments method to calculate penetration of neutrons and gamma rays through matter. The gammaray code has been modified to include the contribution from fluores- cent photons generated after photoelectric absorption, and annihilation photons generated after pair production. The neutron code has

been modified to accept ENDF/B cross section data, to process cross

sections for multielement materials such as air and concrete, and to include the termal neutron component. Calculations have been made

for point isotropic sources of fission neutrons and 14 MeV neutrons

in air, as well as for a plane source with an air-equilibrium spectrum

of neutrons, incident perpendicularly on concrete. Quartet Structure of Nuclei—The low energy spectra of all even- even nuclei with the mass number a multiple of four up to A = 60

have been shown to consistently have what is essentially a quartet

structure, which is the shell model equivalent of the Rutherford a- particle model.

Short Range Correlations—The influence of the high momentum

components of the nuclear wave function on definite processes has

been investigated. It was shown that short range correlations of the

type described by the Jastrow model increase the theoretical absorption probability of tt~ mesons in light nuclei by about a factor 106 as compared with the value given by the uncorrelated shell model. The

new value is essentially in agreement with experiment. A calculation

of the (y,pn) reaction, which is also sensitive to the short range correlations, has been completed for some specific cases. X-Ray Attenuation Coefficient Information Center—Three decades

of energy (100 MeV to 100 GeV) were added to previous evaluated

data tabulations in this series with the publication of NSRDS-NBS

29: "Photon Cross Sections, Attenuation Coefficients, and Energy

Absorption Coefficients from 10 keV to 100 GeV" (for 23 elements

ranging from hydrogen (Z = 1) to uranium (Z = 92) and 13 mixtures. Collaboration was continued with researchers at the Lawrence

Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, Calif., resulting in the publication

of Sec. I (Jan. 1970)' and Sees. Ill and IV (August 1969) of UCRL50174: "Compilation of X-Ray Cross Sections" (87 elements from

hydrogen (Z = 1) to plutonium (Z = 94) for photon energies 1 keV

to 1 MeV). An NBS-LRL contribution to the International Tables

for X-Ray Crystallography was combined from Sections I and IV of

UCRL-50174. In addition, a magnetic tape of photon cross section

data (87 elements, 1 keV—100 MeV), combining pair production and

high-energy Compton scattering data from NSRDS-NBS 29 with

169
atomic photoeffect and low-energy Rayleigh and Compton scattering

data from UCRL-50174, has been made available in ENDF/B

(Evaluated Nuclear Data File) format from the National Neutron

Cross Section Center, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, N.Y.

FACILITIES OPERATIONS

Reactor—The NBS reactor became fully operational during the

year. All required reactor testing was completed and a full-term 15- year license was issued by the AEC. During this period more than

6,000 hours of reactor time were provided to users. This is equivalent

to 60,000 megawatt-hours of energy produced. Currently operation is at the maximum rated power of 10 Mw on a continuous around-theclock basis about two thirds of the time. This schedule permits operation with minimum staffing. Reactor performance to date has been

excellent, and efficiency and time utilization have been very high.

Very little time has been lost due to malfunctions or unscheduled

shutdowns.

Seven of nine beam tubes, the thermal column, and one throughtube are fully instrumented and in constant use for a wide variety of

research and application programs. The remaining two tubes, as well

as the unique cryogenic facility, will be instrumented and operational

next year. Extensive use was made of the reactor in-core irradiation facilities. One long-term facility was added and several others are planned.

More than 1,200 irradiations were made during the year. These in- cluded a wide variety of research and development programs ranging

from biological and medical studies to activation analysis programs,

radiation effects studies, and the production of numerous radioisotopes.

Use of the reactor by organizations outside CRR has increased significantly during the past year and continues to expand rapidly.

Twenty-five scientists from other parts of the Bureau, representing

16 man-years of effort, used the reactor regularly, either directly or

in cooperation with scientists in the Reactor Radiation Division. An

additional 32 scientists from other agencies, universities, and industry

spent 12 man-years of effort using the reactor. In preparation for full power operation it was necessary to measure the maximum temperature reached by the fuel elements during

the process of transferring spent fuel elements from the reactor to storage facilities. Since the fuel transfer system did not permit the

attachment of thermocouples to the fuel plate itself, infrared

pyrometry techniques were devised to measure the fuel plate temperatures. In addition to confirming that the fuel elements always re- mained at safe temperatures, the development of this technique

provided a generally useful method for studying fuel element temperatures in a highly radioactive environment.

170
Crystal mounted on a rod and positioned within a goniometer (center) tor analysis using a neutron scattering technique. Neutrons enter from right, scatter from

the crystal, and are detected at left. All angle positioning of the goniometer is done

through programming of an on-line computer.

Diffractometer Control System—A system for real-time computer control of four neutron diffractometers and an x-ray diffractometer has

been put into routine operation at the reactor. The system is being

used in structure studies of crystals (particularly crystals containing

hydrogen or magnetic ions), glasses, and liquids. All programs for

the collection, reduction, and collation of data are written in

FORTRAN II language. A 15-minute film describing the system is available on free loan.

Linear Accelerator —During the year approximately 2600 hours of

beam time were provided for experiments using the linac. This was

73.9 percent of the scheduled beam time and an increase of 54 percent

over the beam time provided last year. Continued modifications to the

accelerator and beam transport equipment have been made to improve

beam quality and reduce maintenance. The fraction of the scheduled

time during which beam was delivered to experiments was increased

10 percent. This increase was made possible by operation of the linac

around-the-clock on a four day week schedule during most of the year. Experiments using the accelerator include programs in electron

scattering, photoneutron production, production of heavy ions, meas- urement of neutron total absorption cross sections, studies in beam

monitoring, tests of accelerator theory, programs in activation anal171
ysis, production of radioactive sources for materials studies using

Mossbauer sources, and for studies of photonuclear reactions, studies

of direct production of specific fission products induced by energetic

neutrons, studies of transient radiation effects in dye dosimeters and

in dilute DNA solutions, development of monoenergetic polarized

photon beams, and programs in electron and x-ray beam dosimetry.

Programs to develop picosecond beam pulses are continuing. Construction of beam transport systems into new experimental areas continues.

During the year 46 workers from 15 outside institutions and from

NBS groups outside of CRR used the linac. Most of the guest workers spent a relatively small fraction of their time at NBS, doing

analysis of their data at their home institutions. During the year

4 doctoral degrees from three different universities were granted

based on experimental work done using the linac. All or most data for

10 other doctoral candidate theses were taken during the year. New Facility for High-Intensity High-Rate Electron and X Irradiations—A high-intensity pulsed electron beam source has been in- stalled. This source, which is capable of producing 2-MeV electron

beams having peak currents exceeding 5000 amperes in a pulse of

50 nanoseconds or less, can be used for investigations of electron or x-ray interactions at high rates, radiation chemistry, fluorescent

decay studies, and other radiation effects requiring high rates or fast

electron beam pulses. It should also be useful in developing dosimeters and dosimetric techniques for these high rates. 4-MeV Electron Accelerator—The 4-MeV electron accelerator is continuously being updated to insure the maximum utilization of its capabilities. Among the items added in the last year are a capacitive

feedback system to stabilize the terminal potential. This system operates with considerably less maintenance than the corona discharge

system previously utilized. In addition, the construction of a 180°

electron scattering apparatus using a Si (Li) annular electron detec- tor has begun, and should be operable in the next few months. This

apparatus, with the previously available 18-in scattering chamber

and the 180° photon scattering apparatus, will give the experimenter

considerable latitude in the area of low-energy electron and photon

experiments.

Isotope Separator—The ions 27 A1+ and 52 Cr+ were implanted into

targets for the Naval Research Laboratory. In addition, 7 B+

, 14N+,

160+, and mass 28( 12 C

16 0+ and 14 N+) ions were implanted into

various surfaces in collaboration with RCA. Ions of 20Ne+ were implanted into niobium for coulomb excitation experiments at Pennsylvania State University. For NBS studies 82 Br+ ions were implanted into iron foil at an energy of 100 keV for nuclear orientation

studies, and 85Kr+ ions in natural krypton were implanted in alumi372
num foils for neutron activation in the NBS reactor and also for

determining the ratio of 85Kr+ and 85Kr1 H+ at masses 85 and 86. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHERS

Symposium on Electromagnetic Interactions in Two-, Three-, and

Four-Nucleon Systems—An understanding of the properties of the

s-shell nuclei is necessary to bridge the gap between the nucleonnucleon interaction problem and the many-body problems of nuclear

structure. During the last five years considerable progress has been

made in the development of both experimental as well as theoretical

techniques applicable to the study of these few-nucleon systems. A

one-day symposium for experimentalists as well as theorists actively

engaged in research on two-, three-, and four-body nuclei was held

at the Center for Radiation Research on Sunday, April 26, 1970, just

prior to the start of the Washington Meeting of the American Physical Society. Approximately seventy physicists from the United States

and Canada spent the day discussing the most recent theoretical and

experimental results as well as attempting to delineate the progress

that has been made recently in understanding the properties of these

light nuclei.

Scintillation and Semiconductor Counter Symposium—Sponsored

jointly by NBS, the Nuclear Science Group of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, and the Atomic Energy Commission, the 12th Scintillation and Semiconductor Counter Symposium

was held in Washington. D.C. on March 11-13, 1970. An audience of more than 400 registrants heard scientists and engineers from the

U.S. and five other countries present the latest developments in radiation detectors and their associated circuitry. The proceedings of this

biennial event were published by the Nuclear Science Group of the

IEEE.

173
CENTER FOR COMPUTER SCIENCES AND

TECHNOLOGY

The quarter century since the advent of the electronic computer saw the National Bureau of Standards as a leader in the early development of what is now the fastest growing technology in the world.

The Bureau's program in this field, greatly expanded since the forties

when early NBS research on computers was a partial function of the

Ordnance Development Division and the National Applied Mathematics Laboratories, today is carried on by the Center for Computer

Sciences and Technology (CCST) under a Congressional mandate

embodied in the 1965 Brooks Bill (Public Law 89-306). This law and

supporting policy guidance from the Bureau of the Budget assign

to NBS the responsibility for

(1) providing guidance in the promulgation of hardware and

software standards, both for industry-wide voluntary standards and Federal standards,

(2) providing other government agencies with technical assistance

and consultation in both hardware and software areas for the

efficient use of computers,

(3) promoting training in various areas of computer applications,

(4) providing information services related to computer technology,

(5) providing computer services—involving the use of both equipment and programming—to NBS and to other government

agencies, and

(6) engaging in exploratory research.

The CCST is a national center for research and development for

the Government in the broad fields of computer sciences and technology. It employs a professional staff of about 150 people, consisting

of mathematicians, engineers, chemists, physicists, operations research

analysts, computer systems analysts, computer systems administrators, physical science administrators, and others. The work of the

CCST interfaces with and is supported by the work of various other

groups within the Bureau, within other agencies of the Federal Government, and within the affected organizations of the technical com- munity outside government, such as the American National Standards Institute.

The technical work of CCST is carried out in the Office of the

Center's Director, two special mission-oriented offices, and three

technical divisions.

174
COMPUTER SERVICES

As part of its basic program, the Center operates a computer service that provides computer and. related services to NBS and other

government agencies on a cost-reimbursable basis. Primary emphasis

is placed both on support of scientific, experimental and developmental applications and on assistance during the development and

early implementation of systems that the user anticipates converting

to his own computer within a specific period. Access to the main computer system, an intercoupled UNIVAC 1108/418, is provided to both on-site users and those at remote terminals connected via tele- phone lines. An illustrative example is the assistance to the Economic Development Administration, which began using the NBS facility from a remote terminal in the summer of 1967 and, as planned, converted

to its own computer in January 1970. This assistance permitted the

orderly development of a broad economic data base and informationhandling techniques at a minimum cost. Terminals at U.S. Forest

Service offices in Washington, D.C., Atlanta, Milwaukee, Denver, and

Albuquerque were connected to the system, enabling the Forest Service to experiment with centralized road design computations and

collaborative development of new design techniques. At the same

time, a saving was achieved by the Forest Service by not having to acquire additional computer equipment to support the decentralized

operations.

HI

The Bureau's computer facility works three shifts a day processing data for

scientists and administrators of NBS and other government agencies.

175
Cost/benefit analyses obtained from experimentation with various

terminal equipments and various communication facilities were used

in selecting equipment and facilities. This resulted in a saving of

$1200 per terminal and a performance improvement of 12 to 25 per- cent over leased devices. Adjustments and modifications to the operating software have resulted in increased operational efficiencies and

have provided the experience necessary for evolving a fully modernized multiaccess, multiprocessor computer. Conversion from contractor to in-house maintenance of the 1108 system has improved the

overall stability and responsiveness of the Bureau's computer system

to user requirements.

User Communications—-The Computer Services Division trys to keep users up-to-date on technical matters affecting computer utilization. The system itself is used to (1) print notices of current interest

at the end of each printed output; (2) produce a comprehensive

user's manual and maintain an up-to-date version in on-line mass

storage, and (3) maintain a list of known software bugs and tips on how to avoid them. In addition, frequent newsletters are issued

containing technical information and advance notice of proposed

system changes, enabling users whose programs are affected to plan

accordingly. Occasional seminars presented by the systems staff serve

to pass along "tricks of the trade," stimulating users to think about more efficient ways of using the system. These communications are aimed both at better service to the users and at freeing systems programmers for more effective use by reducing demands for one-to-one

user counseling.

COMPUTER INFORMATION

Office of Computer Information (OCI) has been set up in the

Center to serve as a specialized information center in the computer

field. It functions in several ways

Developing an Information Management System—An information

management system known as CHAOTIC (Computer and HumanAssisted Organization of a Technical Information Center) provides

two significant outputs : an archival magnetic tape file of information

describing each item of computer information which can be used for

retrospective search in a batch-processing mode or eventually in an

on-line interactive mode, and a magnetic tape file from which a set of indexes is produced for immediate use as search tools. The latter include KWIC (Key Word In Context) and KWOT (Key Word

Out of Title) indexes, personal and corporate author indexes, subject

category listings, and a master bibliographic list. Classifying Computer Information—Participants representing government, industry, and the academic community developed a conceptoriented classification scheme for computer program documentation,

176
to be used by programmers and patent searchers. The outgrowth of

this work is a computer-based classification system, programmed in

COBOL, known as CAIC (Computer-Assisted Indexing and Classification), based on a statistical Avord association approach.

Information Service—Information was provided in response to requests from government, industry, the academic community, and in- ternational organizations on the following topics : XBS reports, availability of computer programs, identification reports on official guidelines or procurement policy for ADP systems, reference material on

various types of ADP equipment. American literature on cost/benefit analysis, reference materials on the computer and microfilm applications, technical aspects of data banks and data communications,

standards for tape format for information interchange, ADP glos- sary, use of EDP in security portfolio and stock market analysis, and

classification schemes for computer information. Bibliographies were

prepared on: computerized numerical control, litigation and computers, optical character recognition printing, and social implications of computers.

The first three volumes of a series of studies in research and development requirements in the computer and information sciences were

issued, and XBS Monograph Xo. 91 was reissued with additions.

STANDARDS

FIPS PUBS—Ten Federal Information Processing Standards

(FIPS PUBS) have been published, the last three during fiscal 1970.

The ten are : FIPS PUB 0—General Description of the Federal In- formation Processing Standards Register: FIPS PUB 1—Code for

Information Interchange : FIPS PUB 2—Perforated Tape Code for

Information Interchange: FIPS PUB 3—Recorded Magnetic Tape

for Information Interchange (800 CPI. XRZI) : FIPS PUB 4—

Calendar Date: FIPS PUB 5—States of the United States: FIPS

PUB 6—Counties of the States of the United States: FIPS PUB 7—

Implementation of the Code for Information Interchange and Related

Media Standards: FIPS PUB 8—Metropolitan Statistical Areas:

and FIPS PUB 9—Congressional Districts of the United States. Six proposed Federal Information Processing Standards have

been forwarded to the Office of Management and Budget for adoption

and approval. These include standards for : a. Bit Sequencing of the Code for Information Interchange in

Serial-by-Bit Data Transmission

b. Character Structure and Character Parity Sense in Parallelby-Bit Data Communication in the Code for Information Inter- change

c. Character Structure and Character Parity Sense for Serial-byBit Communication in the Code for Information Interchange

177
d. Hollerith Punched Card Code

e. Rectangular Holes in 12-Row Punched Cards

f. Subsets of the Standard Code for Information Interchange.

In addition, the following proposed Federal Information Process- ing Standards are in the process of coordination with the Federal

Departments and Agencies

a. Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communication Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Inter- change

b. Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Automatic

Calling Equipment for Data Communication

c. Layout of Forms for OCR Input

d. Specifications for General Purpose Paper Cards for Information Processing

e. COBOL Programming Language

f. Recorded Magnetic Tape for Information Interchange (200

CPI, NRZI)

g. Recorded Magnetic Tape for Information Interchange (1600

CPI, NRZI)

To assist the Office of Information Processing Standards in deriving requirements and plans for Federal information processing

standards development, a new committee, the Federal Information

Processing Standards Coordinating and Advisory Committee, was

established. Seven task groups have been established, under the sponsorship of this committee, to undertake development work in the

folloAving areas: Task Group 1—Objectives and Requirements for Standards

Task Group 2—Data Terminal and Data Systems Requirements

Task Group 3—Character Sets, Sign Conventions and Packing

Techniques

Task Group 4—Subsections on Standards for Use in Requests

for Proposals

Task Group 5—Federal Information Processing Vocabulary

Task Group 6—Magnetic Tape and Recorded References

Task Group 7—Magnetic Tape Labels for Information Interchange

The first of several candidate Magnetic Disk Reference Surfaces was delivered to the Office of Information Processing Standards.

This is an early step in the establishment of a National Reference

Disk Standard.

The Office of Information Processing Standards has provided

expertise and professional assistance in the development of American National Standards. This has resulted in numerous National

Standards being proposed by ANSI over the past year. Many technical meetings of ANSI X3 and X4 groups were hosted by the National Bureau of Standards at its facilities in Gaithersburg.

178
NBS staff members have contributed to the development of Inter- national Recommendations in the area of information processing

through ISO Technical Committee 97 and its subcommittees.

Arrangements have been made through the NBS Clearinghouse for

Scientific and Technical Publications to have FIPS PUBS made

available in microfiche form. In addition, arrangements have been

made to provide the long list of data element standards having lists of items recorded in machine-sensible form on magnetic tape and

punched cards.

Information pertinent to the Federal information processing standards program appears in a regular monthly column, entitled FIPS

Xotes, in the NBS Technical News Bulletin.

NBS Standard Reference Magnetic Tape—The CCST is now supplying the Office of Standard Reference Materials with SRM 3200—

unrecorded secondary standard magnetic tape, which is now in use by the computer tape and equipment industries nationally and internationally. For the first time these Government-sponsored reference

tapes are available to industry for use in evaluating the performance

of magnetic computer tapes and maintaining control over their production. This standard tape resulted from research on tape charac

teristics, in the course of which the performance measurements labo- ratories had to develop neAV instrumentation, a tape evaluation

system that measures the amplitude of signal pulses read from the

tape. This instrumentation is now used in calibrating the standard

Adjusting circuitry that measures the amplitude of pulses recorded on reference magnetic tape in order to calibrate the tape. 179
tapes and in maintaining the primary and secondary reference tapes

held in repository. The prototype instrumentation has been redesigned

and a new model fabricated for the General Services Administration's Magnetic Surfaces Laboratory, which is now located at the

Bureau's Gaithersburg laboratory complex. Here it is used in per- forming qualification and acceptance tests in procuring magnetic tape

for use with computers in the Federal Government.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND ADVISORY SERVICES

As a part of its central mission, the Center provides consultation,

technical assistance, and advisory services to other government agencies. The services range from brief consultations to such long-range

projects as providing technical assistance in the design and development of computer systems, and other- agency sponsored exploratory

research.

Consulting services have continued to the Lister Hill Center for

Biomedical Communications of the National Library of Medicine on

problems of optical character recognition, networking, compatibility,

and health records. Consultation has been provided to the Patent

Office with respect to handling patents for computer programs and

in undertaking an experimental computer-assisted patent classifica- tion system. The Department of State was advised on the potential use of a large on-line information retrieval system. Assistance was

rendered to the U.S. Office of Education in the evaluation of computer-related education research programs. The Department of Housing and Urban Development was assisted in evaluating contract proposals for urban information systems. Consultation was given the

Post Office Department on a time-sharing system used to redirect

mail to servicemen in Viet Nam whose duty stations have been

changed. Other consulting services have been provided to the Department of Commerce, the Agency for International Development,

the Department of State, the Department of Justice, and the National Commission for Product Safety.

Laboratory Automation—The CCST continued assistance to NBS

laboratories in the design and development of laboratory automation

equipment and in the design and programming of systems to accom- pany them. New instrumentation creates demands for real-time control of experiments, precision in computation, and the processing of masses of data. One such project is concerned with the system design

and programming of a laboratory facility for the Analytical Chemistry Division of NBS. The computer is programmed to acquire

signals on-line and in real time from several instruments simultaneously and to be responsive to the scientist's requests for service. Applications will include processing environmental sensor data, test- 180
ing combustion efficiency of auto engines, controlling urban transportation flow, and computing data from electrocardiograms.

XBS data automation scientists have assisted other scientists in setting up data acquisition systems, some using small, dedicated elec- tronic computers. In one such installation at the Bureau, a Halleffect experiment was connected, via special-purpose hardware, to a time-shared computer. The voltage sequence magnetic flux, and specimen temperature were under control of the remote computer. The

interaction between the experiment control and the computer was

stylized so that they could communicate as if a human operator were

seated at the console.

In another application of data automation, a biological microscope

at the National Institutes of Health was fitted with a mechanical

stage which could be moved in three dimensions under control of an

associated computer. The computer selects the illumination wavelength and intensity, controls the scan, measures light transmission

at each point scanned, and writes the data on magnetic tape or sends

it via telephone line to a large computer for processing. This system

is being used for pattern recognition in identifying blood cells, for

autoradiograph scanning, to produce three-dimensional representations of tissue scanned, for microspectrophotometric analyses, and as a design tool in creating new scanning systems.

A computer controls the scan and records data from this microscope.

181
Automated Accounting System—An automated accounting system

has been developed during the past two years for the Agricultural

Research Service. The complex multiphase system was originally

designed for three terminals in distant cities. Subsequent reorganization modified the original concept and the system is now being completed for a computer in the Agriculture Library, where it will have

a centralized input.

The U.S. Army TACFIRE Program—NBS consultants assisted the

Army TACFIRE program by participating in monitoring contracts

for both hardware and software required in this multiple, real-time

computer system.

Remote Computer Graphics—A study of system design and support

of remote computer graphics has been completed for the National

Aeronautics and Space Administration. This activity included the

development of a graphical text editor, which was used at the NBS

research facilities to study the performance, in general, of graphical

displays connected to time-shared systems by communication lines of

limited bandwidth.

Microfilm Reader-Copier—A microfilm reader-copier called the

Select-a-Frame has been developed for the National Library of Medicine to provide a rapid means of making automatically original-size

prints of frames selected from rolls of microfilm.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Performance Measurement—A study was initiated to measure the

performance of remote access computer systems. The computer programs being written will allow the in-house time-sharing research

system to be used as a tool in measuring the performance of other

time-sharing systems. The output of this work is expected to be useful

to those individuals and groups having to select one of several timesharing systems for remote terminal work.

Teletypewriter Terminal Design—A multiheaded teletypewriter

terminal has been designed and constructed for use with in-house

CCST programs. This terminal consists of three teletypewriter devices that are mediated by an electronic system to communicate over

a single line with the remote computer system. The new terminal will

permit simultaneous operation and printout of clean hard copy for

later reference. It will also facilitate multiple terminal experiments

using only the single line to the computer.

Pharmacological Information System—A computerized pharmacological information system designed with support from the National

Institutes of Health is geared to the highly complex needs of drug

researchers. Its purpose is to enable a small pharmacological research

group having no knowledge of computers to set up its own data file. The system would place emphasis on the portion of the file having

182
interest to the group and would offer facilities for the drug researchers to query the file and receive answers. A sample file compiled of

psychotropic drugs and related compounds includes information on names of compounds, chemical structures, physiological action in

humans, and lethal doses of drugs in experimental animals. One

major benefit of the system is the potential for rapid screening of

large masses of data.

Communications Network Planning—The Defense Communications

System controls large, complex switched networks that use the facilities of commercial communications carriers. The Defense Communications Agency (DCA) staff requires methodologies for effective

and economical network planning, design, and management in order

to reduce the network's susceptibility to large-scale attack, to improve

reliability, and to optimize other facets within the constraints of

availability, cost, and such factors. The CCST assisted the DCA in

developing new methodologies and efficient computer programs, implementing them for application to the planning, design, and management of the Defense Communications System.

Two-Dimensional Graphic Structures—Recent years have seen an

increased interest in computer graphics—both the entry of graphical

data into a computer and in the computer generation of graphic

displays for human viewing. Although there has been progress in

hardware for graphic processing, the field remains in its infancy.

One reason is the difficulty of processing or describing a graph in

terms other than an assemblage of points and lines. Research is being

conducted into the linguistics of two-dimensional graphic struc- tures—the nature of relationships among elements, ways of determining well-formedness, and ways of translating between two- and one- dimensional representations. The areas of immediate interest are Chinese characters and molecular diagrams.

Data Definition Language—Work was begun on developing a data

definition language (DDL) that will permit any data file to be

described and the description interpreted by a programming language compiler. Such a DDL would promote the interchange of data

and programs from one computer system or from one installation to another. The eventual goal is to incorporate the DDL into a system

that can translate data files, structurally revising them to effect their

movement from computer system to computer system.

Interactive Programming—An experiment is being conducted in the

design of a computer program for interactive use b}T a program

designer for producing other computer programs. The program with

which the designer works is called a "generator program." Generators

have their principal use in such applications as computer-assisted

instruction, or in writing interrogation programs that might, for

example, be used to elicit a medical history from a patient. Special183
ists in computer-related areas can relieve others of the need to

specialize by making it less difficult and costly to write interactive

computer programs and by improving the conversational fluency of

such programs. Thus, a program generator might produce only

true/false or multiple-choice computer-assisted instruction programs,

with a systems programmer creating a generator which would then

be used by a teacher or course author to produce the actual courses. TRAINING

The Center attempts to maintain awareness in the profession of

recent technical developments in electronic data processing. To this

end, a course was sponsored in conjunction with the Personnel Division; it was called "Advanced Concept and Principle of Third

Generation Computer Services."

Training has also been supplied at the Center to foreign nationals,

under sponsorship of the Agency for International Development.

CONFERENCES AND SYMPOSIA

The Center conducts a colloquium series with the primary objective

of fostering discussion on various aspects of computer applications,

such as problems, policies, long-range plans, and new product developments. Half of the speakers come from industry and half from

Government. The audience is restricted to seventy-five people in order

to obtain highly responsive audiences.

On April 27 and 28, 1970, NBS hosted the ACM First Workshop

on Terminals and Communications, sponsored by the Association for

Computing Machinery.

The Workshop was attended by about 150 representatives, drawn

largely from the terminal, computer, and communications industries

and from Government. Presentations covered principles of basic data

movement, standardization work in progress worldwide, the economic

value of standardization, communication systems performance, control procedures, live discipline and protocol, networks, keyboards,

cathode ray tube display terminals, interactive interfaces, and programming for communications processors. Representatives from the Center participated with major ADP

policy-making officials in Government and industry management at a conference held in Charlottesville, Virginia, September 15-17, to examine the impact of developments on the Government's policies

and practices for selecting, procuring, and managing computer

systems.

In December 1969 the Center cosponsored a conference for 450

registrants on image storage and transmission systems for libraries;

the other sponsors were the Federal Library Committee's Task Force

184
on Automation, the Lister Hill National Center for Biomedical Communications, and the Panel on Information Science and Technology

of the Committee on Science and Technology. Members of the Center

also participated in Federal Library Committee task forces, including

those for: (1) compilation of descriptions of mechanized information systems in Government agencies, (2) revision of the COSATIsponsored standard for microfiche, (3) study of the status of auto- mation activities in the Federal library community, and (4) preparation of a definitive report on the impact of information sciences technology on the economy and on policy implications.

Several members of the CCST are chairmen of active professional

committees, such as the Special Interest Group on Computer Systems

Installation Management of the ACM; they have chaired meetings

and panel discussions at national conferences in addition to presenting papers at conferences. Several members of the Center's staff serve on important policy-making committees in the profession, both nationally and internationally, in connection with standards activities and with other functions in the data processing field.

185
OFFICE FOR INFORMATION PROGRAMS

This Office, established in 1969 under an Associate Director for

Information Programs, has management responsibility for two operating programs, the National Standard Reference Data Program and

the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information,

and four supporting functions, the Office of Technical Information

and Publications, the Office of Public Information, the NBS Library,

and the Office of International Relations.

Management of these diverse but related functions was consolidated

to coordinate and harmonize all the elements of the NBS information

system, from support of the experimentalist and theoretician, through

dissemination of the technical information output of the Bureau and

the Federal Government to meet the needs of the technical and

general public, to building relations with the national and international technical communities. The principal accomplishments of these

activities are described below.

NATIONAL STANDARD REFERENCE DATA SYSTEM

The formal existence of the National Standard Reference Data

System dates from 1963, when the Federal Council for Science and

Technology asked the National Bureau of Standards to assume primary responsibility in the Federal Government for promoting and

coordinating the critical evaluation of numerical data in the physical

sciences. The program was conceived as a decentralized national

effort, with financial support coming from a variety of Government

and private sources, but with NBS responsible for the overall planning and coordination. The existing data compilation activities supported by NBS and other Government agencies were to serve as the

nucleus of the system. These activities were to be strengthened, new

projects started in neglected technical areas, and the entire effort molded into a coherent program.

The technical scope of the program is restricted to well-defined

physical and chemical properties of substances and systems that are

well-characterized. While this definition leaves some borderline cases, the intent is to concentrate the effort on intrinsic properties that

are clearly defined in terms of accepted physical theory. Properties

which depend upon arbitrarily defined characteristics of the measure- ment technique are generally excluded. Likewise, materials of un- 186
certain or variable composition are not included. Biological properties

and data relating to large natural systems also fall outside the

program.

A primary aim of the program is to provide critically evaluated

numerical data, in a convenient and accessible form, to the scientific and technical community. Certain secondary outputs, such as annotated bibliographies and procedures for computerized handling of

data, are also prepared. A less tangible but equally important aim

is to provide feedback into the generation of physical data that will

raise the general standards of measurement. That is, by communicating the experience gained in evaluating the world output of data in

the physical sciences, experimental techniques will hopefully be

advanced and the reliability of physical measurements improved.

Management of the National Standard Reference Data System is provided by the Office of Standard Reference Data. Over 30 con- tinuing data centers and other data evaluation projects are currently

being supported by this Office. Many of these projects are located in

NBS technical divisions; others are operated on a contract basis at

universities, other Government laboratories, and industrial laboratories. The continuing data centers search the world literature for

papers within their technical scope, organize and index these papers

for convenient retrieval, and carry out critical evaluations of the

data reported in them. In addition, the data centers provide bibliographic support for individuals writing critical reviews or carrying

out critical evaluation on specific topics.

Current Activities

The NSRDS program of data evaluation is divided into six technical areas. Highlights of the current activities in these areas are given below, along with a summary of progress of groups concerned

with information services and data systems design.

Thermodynamic and Transport Properties

During the year, the program in thermodynamics and transport

properties of the Office of Standard Reference Data included ongoing

projects in the following areas

Chemical Thermodynamic Data on Inorganic Compounds

Thermodynamic Data on Organic Compounds

Properties of Molten Salts

Thermodynamic Properties of Polar Gases : Ammonia

Low Temperature Specific Heats

Systems at High Pressure

Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium in Binary Mixtures of Non-Electrolytes

at Low Pressures

187
Binary Metal and Metalloid Constitution Diagrams

Thermal Conductivity of Selected Materials, in Particular the

Elements

Transport Properties of Fluids

Properties of Electrolyte Solutions

Thermodynamic Properties of Cryogenic Fluids

Thermodynamic Properties of Nitrogen

Thermodynamic Data near the Critical Point of Binary Liquid

Mixtures and the Neel Point of Magnets

These projects are sponsored by NBS although some are supported

in part by other agencies.

Projects were added on excess thermodynamic properties of liquid

mixtures of hydrocarbons and the heat capacity of water near the

critical point. The first of these is closely related to the project on

vapor-liquid equilibria in binary mixtures. The second is part of a

series of projects, some sponsored by the Office of Standard Reference Data, others not, which provides an evaluation of data in the

critical region on the basis of recent theoretical advances.

Three monographs containing evaluated data have appeared during the year. These are

Molten Salts: Vol. 2, Section 1. Electrochemistry of Molten Salts:

Gibbs Free Energies and Excess Free Energies From Equilibrium—Type Cells, by G. J. Janz, and Chr. G. M. Dijkhuis;

Section 2. Surface Tension Data, by G. J. Janz, G. R. Lakshminarayanan, R. P. T. Tomkins and J. Wong. NSRDSNBS-28, 1969.

High-Temperature Properties and Decomposition of Inorganic

Salts, Part 2. Carbonates, by K. H. Stern and E. L. Weise.

NSRDS-NBS-30, 1969.

Electrolytic Conductance and the Conductances of the Halogen

Acids in Water, by Walter J. Hamer and Harold J. DeWane.

NSRDS-NBS-33, 1970.

Two other publications might be mentioned. These are products of

the GSSSD, the Russian national data system, which have been trans- lated into English at the request of the Office of Standard Reference

Data. They are • Thermophysical Properties of Liquid Air and its Components by

A. A. Vasserman and V. A. Rabinovich TT69-55092 1 Thermophysical Properties of Gases and Liquids No. 1 by V. A.

Rabinovich, Editor TT69-55091

The Office of Standard Reference Data also provides support for

the Bulletin of Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry, an annual

annotated bibliography of the literature in the field.

1 The TT numbers are to be used in ordering from the Clearinghouse for Federal

Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield, Va. 188
On November 5-7, 1969, a symposium on "The Evaluation of the

Thermodynamic Properties of Fliuds" was held at Airlie House,

Warrenton, Va. The symposium was sponsored by the Numerical

Data Advisory Board of the National Academy of Sciences-National

Research Council at the request of the Office of Standard Reference

Data. The primary themes of the symposium were

(a) The estimation of the reliability of experimental, theoretical,

and evaluated data, techniques for data evaluation, and related

problems.

(b) Assessment of the needs for evaluated data in science and in- dustry, and discussion of current programs carried out to meet

these needs.

A report on the discussions of panels detailed to study data needs,

resources, and programs in six technical areas is available from the

Office of Standard Reference Data.

Atomic and Molecular Data

This program continues to emphasize the compilation, evaluation,

and publication of atomic and molecular spectra, collision cross sec- tions and other molecular properties. A new project was started on

the development of criteria for obtaining and reporting laser Raman

spectra. An ad hoc advisory meeting of the Joint Committee for

Atomic and Molecular Physical Data was convened to encourage

and promote the publication of high grade spectra in the fields of

infrared spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, microwave spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, and nuclear magnetic resonance. A project to measure the absolute cross section for helium excitation by electron

impact has also been initiated. This experiment is to provide a defini- tive value of the cross section plus an estimate of the limits of systematic error, so that it may be used as a model for making cross sec- tion measurements of other types.

The following publications have appeared during the last year:

1. NSRDS-NBS-22, Volume II, Atomic Transition Probabilities,

Vol. II, Sodium Through Calcium, by W. L. Wiese, M. W.

Smith, and B. M. Miles, 1969.

2. NSRDS-NBS-29, Photon Cross Sections, Attenuation Coeffi- cients, and 'Energy Absorption Coefficients from 10 keV to 100

GeV, by J. H. Hubbell, 1969.

3. NBS Special Publication 320, Bibliography on Atomic Transition Probabilities, Jan. 1916 through June 1969, by B. M. Miles

and W. L. Wiese, 1970.

4. NBS Special Publication 306-4, Bibliography on the Analyses

of Optical Atomic Spectra, Section 4

57 La-71 Lu S9 Ac-"Es. by

Charlotte E. Moore, 1969.

189
5. Bibliography of Ion-Molecule Reaction Rate Data, JILA In- formation Center Report No. 9, by George A. Sinnott, August

1969.

6. Compilation of Low Energy Electron Collision Cross Section

Data, Part II, JILA Information Center Report No. 7, by L. J. Kieffer, September 1969.

7. Bibliography of Low Energy Electron Collision Cross Section

Data (1967-1969), JILA Information Center Report No. 10, by

G. E. Chamberlain and L. J. Kieffer, February 1970.

8. Ion-Molecule Reactions, by E. W. McDaniel, V. Cermak, A.

Dalgarno, E. E. Ferguson, and L. Friedman, June 19, 1970, John

Wiley and Son, Inc. Chemical Kinetics

This program area emphasizes the preparation of critical reviews

in kinetics, particularly the compilation of rate constant data. A

number of such reviews are presently in progress, some of which are pertinent to research on environmental problems. Similarly, a number

of reviews and data compilations are being prepared in the area of

radiation chemistry.

The following reports have been issued

1. NSRDS-NBS-21, Kinetic Data on Gas Phase Unimolecular

Reactions, by S. W. Benson and H. E. O'Neal, 1970.

2. NSRDS-NBS-31, Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules, by B. deB. Darwent, 1970.

Solid State Data

The activities in the solid state program continue to center on

compilation of crystal data, alloy properties data, superconductive

properties, and diffusion data. An ad hoc NAS-NRC advisory panel

Avas held recently to examine and recommend a programmatic plan

for compiling and publishing Mossbauer effect data. Data compilation projects dealing with static dielectric constants and energy gaps

in semiconductors have been initiated. Considerable progress has been

made on the Crystal Data Determinative Tables.

Colloid and Surface Properties

Currently there are six active projects in the field of colloid and

surface properties. These are

Surface Tensions of Molten Salts

Critical Micelle Concentrations of Aqueous Surfactant Systems

Surface Tensions of Substances Liquid in the Vicinity of Room

Temperature and Below

190
Light Scattering by Liquids

Electrical Properties of Interfaces

Physical Data Pertaining to Phase Transition Kinetics

A monograph containing critically evaluated, data in the field has

also been published. This is

Molten Salts : Vol. 2, Section 1. Electrochemistry of Molten Salts

Gibbs Free Energies and Excess Free Energies From Equilibrium-Type Cells, by G. J. Janz, and Chr. G. M. Dijkhuis; Section

2, Surface Tension Data, by G. J. Janz, G. R. Lakshminarayanan, R. P. T. Tomkins and J. Wong. XSRDS-NBS-28, 1969.

Several other reports are in the final stages of preparation.

Nuclear Data

In this field the Office of Standard Reference Data cooperates

closely with the Atomic Energy Commission. Agreements have re- cently been reached for joint support of two important projects,

the Particle Data Center and the Tables of Isotopes project, both

located at the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory. The former center publishes regular summaries of fundamental particle properties and

other data from high energy physics. The Table of Isotopes has gone

through six editions, the last published in 1967; the group is being

reactivated and a complete revision of the tables will be started

shortly.

The following publication has appeared

XBS Special Publication 322, Photonuclear Data Index Jan. 1965

through Jan. 1970. 1970.

Information Services

The four basic units of activity within the Information Services

operation are : Data File. Compilation Publication Services, Inquiry

Services, and Analysis and User Relations.

Data File—The mission of the Data File is to selectively acquire

known world-wide data compilations and other reference documents

and publications within the scope of the mission of the NSRDS and

to organize the collection systematically. The Data File houses a

collection of about 1300 reference data compilations, critical reviews,

bibliographies, and other ancillary reference works.

An Annotated Listing of the documents in this collection is in press and will appear as an XBS Technical Note. Compilation Publication Services—This activity serves as the editorial intermediary between the Office of Standard Reference Data

and the associated data centers of the XSRDS and other individuals

and groups producing data compilations on the one hand, and publishers on the other hand. The publishers are the Government Print- 191
ing Office, commercial publishers, and the Clearinghouse for Federal

Scientific and Technical Information. One of the functions of the

Compilation Publication Services is to produce the monthly newsletter, the NSRDS News.

NSRDS News—The program has produced, thus far, 32 publications

in the NSRDS series of critically evaluated data compilations; 12

other compilations of data; 22 nondata publications from NSRDS

related projects, as well as a number of publications published under

the aegis of various of its associated data centers. Inquiry Services—This unit provides replies to inquiries received by

the Office of Standard Reference Data. At present, due to limited

resources, information and data provided in response to queries are usually limited to that which are available within NSRDS and re- lated publications. However, inquiries are frequently referred to competent sources in the NBS or elsewhere. At times, references are provided; if available, copies of publications or excerpts therefrom

containing the requested information are provided. Inquiries have

steadily been increasing from about 200 in 1966 to more than 1000

in 1969, with less than 30 in the latter instance receiving negative

replies.

Analysis and User Relations—The mission of this unit is to provide

the Office understanding of requirements, both present and future,

of the NSRDS's actual and potential users. Among its efforts to determine user needs and means for developing feedback mechanisms

have been several surveys. A survey is in process to learn what special

librarians know about the NSRDS and how special librarians use NSRDS publications.

Data Systems Design

The Data Systems Design Group combines interest in computer

programming, systems design and application, and data correlation.

Earlier experience gained in design and application of a number of

general-purpose computing programs is now providing guidelines for

the preparation of general purpose computer programs for data

storage and retrieval, for file manipulation, and for computer-assisted

text preparation, editing, and printing. There is close collaboration

with the NBS Electronic Printing Section in devising a variety of

computer-based systems for more effective use of the Electronic Composing System at the Government Printing Office. Work in this area can be grouped into three main activities:

1. Development of general-purpose computer programs required

for the generation and updating of data files and the preparation of publications.

2. Design of computer-based data files and retrieval systems which

provide accessibility to as wide a segment of the technical com- munity as possible.

192
3. Consultation and advisory services to data centers adhering to NSRDS.

Computer-Assisted Text Preparation and Editing—Special effort is being given to the writing of general-purpose compatible computer

programs to exploit the capabilities of the newest computer configurations. Programs and the subroutines they require are being written in ANSI Standard FORTRAN IV. The first release in this

series is REFORM, a program that can be used to manipulate and

edit fixed-field files containing as many as nine different card formats.

It can select or abridge information from any of the cards and print

that information or reformat new cards in any desired order or arrangement. Provision is made for introducing as many as 26 arbitrary strings of characters, thereby permitting the insertion of labels,

headings, or comments into the file or the printer output. The program and its characteristics are described in NBS Tech. Note 444. The second release was EDPAC. This is a package of five programs

that have been used extensively at NBS over the last four years. These are called JUSTIFY, SCRAMBLE, SEARCH, BLOCKSEARCH, and SUBSTITUTE. These programs and their characteristics are described in NBS Tech. Note 470. The REFORM

and EDPAC programs have been put on magnetic tape and are being

distributed by the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information.

Automatic Typesetting and Composition of Data Tables—Experience has been gained in writing computer programs to convert existing

data tapes for automatic typesetting of NSRDS publications. One

goal has been to design the programs, insofar as possible, for general

rather than specific applications. SETLST and KWIND are the first programs to be released in this series. These are ANSI FORTRAN

IV programs that accept a card deck or Fortran records on magnetic

tape and insert the appropriate flags and shift symbols required by

many of the "standard" typesetting programs associated with phototypsetting devices. These programs and their characteristics are described in NBS Tech. Note 500. CLEARINGHOUSE FOR FEDERAL SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL

INFORMATION * The Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information has continued its efforts to collect, announce, and disseminate

unclassified U.S. Govrnment-sponsored and other research and de- velopment reports, as well as translations of foreign technical litera- ture, to the scientific and technical community, industry, commerce,

* On September 2. 1970. the Clearinghouse was transferred from NBS to the National

Technical Information Service in the Office of the Assistant Secretary of Commerce for Science and Technology.

193
and the general public. The output of the Clearinghouse increased

substantially during fiscal year 1970. Approximately 4 million copies

of technical reports were distributed to more than 125,000 customers,

a 25 percent increase over the previous year. The Clearinghouse

journal, U.S. Government Research and Development Reports,

(USGRDR) announced 42,000 titles, bringing the total Clearinghouse collection to more than 620,000 titles. The Clearinghouse continued expansion of its coverage in acquiring technical information from Federal agencies and from private

organizations. Arrangements were concluded with several federally

supported information centers, resulting in documents being acquired

from the National Air Pollution Control Administration, the National Center for Health Services Research and Development, the

Public Land Law Review Commission, the Coastal Plains Regional

Commission, the Wisconsin Bureau of State Planning, the Institute

for Urban Information Systems, and from the Vancouver Forest

Products Laboratory. In another area, translations from the China

Mainland Press became available on a subscription basis beginning

in January 1970. A principal source of information on academic

research on the Chinese mainland, the subscription package includes

selections from the daily press, selected articles from periodicals on a monthly basis, and a compilation of articles on particular topics

issued irregularly.

During the year, special efforts were made to make the scientific and technical information held by the Clearinghouse available to larger audiences. Beginning with the January 10, 1970 issue, magnetic tapes of the USGRDR journal have been sold on a subscription

basis. A magnetic tape (600-foot minireel) containing information

equivalent to each USGRDR is issued on the journal publication date.

Beginning in July 1969, the Clearinghouse initiated Selective Dissemination of Microfiche (SDM), a faster and more economical

method for customers to obtain microfiche copies of the latest documents in several hundred categories. The SDM standing order con- cept eliminates the need to order each document individually, thus

saving time and reducing the cost of the service.

Among the new products issued during the year was the third

microfilm edition of the Cumulative Index to the Classification of

Patents, containing the official listing of all patent numbers issued

through December 31, 1968, covering more than 3,415,000 patents.

The Index consists of 16 reels of 16 millimeter film—seven reels of

original (primary) classifications and nine reels of cross-reference

(secondary) classification. Also issued was a Patent Number Sequence Classification Record, a new microfilm publication during

1969, listing the original and cross-reference classifications together

for each patent number, in patent number order. Another new item

194
was the Federal Stock Number Cross-Keference List, made available on magnetic tape. The list, on 38 reels, makes it unnecessary for

manufacturers to thumb through thousands of pages to match com- pany part numbers with stock numbers of the Federal Supply System.

The Clearinghouse has developed a 16 mm microfilm cumulative

index of the U.S. Government Research and Development Reports

from July 1964 to July 1969, covering more than 150,000 titles. This

index is being used experimentally for handling general reference

searches received by the Clearinghouse. Experiments are now underway for an interactive, integrated, real-time, on-line search system

to link the Clearinghouse, the Commerce Field Offices, and the users

of the Clearinghouse.

LIBRARY

The NBS Library contains holdings of approximately 120,000

titles and receives about 300 periodical titles regularly. During the

past year it has enlarged its services to the staff by providing on-thespot copying services and by improving circulation activities. Special

support to the flammable fabrics research program has been provided

by the preparation of bibliographies on selected topics.

The Library is now enlarging the scope of its holding to support

the larger responsibilities assigned to the Bureau in areas such as systems analysis, fire research and safety, and fabric flammability

research, as well as the larger range of activities which the Bureau

conducts for other Federal agencies responsible for areas such as urban planning, housing, vehicle safety, transportation, and crime

studies. At the same time the Library is conducting a vigorous

weeding-out program of its holdings in order to become more re- sponsive to these increasing staff needs.

It has embarked upon a long-range self-study for the enhancement

of its capabilities and services for the future, with special attention

to the benefits that automation and new media can provide for greater

support of the staff of the Bureau, and for its own internal activities. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

The NBS Office of International Relations offers services in con- nection with staff travel abroad, international organizations and

conferences, foreign visitors to NBS (about 700 from 48 countries in

the past year), guest workers and trainees from abroad working on NBS projects, and liaison with the State Department and the international affairs offices of other federal agencies.

A major responsibility is that of managing the Bureau's contract program utilizing foreign excess currencies of the U.S. in India,

Israel, Pakistan, and just beginning in Yugoslavia. Under this program, the Bureau supports proposals that are contributory to the

195
main interests of NBS, are of high scientific or technological excellence, and are of mutual benefit to the two countries and institutions

involved. During the year work was in progress on 25 contracts in

India, 37 in Israel, 1 in Pakistan, and 2 in Yugoslavia, involving a

total of $1,075,000.

NBS plays a part in bilateral agreements existing between the U.S.

and France, Iran, Italy, Japan, and Rumania. Increased activity has

taken place between the U.S. and France, involving exchanges of

information and mutual visits in the areas of building technology and

metrology. NBS continues its association with the National Industrial Research Institute of the Republic of Korea, and relations with

other national institutions concerned with measurement science, such

as the National Physical Laboratory of Great Britain and the

National Standards Laboratory of Australia are long standing and

vigorous.

PUBLICATIONS PROGRAM

The Bureau's technical work, no matter how good, is of little value

unless made available to those who can use it. Formal publications

are a traditional means of disseminating results of NBS work.

Authors have the option of publishing in an NBS periodical or nonperiodical series (of which there are currently 10 series), or in the

journals of professional societies or in other media. During the past

year the Bureau staff produced 858 papers, totalling 15,518 printed

pages. Complete citations to these papers begin on page 221. To a steadily increasing extent NBS publications are being pre- pared by computer controlled photocomposition. A group skilled in

the techniques of computer assisted printing works with the technical

staff in preparing documents for processing by the Linotron at the

Government Printing Office (GPO). The essence of the system is that

both text and formatting instructions are put on tapes at NBS and

used by GPO to control an automatic photocomposition process. This

system is especially useful in the printing of lengthy computer generated tables, as the output tape from the computer can be used as the input for photocomposition. During the year a total of 2600

pages were prepared by photocomposition.

CONFERENCES

The face-to-face communication that takes place at scientific meetings has become an important part of the Bureau's interactions with

the technical, academic, and industrial communities. Recognizing this,

NBS cosponsored, managed, or hosted the following 32 major meetings during the year

196
ASTM Committee on Consumer Standards

ACCG Conference on Crystal Growth

ISA Continuous Weighing Short Course

Government Microcircuit Application Conf. (GOMAC)

' Precoordination—The Basic for Industrialized Building

ISO/TC 106 Dentistry

Dental Materials Research Symposium

, American Cybernetics Society

Electronic Warefare Symposium

Marine Mapping, Charting, & Geodesy

Third Materials Research Symposium

Thermodynamic Properties of Fluids

'i Society for Personnel Administration

Image Transmissions

Senior Aided Combat Systems

ANSI Committee S-4

Masonry Structures Conference

Force Measurements (PMS)

American Society for Information Sciences

Solid State Sciences Panel

FIPS Task Group 5 ASTM Committee A-l

ANSI Committee X-3

American Physical Society

ANSI X-3.2.7 Meeting

IEEE Transducer Conference

Radiation Quantities

Economic Stabilization

Silicon Device Processing

National Conference of Standards Laboratories

Precision Measurement Association

Association of Computing Machinery
APPENDIXES

ORGANIZATION OF THE NATIONAL

BUREAU OF STANDARDS 1

The Bureau is headed by a Director who is appointed by the

President with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Director

is assisted in the overall management of the Bureau by a Deputy

Director. An Associate Director for Administration is responsible

for the planning and operation of facilities and of administrative

management services in support of the Bureau's technical programs.

An Associate Director for Information Programs is responsible for

the dissemination and accessibility of scientific and technological

information.

Technical program activities are conducted in three Institutes and

two Centers. Each is headed by a Director who is responsible for

the development and direction of research programs and central

national services essential to the fulfillment of a broad segment of the

Bureau's mission. These major organizational units are

(1) The Institute for Basic Standards, which includes the Office

of Measurement Services and 10 technical divisions (5 in Boulder,

Colorado) each serving a classical subject matter area of science and

engineering; also in IBS are 3 administrative divisions serving the

technical divisions located at Boulder

;

(2) The Institute for Materials Research, which consists of 6 di- visions, organized primarily by technical field

;

(3) The Institute for Applied Technology, which includes 10

divisions oriented to high technology industries

;

(4) The Center for Radiation Research, which includes 4 divisions

concerned with the theory and application of radiation ; and

(5) The Center for Computer Sciences and Technology, which

includes 5 divisions concerned with the selection, acquisition, and

utilization of automatic data processing equipment.

1 As of June 30, 1970. 198
DIRECTOR

Lewis M. Branscomb

DEPUTY DIRECTOR

L. M. KlJSHNER

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR

Assistants to the Director

G. E. Atjman

C. N. Coates

R. V. Stapleton

Legal Advisor

A. J. Farrar

Office of Academic Liaison

S. Silverman

Staff Units Reporting to the Deputy Director

Office of Industrial Services G. S. Gordon

Office of Engineering Standards Liaison A. A. Bates

OFFICE OF ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR

ADMINISTRATION

R. S. Walleigh

Deputy Associate Director

P. H. SCHRADER

Patent Advisor

D. RoBBiisrs

Accounting Division J. P. Menzer

Administrative Services Division G. W. Knox

Budget Division J. E. Skillington

Management and Organization Division J. T. Hall

Personnel Division G. R. Porter

Plant Division H. Graham

Supply Division N. H. Taylor

199
OFFICE OF ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR

INFORMATION PROGRAMS

E. L. Brady

Assistant for Program Coordination and Evaluation

P. H. Kratz

Office of Standard Reference Data D. R. Lide, Jr. Atomic and Molecular Data Data Systems Design

Chemical Kinetics Mechanical Properties

Colloid and Surface Chemistry Nuclear Data

Information Services Solid State Properties

Thermodynamics and Transport Data

Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and

Technical Information H. E. Sauter

Document Distribution Joint Publications Research

and Reproduction

Automated Systems and Document Processing

Services

Administrative Operations

Office of Technical Information and Publications W. R. Tilley

Special Activities Photographic Services

Editorial Graphic Arts

Publications Computer Assisted Printing

Library Division E. L. Tate

Resources Development Reader Services

Library Auxiliaries

Office of Public Information A. V. Gentilini

Office of International Relations H. S. Peiser

200
INSTITUTE FOE BASIC STANDAKDS

Director

E. Ambler

Assistant Director

R. J. Corruccini

Deputy Director, Institute for Basic Standards/Boulder

B. W. Birmingham

Senior Research Fellow

C. Eisenhart

Office of Measurement Services

J. M. Cameron

Applied Mathematics E. W

Mathematical Analysis Statistical Engineering

Operations Research

Cannon

Electricity Division C. H. Page

Electrical Reference Standards High Voltage

Electrochemistry Absolute Electrical Measurements

Electrical Instruments Mechanics Division Sound

Vibration Measurements

Humidity Measurements

Rheology

L. K. Irwin

Hydraulics

Aerodynamics

Engineering Mechanics

Fluid Meters Heat Division R. P. Hudson

Heat Measurements Statistical Physics

Cryogenics Physics Temperature

Equation of State Radiation Thermometry

Pressure Measurements

Optical Physics Division K. G. Kessler Spectroscopy

Infrared Spectroscopy Far Ultraviolet Physics

Molecular Spectroscopy

Electron Physics

Quantum Metrology

Plasma Spectroscopy

Vacuum Measurements

Mass, Length, and Volume

Photometry

Engineering Metrology

Image Optics and Photography

Spectrophotometry

Quantum Electronics Division 1 H. S. Laser Measurement Techniques Quantum Electronics Plasma Physics

Boyne

Electromagnetics Division 1 ._ R. C. Sangster

Senior Research Scientists Power-Current-Voltage Standards

Pulse and Time Domain Xoise and Interference Automation Fields and Antennas

Circuit Standards Systems and Instrumentation

Electromagnetic Metrology Information Center Time and Frequency Division 1 J. A. Barnes Frequency-Time Dissemination Frequency-Time Broadcast Services Research

Atomic Frequency-Time Standards

Laboratory Astrophysics Division 1 S. J. Smith, Acting

1 Located at Boulder, Colorado. 201
Cryogenics Division 1 D. B. Chelton Cryogenic Technical Services Properties of Croygenic Fluids

Cryogenic Data Center Cryogenic Systems

Cryogenic Properties of Solids Cryogenic Metrology

Cryogenic Fluid Transport Processes Cryoelectronics

Administrative Services Division 1 B. F. Betts Supply Office Services Guard Services Instrument Shops Division 1 W. A. Wilson

Instrument Shops 1, 2, and 3 Glass Shop

Plant Division 1 E. A. Yuzwiak

Construction-Maintenance Special Services Custodial Services

INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH

Director

J. D. Hoffman

Assistant Director

E. Horowitz

Office of Standard Reference Materials J. P. Cali, ActingAnalytical Chemistry Division W. W. Meinke

Radiochemical Analysis Microchemical Analysis

Spectrochemical Analysis Analytical Mass Spectrometry

Electrochemical Analysis Organic Chemistry

Analytical Coordination Chemiotry Activation Analysis

Separation and Purification Polymers Division R. K. Eby

Polymer Dielectrics Dental Research

Polymer Chemistry Thermophysical Properties

Polymer Crystal Physics Polymer Interfaces Molecular Properties and Characterization

Metallurgy Divison E. Passaglia

Engineering Metallurgy Corrosion

Alloy Physics Metal Physics

Lattice Defects and Microstructures Electrolysis and Metal Deposition

Crystallization of Metals

Inorganic Materials Division J. B. Wachtman, Jr. Inorganic Chemistry Physical Properties

Inorganic Glass Crystallography

Solid State Chemistry Solid State Physics

Physical Chemistry Division J. R. McNesby

Thermochemistry Photo Chemistry

Surface Chemistry Radiation Chemistry

Elementary Processes

Located at Boulder, Colorado. 202
INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

Director H. E. Sorrows, Acting

Deputy Director M. W. Jensen

Fire Research and Safety Flammable Fabrics

Colorimetry

Office of Engineering Standards Services D. R. Mackay

Product Standards Section Information Section Mandatory Standards Section

Office of Weights and Measures T. M. Stabler, Acting

Office of Invention and Innovation D. V. DeSimone

Innovation Studies Program Invention Programs

Metric Study

Office of Vehicle Systems Research P. J. Brown

Tire Systems Occupant Restraint Systems

Braking Systems

Product Evaluation Division M. R. Meyerson, Acting

Plastics and Textiles Viscoelastic Materials

Fibrous Systems Paper Evaluation

Building Research Division J. R. Wright

Structures Materials Durability and Analysis

Fire Research State Codes and Standards

Scientific and Professional Liaison Building Systems

Sensory Environment Branch

Environmental Engineering Psycho-physics

Building Transport Systems

Electronic Technology Division M. G. Domsitz

Semiconductor Characterization Instrumentation Applications

Electron Devices Semiconductor Processing

Technical Analysis Division W. E. Cushen

Management Information and Post Office Studies Economic Studies Simulation and Transportation

Mathematical Modeling Studies

O. R. in Behavioral Sciences Systems Engineering

Urban Systems and Environmental Studies Instrument Shops Division W. L. Drissel, Acting Instrument Shops 1-5 Optical Shop

Glassblowing Tool Crib

Welding and Sheet Metal Electroplating Shop Measurement Engineering Division G. F. Montgomery

E'ectronic Instrumentation Electronic Optical Development

Microwave and Mechanical Instrumentation

CENTER FOR RADIATION RESEARCH

Director

C. O. MUEHLHAUSE

Deputy Director

R. S. Caswell

Radiation Theory Health Physics

203
Reactor Radiation Division Reactor Operations

Engineering Services

R. S. Carter Neutron Solid-State Physics

Radiation Effects Linac Radiation Division J. E. Leiss Linac Operations Photonuelear Physics

Radiation Physics Instrumentation Electronuclear Physics

Nuclear Radiation Division H. H. Landon

Neutron Physics Radioactivity

Nuclear Spectroscopy

Applied Radiation Division J. W. Motz X-Ray Physics Dosimetry

CENTER FOR COMPUTER SCIENCES AND TECHNOLOGY

Director

J. P. Nigro, Acting

Pattern Recognition and Description

Office of Information Processing Standards J. O. Harrison. Jr. Planning and Coordination Software Standards

Hardware Standards Applications and Data Standards

ADP Management Standards

Office of Computer Information M. R. Fox

Computer Services Division W. B. Ramsay

Business Applications Computer Operations

Scientific Applications Systems Programming and Training

Systems Development Division C. T. Meadow

Programming Support Systems Management Systems

Information Science Communications and Control Systems

Information Processing Technology Division J. P. Nigro Measurement Automation Computer Systems

Performance Measurements

FIELD ESTABLISHMENTS

Institute for Basic Standards

Metrology Division Field Station

Visual Landing Aids Field Laboratory

Time and Frequency Division Field Station : Standard Frequency Station WWV-WWVL-WWB

Standard Frequency Station WWVH

Laboratory Astrophysics Division Field Station : Poor Man's Relief Mine, Four-Mile Canyon

Areata, California Fort Collins, Colorado

Maui, Hawaii

Boulder, Colorado

Institute for Applied Technology

Office of Weights and Measures Field Stations Master Railway Track Depot Clearing, Illinois 204
ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGES

For approximately one year the Metrology Division and the Atomic

and Molecular Physics Division of the Institute for Basic Standards

participated in a management experiment to improve their organization and programmatic response. The objective of the experiment was to promote close cooperation between the two divisions leading

toward improved applications of theoretical and experimental physics

to problems in advanced metrology such as applications of stabilized

lasers to dimensional metrology and applications of radiometric

techniques to photometry. The two divisions operated under joint

management after the experiment began. One of the first acts of the

joint management was to form Advanced Project Groups to strength- en research efforts of the above type. The new approach proved

valuable in stimulating interchanges of ideas and progress in dealing

with measurement problems. In order to formalize improvements

in technical supervision and coordination of effort, the two divisions

have been combined into a new single division entitled the Optical

Physics Division.

A reorganization of the Electricity Division has incorporated sev- eral interrelated management improvements. Updating of Avork in absolute electrical measurements and electrical instruments has been

accomplished by strengthening work on the Josephson effect, and a streamlining of the High Voltage programs has been achieved by

relocating staff at Gaithersburg, while keeping the old facilities at Van Ness Street in a standby state. A plan to extend partially

developed new high voltage calibration techniques should permit an improvement in service to the electrical power industry.

On September 2, 1969, Dr. Branscomb, as newly appointed Director

of NBS, established an Executive Board to assist him in managing

Bureau affairs. The Board membership consisted of the Institute.

Center, and Associate Directors. The Executive Board meets with the

Director to make decisions on such matters as Bureau program planning, budget allocations, and policies. An Executive Council was also established to formulate policies and develop plans for Bureau programs. The membership of the Executive Council includes that of

the Executive Board except for the Director, NBS, and the Deputy

Director, IBS/Boulder. During the fiscal year 1970 Dr. Ambler

served as chairman of the executive council.

205
SUMMARY OF NBS STAFF AS OF JUNE 27, 1970

Washington Boulder Total Full-Time Permanent Staff 2816 550 3366 Other Staff 1 599 88 687

Total Paid Staff 3415 638 4053 Hpypn l'pli A c<nr*i n f~PQ srnrl Oncost" WnrkprQ 118 13 1 31 lotal NBS Staff 3533 651 4184

I'rofessional Staff with Academic Degrees _ Physicists 393 108 501 Chemists 254 12 266 Engineers 192 80 272 Mathematicians 52 4 56 Other 167 9 176

Total 1058 213 1271

1 Summer, Post Doctoral Research Fellows, Summer Aids, Part-Time, Intermittent and

Temporary.

2 Full-Time Permanent Professional Staff. FINANCIAL DATA FOR FISCAL YEAR 1970

Program and source of financing

Obligations

incurred in thousands

Supported by NBS Appropriations of dollars Operating programs: {rounded)

Research and technical services $39, 804

Special foreign currency program 1, 020

Construction and facilities programs

Plant and facilities 1, 127 Construction of facilities 495

Total obligations, NBS appropriations 42, 446 Supported by other funds

1 From other Federal agencies 27, 530 From other sources 5, 915

Total obligations, other funds 33, 445

Total program 75, 891

1 Work supported by other funds consists of research and development programs for other Government agencies ; consultative, advisory, and technical services, the perform- ance of various tests and calibrations, and the manufacture and sale of standard refer- ence materials for other Government agencies and the public ; and the sale of technical documents to the public. RESEARCH ASSOCIATES AND THEIR SPONSORS DURING

FISCAL YEAR 1970

American Dental Association Argentar, Mr. Harold

Bowen, Mrs. Joy C. Bowen, Dr. Rafael L. Brown, Dr. Walter E. Brunetti, Dr. Anthony P. Carolson, Mr. Elmer T. Caul, Mr. Harold J. Chandler, Mr. Harry H. Chow, Mr. Laurence

Gregory, Mr. Thomas M., Jr. Kingsbury, Mrs. Pamela R. 206
Maine, Mr. Curtis P., Jr. Manuszewski, Mr. Richard C. McDowell. Mr. Hershel

Moreno, Dr. Edgard C. Norwood, Miss L. Dianne

Paffenbarger, Dr. George C. Patel. Mr. Praful Rupp, Dr. Nelson Woodward

Wallace. Mrs. Betty M.

Waterstrat, Mr. Richard M.

Young, Mr. Larry C. American Petroleum Institute Hine, Mr. Donald J. American Society for Testing and Materials*

Bell, Mrs. Jacqueline Y. de Groot. Mr. Johan H.

Evans, Mrs. Eloise H.

Grimes, Mr. John W., Jr. McMurdie. Mr. Howard F. Morris, Mrs. Marlene C. American Society for Testing and Materials {Concrete and Concrete Reference

Laboratory)

Anderson, Mr. Harry G., Jr., Atkinson, Mr. George O.. Jr. Dise, Mr. John R. Johnson. Mr. Marlin C. Katz, Mrs. Anne K.

Liskey. Mr. John F. McCarthy. Mr. Dennis D.

Spring, Mr. Curtis B. Sturm, Mr. William F. Wallace. Mr. Dennis R. American Viscose Divisio?i {FMC Corporation)

Oneal. Mr. Glen. Jr. Bell Aerosystems

Rogers. Ernest E. Children's Hospital

Borasky. Dr. Rubin

Cornell University {NBS Boulder, Colorado)

Stouffer, Dr. James Ray

Corn Refiners Association, Inc. Thomas, Mr. James H. Vomhof. Dr. Daniel W.

Dow Chemical Company

Hamilton, Mr. Robert M.

Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc. Mohan, Mr. Kshitij International Business Machines Corporation

Cleveland, Mr. Norman G.

Phillips, Dr. Sidney L. Kennecott Copper Corporation

i Harvey. Mr. W. William

Sponsorship assumed as of December 5, 1969 by Joint Committee on Powder Diffraction Standards (JCPDS), a non-profit organization.

207
Manufacturing Chemists Association

Clark, Dr. Joseph E.

Gill, Mr. Paul C. Herndon, Mr. John L., Ill

Slater, Mr. James Alan

Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation

Fitch, Mr. William E. Porcelain Enamel Institute Burdick, Mr. Milton D. Baker, Mrs. Margaret A. Gugeler, Mr. Lauren A. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Castino, Mr. Guy T.

U.S. Naval Ship Research & Development Center Hammond, Mr. Barry L. GUEST WORKERS

The Bureau makes its facilities available to scientists, including retired NBS

employees, who are working on a problem that is of interest to NBS. and who

have need for NBS equipment and competences. These "guest worker" arrange- ments are quite flexible, ranging from an occasional interaction to a full-time long-term basis. Listed below are the identifiable guest workers who worked

with technical programs during the year. Institute for Basic Standards

Name Affiliation Balcom, M. M. NBS

Benedict, W. S. Johns Hopkins University

Bohlander, R. A. University of Colorado

Brombacher, W. G. NBS

Chang, S. Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Clatworthy, W. H. American University

Dellepiane, G. University of Genoa

Finnegan, T. F. University of Pennsylvania

Fystrom, D. 0. University of Colorado

Girard, G. International Bureau of Weights and Measures, France Graham, B. J. U.S. Naval Academy

Hammar, C. L. Sweden

Harris, M. G. Harry Diamond Laboratories

Haupt, G. W. NBS

*Johns, J. W. C. National Research Council, Canada

McDonald, J. K. Fort Detrick

Mockler, R. C. University of Colorado

Mohler, F. L. NBS

Otto, E. M. NBS

Pardoe, G. W. F. University of Colorado

* Schmidt, H. H. University of California, Riverside

Schubauer, G. B. NBS

Simpson, P. D. Howard University

Stimson, H. F. NBS

Stouffer, J. R. Cornell University

Strieker, S. Technion Israel Institute of Technology

Youden, W. J. NBS

* Selected as IBS Visiting Scientist for 1969. 208
Institute for Materials Research

Name Affiliation Angeles, R. M.

Bald, J. Barton, J. A. Jr. Belkas, E.

Benoit, C. Benzinger, T. Brooks, C. Coleman, L. B. Donnay. J. D. H.

Druck. S. J. Froix, M.

Goldich, S. S. Hayman, R. Henoc. J. R.

Jones, P. E. Keyes. P. H.

King. R. C. Kuroha. T. Lesclaux, R. P. Malmberg. M.

Marr, G. A. Mattamal, G. J. McCurdy, W.

Newton, M. J. Olin. J. S. Osinskiy, Y. I. Peterson, X. C. Petrescu-Prahova. J. Price, E. Roestamsjah

Rota riu, G. Sandoval, H. R. L.

Scott. A. H.

Shoup, R.

Silver. G. D.

Smith. C. E.

Stein, A.

Stern, T. W.

Stolovy. A. Wood, D.

American University

Harry Diamond Laboratories

U.S. Air Force Nuclear Research Center "Democritos"

Athens. Greece

National Bureau of Metrology—France Naval Medical Research Institute University of Montreal

Johns Hopkins University

Johns Hopkins University

Catholic University

Howard University

Northern Illinois University

Winston Churchill High School Delegation General A'la Rechereche

Scientifique Et Technique, Paris, France Washington Technical Institute University of Maryland

York College

Japan—The Furukawa Electric Co.. Ltd. University of Bordeaux—-France

University of Maryland

Washington Technical Institute American University

University of Delaware

Washington Technology Institute Smithsonian Institution

Institute of Physics, Romania

Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn

Institute of Physics, Romania

Howard University

American University

Atomic Energy Commission

Universitv of Chile NBS

National Institute of Health

Winston Churchill High School Howard University

Temple University

U.S. Geological Survey

Naval Research Laboratory

Winston Churchill High School

Institute for Applied Technology

Name Affiliation Cheslow, M. D.

Curtis, T. P. Fairbairn, D. G. Gbadamosi. L. A. Goldman, D. Harnett. J. P. Kohayakawa, Y. Myklebost. S. Scales. J. L.

National Security Agency

South Africa Washington Technical Institute MITRE Corporation

Rixon

Japan. Canon Optical Company

Norway

Harry Diamond Laboratories
Center for Radiation Research

A 0,1116 z± jjvivU/V iv iv

Alberi, J. L. Harvard University

Barber, W. C. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Bergstrom, J. C. Catholic University

Bertozzi, W. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Byrden, A. J. Bureau National De Metrologie, Paris

Chertok, T. B. American University

Cooper, T. J. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Crannell, C. J. Catholic University

Davis, C. M. Naval Ordnance Laboratory

Donaldson, Dr. G. W. Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute Drechsel, D. University of Virginia

Dunning, J. R. Howard University

Ensslin, N. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Faist, M. B. Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute Ferry, P. Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute Glynn. J. C. Atomic Energy Commission

Grammer, G. Virginia Polytechnic Institute Hallowell. P. L. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Herrero, F. A. Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute

Hill, F. X. Washington Technical Institute Hussman, E. K. NATO Fellowship. Federal Republic of Germany

Jarzynski, J. Naval Ordnance Laboratory

Johnson, W. T. American University

Kline, F. J. Catholic University

Kowalski, S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Maruyama, X. K. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

McGarry, E. D. Harry Diamond Laboratories

Meaburn, G. M. A. C. Defense Atomic Support Agency

Mihailovic, M. Yugoslavia

Miller, H. C. National Aeronautics and Space Administration

Mills, M. T. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

More, M. L. Harry Diamond Laboratories

Morris, W. J. Naval Facilities Engineering Command

Murphy, J. J. University of Illinois Nagle, P. C. Center for Naval Analyses

Neuhausen, R.

ITT 1

, VVest Germany

O'Brien, J. T. Catholic University

Parke, W. C. George Washington University

Romberg, E. F. University of Maryland

Rosenstein, M. Bureau of Radiological Health

Sargent, C. P. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Schneider, C. S. U.S. Naval Academy

Shmuklarsky, M. J. U.S. Naval Engineering Command

Smirnow, J. R. American University

Stallard, J. M. Naval Ordnance Laboratory

Trower, W. P. Virginia Polytechnic Institute Turehinetz, W. E. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Wall, N. S. Weber. R. B. American University

Williams, R. H. Naval Ordnance Laboratory

Williamson. C. F. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Center for Computer Sciences and Technology

Name Affiliation Fineran, C. Kawai, H. Japan

Penzak, W. FBI

Podgorski, J. P. Patent Office 210
Clearinghouse

Name

Hirschy, R. E.

Affiliation AIRES Corporation

Office of Standard Reference Data

Name

Fuller, G.

Affiliation Oak Ridge National Laboratory

STATUTORY VISITING COMMITTEE

The Statutory Visiting Committee was established by Act of Congress to advise the Secretary of Commerce and the Director of NBS. This committee

is appointed by the Secretary of Commerce. It meets at the call of its chair- man. Dates indicate expiration of appointment.

Dr. Robert L. Sproull, President, University of Rochester, Chairman (1971)

Prof. Norman F. Ramsey, Dept. of Physics. Harvard University (1970) Dr. E. R. Piore, Vice President and Chief Scientist, International Business Machines

Corporation (1972) Dr. Elmer V. Engstrom, Chairman, Executive Committee, Radio Corporation of America (1973) Dr. J. E. Goldman, Senior Vice President, Research and Development, Xerox Corporation (1974)

In 1953 the Secretary of Commerce established an ad hoc committee to evaluate the functions and operations of the National Bureau of Standards.

In their report, one of the recommendations of the Committee was that NBS

establish several advisory committees to provide a continuing contact between

the scientists and engineers of the academic and industrial communities and

the Bureau staff. The ad hoc committee believed that such committees could render many valuable services, particularly in coupling Bureau staff more

closely and effectively to the technical and scientific people of industry

and the universities. The Bureau, in implementing this recommendation, established panels of experts as advisers to each of its technical divisions. Replacing this arrange- ment in 1959, at the request of the Bureau, the National Academy of Sciences was asked to provide the continuing evaluation of the functions and operations of the Bureau. In discharging this responsibility, panel members are

selected and appointed by the National Academy of Sciences—National Academy

of Engineering—National Research Council. Panel members are drawn from among the leaders in the fields of research and administration in industry and universities. Administratively, they are attached to the National Research Council. Division of Physical Sciences.

It is the responsibility of the panel members to review and evaluate the

functions and operations of NBS. They consider importance and relative priority of projects, quality of staff, equipment needs, finance, and the rela- tion of the program to the mission of the Bureau. There are panels for each of the five major organizational units : the Insti- tutes for Basic Standards, Materials Research, and Applied Technology, and

the Centers for Radiation Research and for Computer Sciences and Technology.

These panels examine broad policy and program areas of the Institutes and

Centers, and review and coordinate the work of a number of "Division" panels

selected to evaluate specific program areas in each of the Institutes and

Centers. The combined evaluations and recommendations of these panels, after appropriate review, are submitted as an annual report by the Academy to the Director of NBS.

The chairmen of the Institute and Center panels also constitute an Executive

Committee for the Academy under the chairmanship of Dr. TV. O. Baker. This

committee considers problems, issues, and policies which are common to more

EVALUATION PANELS

211
than one area of Bureau activity, and serves to single out and order the more

important findings of the panels. It meets with members of the Secretary's

Statutory Visiting Committee at their annual meeting, providing members

of the Visiting Committee with an opportunity to discuss the work of the Bureau with a group of senior scientists and engineers who in total have spent

many days in reviewing the functions and operations of the Bureau. This

meeting also provides a mechanism whereby assessments of Bureau capabilities relative to national needs can be brought to the attention of the Secretary

of Commerce at his annual meeting with the Visiting Committee.

Institute for Basic Standards

Evaluation Panel for Institute for Basic Standards

Dr. John A. Hornbeck, Sandia Laboratories, Chairman

Dr. William G. Amey, Leeds & Northrup Company

Professor Marvin L. Minsky, Massachusetts Institute of Technology Mr. S. C. Richardson, Scotia, New York

Professor Cyril M. Harris, Columbia University

Dr. E. F. Hammel, University of California

Professor W. E. Spicer, Stanford University

Dr. Erwin G. Loewen, Bausch & Lomb Incorporated

Dr. George J. Zissis, University of Michigan

Dr. R. G. Meyerand, Jr., United Aircraft Corporation Mr. Theodore S. Saad, Sage Laboratories, Inc. Mr. Nathan Cohn, Leeds & Northrup Company

Dr. Wayland C. Griffith, Lockheed Palo Alto Research Laboratory

Professor Donald N. Langenberg, University of Pennsylvania

Evaluation Panel for Applied Mathematics Division Professor Marvin L. Minsky, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Chairman

Dr. C. A. Bennett. Battelle-Northwest

Dr. Richard W. Hamming, Bell Telephone Laboratories

Professor H. O. Hartley, Texas A&M University Mr. Murray S. Klamkin, Ford Motor Company

Professor M. H. Martin, University of Maryland

Professor John Riordan, The Rockefeller University Professor John Todd. California Institute of Technology

Evaluation Panel for Electricity Division Mr. S. C. Richardson, Scotia, New York, Chairman

Mr. R. W. Flugum, Ohio Brass Company

Professor Raymond M. Fuoss, Yale University Mr. William J. Johnson, Philadelphia Electric Company

Professor W. H. Parker, University of California, Irvine Dr. Edward W. Schwarz, Sangamo Electric Company

Mr. DeWayne B. Sharp, IBM Corporation Mr. Douglas C. Strain, Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Evaluation Panel for Mechanics Division Professor Cyril M. Harris, Columbia University, Chairman

Professor Lynn S. Beedle, Lehigh University Mr. James T. Bergen. Armstrong Cork Company

Professor James W. Daily. University of Michigan

Professor Rodger B. Dowdell. University of Rhode Island Professor Daniel C. Drucker, University of Illinois Dr. Wayland C. Griffith, Lockheed Palo Alto Research Laboratory

Dr. John C. Snowdon, Ordnance Research Laboratory

Evaluation Panel for Heat Division

Dr. E. F. Hammel, University of California, Chairman

Professor G. B. Benedek, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. Francis P. Bundy, General Electric Company

Dr. H. Tracy Hall, Brigham Young University Professor John E. Kilpatrick, Rice University

Dr. David L. McElroy, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Professor James E. Mercereau, California Institute of Technology

Mr. Fred E. Nicodemus, Naval Weapons Center 212
Evaluation Panel for Optical Physics Division (Atomic & Molecular Physics) Professor W. E. Spicer, Stanford University, Chairman

B. B. Dayton. The Bendix Corporation

Dr. James E. Drummond. Boeing Scientific Research Laboratories

Professor Ronald Geballe, University of Washington

Professor Vernon W. Hughes. Yale University

Dr. John Otvos, Shell Development Company

Dr. Abraham Savitzky, Perkin-Elmer Corporation

Evaluation Panel for Optical Physics Division (Dimensional Metrology)

Dr. Erwin G. Loewen, Bausch & Lomb Incorporated, Chairman

Dr. Arnold L. Bloom. SPECTRA-PHYSICS. INC.

Mr. James Bryan, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory

Mr. Louis Polk, Dayton. Ohio

Dr. F. Dow Smith, Itek Corporation

Evaluation Panel for Optical Physics Division (Photometry & Radiometry)

Dr. George J. Zissis, University of Michigan. Chairman

Professor Charles A. Barth. University of Colorado

Mr. B. R. Buus, General Electric Company

Dr. F. Dow Smith, Itek Corporation

Professor William L. Wolfe, University of Arizona

Evaluation Panel for Quantum Electronics Division

Dr. R. G. Meyerand, Jr., United Aircraft Corporation, Chairman

Dr. Arnold L. Bloom. SPECTRA-PHYSICS, INC.

Professor A. Javan. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. Joshua Menkes, University of Colorado

Dr. Robert W. Terhune. Ford Motor Company

Professor Charles B. Wharton. Cornell University

Evaluation Panel for Electromagnetics Division Mr. Theodore S. Saad, Sage Laboratories, Inc., Chairman

Mr. Ray Y. Bailey, Newark Air Force Station Mr. Stuart L. Bailey, Atlantic Research Corporation

Professor Herbert J. Carlin, Cornell University Professor Paul D. Coleman. University of Illinois Dr. Richard W. Damon. Sperry Rand Research Center Mr. Phillip H. Entz, The Boeing Company

Mr. Archie Gold, U.S. Army Advanced Ballistic Missile Defense Agency

Mr. David M. Goodman, New York University

Evaluation Panel for Time and Frequency Division Mr. Nathan Cohn, Leeds and Northrup Company, Chairman

Dr. L. S. Cutler, Hewlett-Packard Company

Dr. John M. Holt. Collins Radio Company

Mr. Chesley Looney, Jr., National Aeronautics and Space Admin.

Dr. A. O. McCoubrey. Varian Associates

Dr. Allen M. Peterson. Stanford University

Dr. F. O. Vonbun. National Aeronautics and Space Admin.

Dr. Gemot M. R. Winkler, U. S. Naval Observatory

Evaluation Panel for Laboratory Astrophysics Division

Dr. Wayland C. Griffith. Lockheed Palo Alto Research Laboratory. Chairman

Professor Ronald Geballe, University of Washington

Professor Dudley Herschbach. Harvard University

Dr. John T. Jefferies, University of Hawaii

Professor Robert P. Kraft. University of California Evaluation Panel for Cryogenics Division Professor Donald N. Langenberg, University of Pennsylvania. Chairman

Dr. L. Warren Brandt, U. S. Bureau of Mines

Mr. Gordon R. Deppe. Aerojet Liquid Rocket Co. Professor Rodger B. Dowdell. University of Rhode Island

Dr. Frederick J. Edeskuty. Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory

Dr. John L. Mason, AiResearch Manufacturing Company

213
Institute for Materials Research

Evaluation Panel for Institute for Materials Research

Dr. William P. Slichter, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Chairman

Professor John Bardeen, University of Illinois Dr. Arthur Bueche, General Electric Company

Dr. N. B. Hannay, Bell Telephone Laboratories

Dr. Raymond F. Boyer, The Dow Chemical Company

Dr. Richard A. Oriani, United States Steel Corporation

Dr. George J. Bair, Corning Glass Works

Dr. Sidney W. Benson, Stanford Research Institute Evaluation Panel for Analytical Chemistry Division

Dr. N. B. Hannay, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Chairman

Dr. Jules Blake. Mallinckrodt Chemical Works

Dr. George N. Bowers, Jr., Hartford Hospital

Dr. T. S. Burkhalter, Texas Instruments Inc. Dr. Vincent P. Guinn, University of California, Irvine Professor Herbert A. Laitinen, University of Illinois Dr. L. M. Melnick, United States Steel Corporation

Professor L. B. Rogers, Purdue University Professor Sidney Siggia, University of Massachusetts

Evaluation Panel for Polymers Division

Dr. Raymond F. Boyer, The Dow Chemical Company, Chairman

Dr. Frederick M. Fowkes, Lehigh University

Dr. Fred Leonard, Walter Reed Army Medical Center

Professor Carl S. Marvel, University of Arizona

Dr. Anton Peterlin, Research Triangle Institute Dr. Ralph W. Phillips, Indiana University School of Dentistry

Professor William O. Statton, University of Utah

Professor W

T alter H. Stockmayer, Dartmouth College Professor Bruno H. Zimm, University of California Evaluation Panel for Metallurgy Division

Dr. Richard A. Oriani, United States Steel Corporation, Chairman

Dr. Douglas S. Billington, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Dr. Harris M. Burte, Air Force Materials Laboratory (MAM)

Dr. Herbert I. Fusfeld. Kennecott Copper Corporation

Professor John P. Hirth, Ohio State University

Dr. Elliot S. Nachtman, La Salle Steel Company

Professor David Turnbull, Harvard University

Dr. J. H. Wernick, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Evaluation Panel for Inorganic Materials Division

Dr. George J. Bair, Corning Glass Works, Chairman

Dr. Neil Bartlett, University of California Dr. Paul W. Gilles, University of Kansas

Dr. J. S. Kasper, The General Electric Company

Dr. Robert W. Keyes, IBM Research Center

Dr. R. A. Laudise, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Dr. William R. Prindle, Ferro Corporation

Dr. R. J. Stokes. Honeywell. Inc. Professor J. H. Van Vleck, Harvard University

Evaluation Panel for Physical Chemistry Division

Dr. Sidney W. Benson, Stanford Research Institute, Chairman

Dr. Harold A. Dewhurst, Owens Corning Fiberglas Corporation

Dr. Warren E. Falconer, Bell Telephone Laboratories

Professor H. J. Morowitz. Yale University Professor T. N. Rhodin, Cornell University Professor Joseph T. Vanderslice, University of Maryland

Professor John E. Willard, University of Wisconsin

Professor Richard N. Zare, Columbia University

214
Institute for Applied Technology

Evaluation Panel for Institute for Applied Technology Mr. Michael Witunski, McDonnell Douglas Corporation, Chairman

Dr. Raymond A. Bauer, The White House

Dr. John S. Brod, The Procter & Gamble Company

Professor Howard W. Emmons, Harvard University Mr. Morris Kaplan, Consumers Union of the U. S., Inc. Mr. Francis L. LaQue, Verona, NewJersey Mr. Jacob Rabinow, Bethesda, Maryland

Dr. Gordon K. Teal, Texas Instruments Incorporated Mr. Alfred C. Webber, E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. Mr. William L. Hooper, Boise Cascade Housing Development

Dr. Leon Podolsky, Pittsfield, Massachusetts

Professor HughJ. Miser, University of Massachusetts Evaluation Panel for Product Evaluation Division Mr. Alfred C. Webber, E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., Chairman

Dr. William H. Aiken, Union Camp Corporation

Dr. J. M. Calhoun, Eastman Kodak Company

Mr. Fred Fortess, Celanese Fibers Marketing Company

Mr. Morris Kaplan, Consumers Union of the U. S., Inc. Mr. G. C. Maassen, R. T. Vanderbilt Company

Mr. Herbert Phillips, The Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers

(AHAM)

Mr. E. J. Stavrakas, J. C. Penney Company

Evaluation Panel for Building Research Division Mr. William L. Hooper, Boise Cascade Housing Development. Chairman

Mr. George B. Begg, General Services Administration

Mr. Herman Blum, Herman Blum Consulting Engineers, Inc. Mr. William W. Caudill, Caudill Rowlett Scott Professor Ray Clough, University of California Mr. Fred Good, National Roofing Contractors Association Mr. Andrew R. Lolli, Meyerson & Co., Inc. Mr. Alfred A. Perry. Department of Housing and Urban Development

Mr. Herbert H. Swinburne, Nolen. Swinburne and Associates

Dr. Calvin W. Taylor, The University of Utah

Mr. John A. Wacker. J. W. Bateson Company, Inc. Mr. Frank Waters, McGraw-Hill Information Systems Company

Evaluation Panel for Electronic Technology Division

Dr. Leon Podolsky, Pittsfield. Massachusetts, Chairman

Mr. Ralph E. Clarridge, IBM Corporation

Mr. Ivan G. Easton. General Radio Company

Mr. H. J. Luer, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Dr. Remo Pellin. Monsanto Company

Mr. Peter R. Perino, Statham Instruments, Inc. Dr. Thomas A. Perls, Martin Marietta Corporation

Dr. Robert L. Pritchard, General Electric Company

Mr. Robert I. Scace, General Electric Company

Mr. Samuel H. Watson, RCA Corporation

Evaluation Panel for Technical Analysis Division

Professor Hugh J. Miser, University of Massachusetts

Dr. William E. Bradley. Puredesal

Professor Robert Dorfman, Harvard University Mr. Leslie C. Edie, The Port of New York Authority Mr. Martin L. Ernst, Arthur D. Little, Inc. Dr. Robert Herman. General Motors Research Laboratories

Dr. David B. Hertz, McKinsey and Company, Inc. Dr. William Linvill. Stanford University

Dr. William H. Mitchel, University of Oregon

Professor E. W. Montroll, University of Rochester

Professor Philip M. Morse. Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Professor Gustave J. Rath. Northwestern University Mr. Robert H. Shatz, Sikorsky Aircraft 215
Center for Radiation Research

Evaluation Panel for Center for Radiation Research

Dr. Walter H. Zinn, Combustion Engineering, Inc., Chairman

Dr. S. C. Abrahams, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Mr. Frank Attix, Naval Research Laboratory

Dr. Marshall R. Cleland, Radiation Dynamics, Inc. Dr. Peter T. Demos, Massachusetts Institute of Technology Mr. Robert Kettner, Nuclear Assurance Corporation

Dr. R. B. Leachman, Kansas State University

Professor E. W. Montroll, University of Rochester

Dr. George F. Pieper, National Aeronautics and Space Admin.

Professor C. G. Shull, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Center for Computer Sciences and Technology

Evaluation Panel for Center for Computer Sciences and Technology

Dr. Jack Moshman, Moshman Associates, Inc., Chairman

Mr. H. G. Asmus, American Federation of Information Processing Societies Mr. T. E. Climis, IBM Corporation

Dr. Edward E. David, Jr., Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Dr. Robert R.Johnson, Burroughs Corporation Mr. J. Don Madden, Compata, Inc. Dr. Charles A. Phillips, Business Equipment Manufacturers Assn. Mr. F. Gordon Smith, Executive Sciences, Inc. AWARDS AND HONORS

Recognition of the Bureau's contributions to science and technology often takes the form of awards and honors from Government, academic, professional,

and industrial groups. The following list reflects such recognition bestowed

on Bureau staff members during fiscal year 1970. Armstrong, Richard W. Honorable Mention. Belgian Fund for Study

Research Concerning the Problem of Road

Safety

Award for Meritorious Service in the Field of Standardization, Standards Engineering Society

and American Society for Testing and Materials

Bumblebee Award, American Academy for Plastics Research in Dentistry

Member. President's Committee on the National

Medal of Science Arthur S. Flemming Award

Russell B. Scott Memorial Award

President-Elect, American Statistical Association

Certificate of Merit from the Dictionary of Inter- national Biographies for Distinguished Service

to Organic Chemistry

Awarded Science and Technology Fellowship,

Department of Commerce

President, Optical Society of America

Maryland Academy of Sciences Distinguished

Young Scientist of 1969

Elected TAPPI Fellow, Technical Association

of the Pulp and Paper Industry

Member, Research Policy Board, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

ASTM Award of Merit

Distinguished Service Award, American Society

of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning

Engineers

ASTM Award of Merit

Russell B. Scott Memorial Award

Awarded Science and Technology Fellowship,

Department of Commerce

Bates, A. Allan

Bowen, Ray

Branscomb, Lewis M.

Deslattes, Richard S. Diller, Dwain E.

p]isenhart, Churchill

Fatiadi, Alexander

Gatterer, Lawrence E. Kessler, Karl G. Koonce, Calvin S. Lashof, Theodore W.

Lloyd, E. C. Michael is, Robert

Phillips, Clinton W.

Robinson, Henry

Roder, Hans M.

Schoen, Louis J. 216
Seward, Richard W.

Silverman, Shirleigh

Sitterly, Charlotte M.

Spencer, Lewis V. Tate, Douglas

Taylor, John K. Waters, Hal P.

Wiederhorn, Sheldon M.

Youden, W. J.

Blue Pencil Award, Federal Editors Assn., for the September 1969 issue of the NBS Technical

News Bulletin 1970 Award for Outstanding Publication in the Field of Standardization, Presented by the Standards Engineers Society

Honorary Doctorate, University of Kiel, Germany

Membre Correspondant of the Societe Royale des

Sciences de Liege

L. H. Gray Medal, International Commission on

Radiation Units and Measurements ASTM Award of Merit

Service Award, Chemical Society of Washington

Honorable Mention, Belgian Fund for Study

Research Concerning the Problem of Road

Safety

Made Fellow of the American Ceramic Society 1969 Shewhart Medal, American Society for Quality Control 1969 Samuel S. Wilks Memorial Award, American

Statistical Association EUGENE C. CRITTENDEN AWARD

(National Bureau of Standards)

For superior performance by support personnel.

Recipient

Curry, Flenard

Greene. James L. Jones, James S. Mendenhall, Jo R. Mont, Charles E. Rogers, Fayette E. Wichman, Gerald L. Williams, Harry B.

Area

Packing and Crating Services Publications Services Instrument-making Services Cryogenic Data Center Services Excess Property and Storage

Planning and Estimating Modifications Technical Progress of the Boulder Laboratories

Cutting and Polishing of Crystals and Glasses DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE EXCEPTIONAL

SERVICE AWARDS

(Gold Medal)

Recipient

Bennett, John A. DeSimone, Daniel V. Dibeler. Vernon H.

Hall, John Lewis

Penner, Samuel

Scribner, Bourdon F.

Technical Area

Metallurgical Research

Invention and Innovation

Mass Spectrometry Laser Technology

Nuclear Structure Studies Spectroscopic Techniques

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE MERITORIOUS

SERVICE AWARDS

(Silver Medal)

Recipient

Berendt, Raymond D.

Caswell, Randall S. Dunfee, Bernadine L. Freeman. David H.

Hardland. Leonard S. McLaughlin, William L.

Technical Area

Noise Abatement and Control

Science Administration in Radiation Physics

Voltage-ratio and Current-ratio Measurements

Determination of Ultra-Traces

Inventions Program

Dosimetry and Radiation Imaging Methods

217
Melmed, Allan J. Napolitano, Albert

Giver, Frank W. J. Pope, Chester I. Rosenblatt, Joan R.

Schaffer, Robert

Schleter, John C. Skillington, James E. Straus, Sidney

Sze, Wilbur C. Tate, Douglas R. West, Estal D. Wiederhorn, Sheldon M.

Metal Surfaces High-temperature Viscometry

Numerical and Asymptotic Analysis

Paper and Photographic Chemistry

Advanced Statistical Methodology

Synthetic and Structural Organic Chemistry

Spectrophotometry Data

Budgeting Practices

Volatilization of Polymers

Inductive Voltage Divider

Absolute Value of Acceleration Due to Gravity Accurate Heat Measurements

Crack Propagation

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE SUPERIOR

SERVICE AWARDS

(Bronze Medal)

Recipient

Bottamiller, Wilbert O. Darr. Martha M.

Kaeser, Robert S. Kumpula, John W.

Martin. W. Perry

Schaefer. Karl E. Shure, Sylvia M.

Smith, Joseph M.

Taylor. Charles E. Wegner, Edwin A.

Technical Area

Instrument Shops

Spectrochemical Analysis

Cryogenic Physics and Thermometry

Dental Research

Administration

Administration

Administration

Scientific Apparatus

Instrument Shops

Administration

EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND UNIVERSITY LIAISON

A comprehensive employee development program, ranging from broad surveys

to very detailed treatment of a new or specialized area of research, is available

to all staff members and to members of other Government agencies and industrial personnel on a space-available basis. Courses and seminars are implemented

primarily through the NBS Graduate School and special educational programs

for subprofessional and non-professional employees, through non-Government

educational and training facilities, and through interagency offerings. The

programs range from adult basic education through postdoctoral research, and

are offered at both the Boulder and Gaithersburg Laboratories. The primary

objectives are to increase employee knowledge, skills, and efficiency in assigned

duties in the categories more fully described below, and to prepare Bureau staff members to respond to the rapidly changing technology at all levels. Programs

also include emphasis on maintaining liaison with the public, industry, commerce, and science. In accord with Federal policy the Bureau is increasing its participation in projects aimed at stimulating community interest. Instruction by our scientists

in the fields of their expertise, and facilities are being made available to the

universities, public schools, professional societies, and the industrial and scientific community. In addition to numerous seminars offered through the Graduate School program and in cooperation with other Government and industrial agencies at the division and institute levels, there is the weekly National Bureau

of Standards Scientific Colloquium at which current topics of broad interest to the Bureau are presented. These are open to the public and are attended by

members of the university, industrial and Government communities, as well as by NBS personnel. Speakers are drawn from the outside community and from

the NBS staff. Monthly colloquia under the joint sponsorship of the National

Institutes of Health and the National Bureau of Standards are also offered, with each institution alternating as host. 218
NBS Graduate School

The NBS Graduate School curriculum includes graduate and undergraduate

courses in the physical sciences, mathematics and specialized branches of engineering. A series of scientific colloquia and seminars designed to update and

continue the education of the postdoctoral scientist are led by research leaders from the Bureau and from other research centers and universities. In addition,

general staff development courses are offered, such as Supervision and Management, Reading Improvement, Technical Report Writing, and administrative

and clerical conferences, workshops and courses. Surveys periodically redetermine course offerings and keep the program in step with the changes and variations in educational requirements and the changing technology. Graduate degrees based partly on credit obtained for courses or thesis research carried on under the NBS Graduate School Program

have been earned by 6 Bureau employees this year, bringing the total to 356 graduate degrees earned at 46 different universities since the establishment of the educational program in 1908. The educational program at Boulder is associated with the University of Colorado in a Joint Course program and Adjunct Professor Plan. Courses

are offered by the Bureau and the University which mutually benefit the Government and the University.

Postdoctoral Research Associateships

The National Bureau of Standards offers a number of awards for postdoctoral

research. These awards provide young scientists of unusual ability and promise an opportunity for fundamental research in various branches of the physical,

engineering, and mathematical sciences. Applications are evaluated by a Board of Selection appointed by the National Research Council. The Postdoctoral Research Associateship program has been in existence since 1954. There

have been 203 awards made during these years. Name

Alderman, Donald W.

Borie, Edith F. Cohen, Gerald B. Day, Gordon W.

Debye, Nordulf W.

Epstein, Gabriel L. Franzen, Douglas L. Gibson, Benjamin F. Gramlich, John W.

Greer, William L. Handy, Larry B. Haney, Max A. Haynes, William M.

Jacob, Elizabeth J. Julienne, Paul S. Kaldor. Andrew

Kelly, George E. Kessler, Ernest G., Jr. Kranbuehl, David E. Kurylo, Michael J. Ledbetter, Hassell M. Lehman, Donald R. Lovas, Frank J. Marchetti. Michael A.

Merris, Russell L. Mitchell, William C. Morrissey, Bruce W.

Ott, William R.

Pierce, Stephen J. Redding, Rogers W.

Regula, Donald W.

Rosa sco, Gregory J. Sanchez, Isaac C.

University

Cornell University R. U. of North Carolina L. Carnegie-Mellon University F. U. of Illinois L. Cornell University J. U. of California (Berkeley) J. U. of Minnesota H

Stanford University M

U. of Hawaii I. U. of Chicago R.

U. of Wisconsin F. Rice University (Texas) T. U. of Virginia D.

U. of Michigan D.

U. of North Carolina F. Cornell University A. Northwestern University M.

U. of Wisconsin W

U. of Wisconsin P. Catholic University J. U. of Illinois R. George Washington University M

IT. of California (Berkeley) D. Georgetown University F. U. of California (Berkeley) M. Washington University (Wisc.)B.

Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst. R. U. of Pittsburgh W

U. of Calif. (Santa Barbara) M.

Vanderbilt University J. Wayne State University G. Fordham University H.

U. of Delaware E.

NBS Advisor

. J. Mahler

C. Maximon

C. Brenner

M. Matarrese

J. Spijkerman

Reader

S. Boyne

Danos

L. Barnes

J. Rubin

E. Brinckman

C. Farrar

E. Diller Lide

H. Mies

Maki

Klein

. C. Martin

Verdier

R. McNesby

P. Reed

Danos

R. Lide H. Mies

Newman

Robertson

R. Stromberg

Wiese

Newman

T. Hougen

Kulin

P. R. Frederikse

O. DiMarzio

219
Schroeder, LeRoy

Schuyler, Michael W.

Northwestern University

Indiana University

U. of Alberta (Canada)

U. of Michigan

Rice University (Texas)

U. of Wisconsin

U. of Pittsburgh

U. of Texas (Austin)

Syracuse University

U. of Pittsburgh

J. J. Rush

R. A. Keller

P. Ausloos

D. B. Judd

T. D. Coyle M. Newman

S. Block

Searles, Stuart K. Semmelroth, Carl C

Sharp, Kenneth G. Sheingorn, Mark E. Shelton, Carroll A. Stewart, Selden L. S. J. Tauber

B. W. Mangum

C. T. Meadow

Thornton, Donald D.

Treu, Siegfried

Other Employee Development Programs

In addition, the National Bureau of Standards recognizes the need to develop

and upgrade the nonprofessional staff, which plays an essential role in the support of the scientific staff. Therefore, courses in adult basic education are

offered in cooperation with the Montgomery County Public Schools, designed

to help the individual in his work. Also, foreign-born individuals who need

improvement in oral and written English can enroll in classes being taught by

experienced adult teachers who are aware of the problems facing the non- English speaking individual. Recent accomplishments in the area of nonprofessional training include the appointment of a full-time vocational counselor in the Employee Development

and Relations Section to assist nonprofessional employees in career planning.

The Bureau is working on moving employees out of dead-end jobs through

training. Plans are being developed for the distribution of communications

about the program including guidelines to supervisors and employees for use

in nonprofessional development. A special Subcommittee has been appointed

to oversee and plan special programs for nonprofessionals, work on career

ladders, training for job changes and develop other opportunities for nonprofessionals, particularly the disadvantaged.

Classes in operation now are 2 High School Review classes and 3 Adult

Basic Education classes. These classes are designed to prepare the individual

for the High School Equivalency examination and for skills training classes

in typing. The present and proposed training will serve to assist the employee

in moving from limited education to skills and technical training.

Non-Government Education

Non-Government education falls into three categories . . . full-time (3 to 12 months) graduate study and research assignments at universities and research

centers; full-time (less than 3 months) attendance at institutes, seminars,

short concentrated courses and workshops ; and part-time, job-related academic

courses at universities and in industry. In the last year 861 staff members

at Washington and Boulder were trained through non-Government facilities, and 4 career employees were selected for full-time graduate study or research assignments at universities and research centers. Participants in approved

full-time training programs receive full salary and expenses, including tuition,

fees, travel, and per diem, as well as transportation of family and household

effects. In addition, 857 staff members, mostly from technical divisions, at- tended job-related courses on a semester basis, and shorter concentrated

courses at universities and in industry.

Interagency Training

Courses made available through the Interagency Training Programs are an

additional effective means of improving program operations for NBS personnel. Courses are offered at Government facilities in Supervision, Management,

Office Skills and Practices, and specialized programs. This pooling of agency

resources offers broader employee development opportunities at a saving to the Government. During the year 255 Bureau employees took advantage of the interagency offerings.

220
PUBLICATIONS*

PUBLICATIONS IN THE BUREAU'S SERIES

During the year NBS publications totaled 858 published papers

and documents.

Of the formal publications, 90 appeared in the Journal of Research, and 504 in the journals of professional and scientific societies. Also, 143 summary articles were presented in the Bureau's

Technical News Bulletin.

In the nonperiodical series, 121 documents were published : 8 in

the Monograph series, 2 in the Handbook series, 18 in the Special

Publication series, 10 in the Building Science series, 57 in the Technical Note series, 9 in the National Standard Reference Data Series,

1 in the Applied Mathematics series, 2 in the Federal Information

Processing Standard series, and 14 in the Product Standards series.

Journal of Research. Reports National Bureau of Standards research and devel- opment in physics, mathematics, chemistry, and engineering. Comprehensive

scientific papers give complete details of the work, including laboratory data,

experimental procedures, and theoretical and mathematical analyses. Illustrated with photographs, drawings, and charts. Section A. Physics and Chemistry. Issued six times a year. Annual subscription : Domestic, $9.50 ; foreign, $11.75. Single copy price varies. SD Catalog

No. C13.22/sec.A :74. Section B. Mathematical Sciences. Issued quarterly. Annual subscription

Domestic, $5 ; foreign, $6.25. Single copy price varies. SD Catalog No. C13.22/

sec.B :74. Section C. Engineering and Instrumentation. Issued quarterly. Annual subscription : Domestic, $5 ; foreign, $6.25. Single copy price varies. SD Catalog No.

C13.22/sec.C :74. Journal of Research

Section A. Physics and Chemistry

/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 73A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 4 (July-Aug.

1969), SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.A: 73/4. $1.25

Negas, T., and Roth, R. S., Synthesis of barium ferrates in oxygen.

Negas, T., and Roth, R. S., The system SrO—"chromium oxide" in air and

oxygen.

Smith, E. W., Vidal, C. R., and Cooper, J., Classical path methods in line broadening. I. The classical path approximation.

Smith, E. W., Yidal, C. R., and Cooper, J., Classical path methods in line broadening. II. Application to the Lyman series of hydrogen.

Woolley, H. W.. The second virial coefficient for the realistic pair potential.

/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 73A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 5 (Sept.-Oct.

1969), SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.A:73/5. $1.50

Douglas, T. B., Conversion of existing calorimetrically determined thermo- dynamic properties to the basis of the International Practical Temperature

Scale of 1968.

* Publications for which a price is indicated are available by purchase from the Super- intendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office. Washington, D.C. 20402 (for- eign postage, one-fourth additional). The NBS nonperiodical series are also available from the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information. Springfield. Va. 22151. Reprints from outside journals and the NBS Journal of Research may often be obtained directly from the authors. 221
Douglas, T. B., and Payne, W. H., Measured enthalpy and derived thermodynamic properties of alpha beryllium nitride, Be3N2 , from 273 to 1200 K.

Douglas, T. B., and Payne, W. H., Measured enthalpy and derived thermodynamic properties of solid and liquid lithium tetrafluoroberyllate, Li2BeF4, from 273 to 900 K. Goodwin, R. D., Nonanalytic vapor pressure equation with data for nitrogen

and oxygen.

Stimson, H. F., Some precise measurements of the vapor pressure of water in the range from 25 to 100 °C. Roth, C, The configurations (3$-f4s) n4p in neutral atoms of calcium, scan- dium, and titanium. Catanzaro, E. J., Murphy, T. J., Carner, E. L., and Shields, W. R., Absolute

isotope abundance ratio and atomic weight of terrestrial rubidium.

J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 73A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 6 (Nov.-Dec.

1969) , SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.A:73/6. $1.25

Goodwin, R. D., Formulation of a nonanalytic equation of state for parahydrogen.

McMurdie, H. F., de Groot, J., Morris, M., and Swanson, H. E., Crystallography

and preparation of some ABC13 compounds.

Mountain, R. D., Dynamical model for Brillouin scattering near the critical point of a fluid. Robbins, C. R., and Levin, E. M., Phase transformation in barium tetraborate. Roth, C, Odd configurations in singly-ionized copper.

Siu, M. C. I., Capillary depressions for nearly planar menisci. Vicentini-Missoni, M., Sengers, J. M. H. L., and Green, M. S., Scaling analysis

of thermodynamic properties in the critical region of fluids.

/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 74A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 1 (Jan.-Feb.

1970) , SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.A : 74/1. $1.75

Cezairliyan, A., Morse, M. S., Berman, H. A., and Beckett, C. W., High-speed

(subsecond) measurement of heat capacity, electrical resistivity, and thermal

radiation properties of molybdenum in the range 1900 to 2800 K. Houck. J. C, Temperature coefficient of the Bismuth I-II transition pressure. Judd, D. B., and Yonemura, G. T., CIE 1960 UCS diagram and the Muller

theory of color vision. Loftus, T. P., Standardization of cesium-137 gamma-ray sources in terms of exposure units (Roentgens).

Martin, W. C, and Kaufman, V., New vacuum ultraviolet wavelengths and

revised energy levels in the second spectrum of zinc (Zn II). Martin, W. C and Sugar, J., Calculations of Zn II 3d94s5s and Ag I 4d°5s6s, and some new levels in these spectra. Moreno, E. C, Patel, P. R., and Brown, W. E., Isothermal diffusion in the

dilute range of the system Ca ( OH ) 2-H3PO4-H2O—Theory.

Orcutt, R. H., Generation of controlled low pressures of nitrogen by means of

dissociation equilibria.

Pope, C. I., Blemish formation in processed microfilm. II. Scheer. M. D.. Positive and negative ionsublimation from transition metal

surfaces : A review of some recent results. Weber, L. A., P-V-T, Thermodynamic and related properties of oxygen from

the triple point of 300 K at pressures to 33 MN/m2

.

J. Res. Nat. Bur, Stand. (U.S.), 74A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 2 (Mar.-Apr.

1970), SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.A: 74/2. $2.00

Distefano, G., Photoionization study of Fe(CO) 5 and Ni(CO) 4 . Goodwin, R. D., Estimation of critical constants Tc , pc from the p(T) and

T(p) relations at coexistence. Robbins, C. R., Synthesis and growth of fresnoite (Ba2TiSi2 08 ) from a Ti02 flux and its relation to the system BaTiO^-Si02 . Roth, C, A theoretical investigation of the configurations (3(Z+4s) 44p in neutral vanadium (V 1). Roth, C, A theoretical investigation of the configurations (3$+4s) 54p in neutral chromium (Cr 1). Roth, C, A theoretical investigation of the configurations (3$+4s) 74p in neutral iron. 222
Weeks, J. J., and Sullivan, P. K., The intensity as a function of temperature

of the low-angle x-ray diffraction maxima of the n-paramns : hexatriacontane,

tetratetracontane, and tetranonacontane. Papers presented at the Conference, Electronic Density of States, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Md., Nov. 3-6, 1969. Beeby, J. L., The electronic structure of disordered alloys. Cardona, M., Optical properties and electronic density of states. Ehrenreich, EL, Summary of the conference on electronic density of states. Mahan, G. D., Excitonic effects in x-ray transitions in metals. Rooke, G. A., Soft x-ray band spectra and their relationship to the density

of states. Ziman, J. M., The band structure problem.

/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 74A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 3 (May-June

1970), SD Catalog No. 13.22/sec.A: 74/3. $1.75

Dickens, B., The crystal structure of hydrazinium trinitromethide (N2H5+ [C(N02) 3 rat 160 °C. Dickens, B., Mauer, F. A., and Brown, W. E., A refinement of the crystal struc- ture of Na2C03 • H20. Hanley, H. J. M., McCarty, R. D., and Intemann, H., The viscosity and thermal

conductivity of dilute gaseous hydrogen from 15 to 5000 K. Horton, W. S., Anisotropic reaction kinetics of oxygen with pyrolytic graphite.

King, A. S., Conway, J. G., Worden, E. F., and Moore, C. E., Temperature

classification of the spectra of dysprosium (Dy i, Dy n).

Papers presented at the Conference, Electronic Density of States National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Md., Nov. 3-6, 1969. Beck, P. A., and Claus, H., Density of states information from low temperature specific heat measurements.

Butler, W. H., and Kohn, W., Local theory of disordered systems.

Hagstrom, H. D., Ion-neutralization spectroscopy.

Hedin, L., Lundqvist, B. and Lundqvist, S., Beyond the one-electron approximation : Density of states for interacting electrons. Spicer, W. E., Optical density of states ultraviolet photoelectric spectroscopy.

Section B. Mathematical Sciences

/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 73B (Math. Sci.), No. 3 (July-Sept. 1969),

SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.B : 73/3. $1.25

A table of integrals of the exponential integral. Murray Geller and Edward

W. Ng.

Principal ideals in matrix rings. Morris Newman and Stephen Pierce. The second orthogonality conditions in the theory of proper and improper

rotations. IV. Solution of the trace and secular equations. Harry Gelman.

Minimax error selection of a univariate distribution with prescribed componentwise bounds and ranking. A. J. Goldman.

Minimax adjustment of a univariate distribution to satisfy componentwise

bounds and/or ranking. A. J. Goldman.

On the application of some interpolating functions in physics. A. J. Jerri. Commutator groups and algebras. L. Greenberg.

On a class of nonlinear transformations and their applications to the evaluation

of infinite series. H. L. Gray and W. D. Clark.

/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 73B (Math. Sci.), No. 4 (Oct.-Dec. 1969),

SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.B : 73/4. $1.25

Goldman, A. J., and Meyers, P. R., Simultaneous contractification. Gupta, H., Highly restricted partitions.

Horn, W. A., A theorem on convex hulls. Mandel, J., The partitioning of interaction in analysis of variance. Sadowski, W. L., and Ruthberg, Z. G., Selective excitation of harmonics in a

collisionless plasma by two counterstreaming electron beams.

Sadowski, W. L., and Ruthberg, Z. G., Temperature renormalization in the

non-linear Vlasov problem.

223
J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 74B (Math. Sci.), No. 1 (Jan.-Mar. 1970),

SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.B : 74/1. $1.25

Brualdi, R. A., and Newman, M., An enumeration problem for a congruence

equation.

Gross, F., Entire functions of exponential type. Gupta, H., Partitions—a survey.

Merris, R., Partitioned hermitian matrices.

Pierce, S., Orthogonal decompositions of tensor spaces.

Rivlin, T. R., Bounds on a polynomial.

Sinha, T. N., A relation between the coefficients and roots of two equations

and its application to diophantine problems.

J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 74B (Math. Sci.), No. 2 (April-June 1970),

SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.B : 74/2. $1.25

Greenberg, L., and Newman, Normal subgroups of the modular group. McKinney, J. E., and Oser, H. J„ Acoustic propagation and stability within an inviscid, heat-conducting fluid. Meyers, P. R., On contractive semigroups and uniform asymptotic stability.

Ng, E. W., and Geller, M., On some indefinite integrals of confluent hypergeometric functions. Witzgall, C, On complementary polar conical sets.

Section C. Engineering and Instrumentation

J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 73C (Engr. and Instr.), Nos. 3 and 4 (JulyDec. 1969), SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.C:73/3 & 4. $1.25

Ballard, L. D., Epstein, W. S., Smith, E. R., and Edelman, S., Optical FM

system for measuring mechanical shock. Bowman, H. A., and Gallagher, W. H., An improved high-precision calibration procedure for reference standard hydrometers.

Linzer, M., The nuclear quadrupole resonance magnetometer : A new method

for the precision measurement of the magnitude and direction of magnetic

fields. Marzetta, L. A., and Flach, D. R., Design features of a precision ac-dc converter. Index to Volume 73C, January to December 1969.

/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 74C (Engr. and Instr.), Nos. 1 and 2 (Jan.-

June 1970), SD Catalog No. C13.22/sec.C:74/l & 2. $1.25

Production of near-perfect interferograms of variable visibility. J. B. Saunders. Locked nuclear quadrupole resonance spectrometer for pressure measurements. Ronald C. Frisch and David L. VanderHart.

Precise continuous optical attenuator. G. Ruffino. An A-C resistance thermometer bridge. Robert D. Cutkosky.

On the flow induced by a Maxwell-Chartoff rheometer. Elliot A. Kearsley.

Mechanical compliance measurements of single-edge-notch tension specimens.

Mary Jane Orloski. Effect of notch geometry and temperature on the creep-rupture behavior of a titanium alloy. William D. Jenkins and William A. Willard.

Technical News Bulletin. The best single source of information concerning

the Bureau's research, developmental, cooperative and publications activities, this monthly publication is designed for the industry-oriented individual whose

daily work involves intimate contact with science and technology—for engineers,

chemists, physicists, research managers, product-development managers, and com- pany executives. Readers use the TNB to learn of new developments with practical applications, to fill in background, to get ideas for further investigations, and for information on NBS calibration services, publications, and conferences. Annual Subscription : Domestic, $3 ; foreign, $4. Single copy price 30

cents. Available on a 1-, 2-, or 3-year subscription basis. SD Catalog No. C13.13 :54. 224
Monographs. Major contributions to the technical literature on various subjects related to the Bureau's scientific and technical activities. Swanson, H. E., McMurdie, H. F., Morris, M. C, and Evans, E. H., Standard

x-ray diffraction powder patterns, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 25, Sec- tion 7, 188 pages (Sept. 1969), $1.50, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :25, Sec. 7. Engen, G. F., An introduction to the description and evaluation of microwave

systems using terminal invariant parameters, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 112, 27 pages (Oct. 1969), 35 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :112. Stevens, M. E.. Research and development in the computer and information

sciences. 1. Information acquisition, sensing, and input: A selective litera- ture review, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 113, Vol. 1, 170 pages (Mar.

1970), $1.50, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :113/Vol. 1. Stevens, M. E., Research and development in the computer and information

sciences. 2. Processing, storage, and output systems: A selective literature review, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 113, Vol. 2, 125 pages (May 1970),

$1.25, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :113/Vol. 2. Stevens, M. E., Research and development in the computer and information

sciences. 3. Overall system design considerations: A selective literature re- view, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 113, Vol. 3, 147 pages (June 1970),

$1.25, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :113/Vol. 2. Brombacher, W. G., Survey of Micromanometers, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 114, 62 pages (June 1970), 60 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :114. Hougen, J. T., The Calculation of Rotational Energy Levels and Rotational

Line Intensities in Diatomic Molecules, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 115, 52 pages (June 1970), 55 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :115. Vidal, C. R., Cooper, J., Smith, E. W., Hydrogen Stark Broadening Calculations With the Unified Classical Path Theory, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 116, 143 pages (May 1970), $1.50, SD Catalog No. C13.44 :116. Handbooks. Recommended codes of engineering and industrial practice (in- cluding safety codes) developed in cooperation with interested industries, professional organizations, and regulatory bodies. In many cases the recommended

requirements are given official status through their incorporation in local ordi- nances by State and municipal regulatory bodies. Screw-thread standards for federal services. Part I. Unified UNJ unified miniature screw threads, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Handb. 28, 237 pages (Dec. 1969),

$2.00, SD Catalog No. C13.ll :28. (Superseding H28 (1957) Part I and that

applicable to Part I in the 1963 Supplement to H28.

)

American National Standard. Radiological Safety in the design and operation

of particle accelerators, Nat, Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Handb. 107, 22 pages (June

1970), 30 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.ll :107. Special Publications. (Formerly Miscellaneous Publications) This series in- cludes proceedings of high-level national and international conferences spon- sored by NBS, precision measurement and calibration volumes, NBS Research

Highlights, and other special publications appropriate to this grouping, such

as administrative pamphlets, wall charts and bibliographies.

NBS frequency and time broadcast services. Radio stations WWV, WWVH,

WWVB, and WWVL, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 236, 16 pages

(1969), (Supersedes NBS Spec. Publ. 236, 1968 edition), 25 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.10 :236. Standard Reference Materials, Catalog and price list of standard materials

issued by the National Bureau of Standards, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 260, 1969 Edition, 44 pages (July 1969), (Supersedes NBS Misc. Publ. 260—1968 edition), 50 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.10:260. Catanzaro, E. J., Champion, C. E., Garner, E. L. Marinenko. G.. Sappenfield. K. M., Shields, W. R. Standard reference materials: Boric acid; isotope and

assay standard reference materials, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 260-17, 70 pages (Feb. 1970), 65 cents, SD Catalog, No. C13.10 :260-17.

Geller, S. B., Mantek, P. A., Cleveland, N. G., Standard reference materials: Calibration of NBS secondary standard magnetic tape (computer amplitude

reference) using the reference tape amplitude measurement "Process A,"

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 260-18, 41 pages (Nov. 1969). 50 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :260-18. 225
Paule, R. C, Mandel, J., Standard reference materials: Analysis of interlabo- ratory measurements on the vapor pressure of gold (certification of standard

reference material 745), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 260-19, 21 pages

(Jan. 1970), 30 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :260-19. Estin, A. J., Editor, Precision Measurement and Calibration, Selected NBS

Papers on Electricity—Radio Frequency, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) Spec. Publ. 300, Vol. 4, 456 pages, (June 1970), $5.50, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :300/

Vol. 4. Ginnings, D. C, Editor, Precision measurement and calibration. Selected NBS

papers on heat, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 300, Vol. 2, 387 pages,

$5.00, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :300/Vol. 6. Moore, C. E., Bibliography on the analyses of optical atomic spectra Section 4.

57La-71Lu and 89Ac-"Es, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 306, Section 4, 55 pages (Aug. 1969), 55 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :306, sec. 4. Durst, R. A., Editor, Ion-selective electrodes. Proceedings of a symposium held

at the National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Md., January 30-31, 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 314, 474 pages (Nov. 1969), $3.50, SD

Catalog No. C13.10 :314. Diamond, J. J., Ed., Bibliography on the high temperature chemistry and

physics of materials, April, May, June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 315-2, 74 pages (July 1969), 75 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :315-2. Diamond, J. J., Editor, Bibliography on the high temperature chemistry and

physics of materials, July, August, Sept. 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 315-3, 90 pages (Oct. 1969), $1, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :315-3. Diamond, J. J., Editor, Bibliography on the high temperature chemistry and

physics of materials, October, November, December 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Spec. Publ. 315-4, 85 pages (Jan. 1970), 75 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.10 :315^. Diamond, J. J., Bibliography on the high temperature chemistry and physics of materials, January, February, March 1970, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 315-5, 82, pages (Apr. 1970), 75 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.10;315-5. Koeser, R. L., ed., Report of the 54th national conference on weights and

measures 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 318, 270 pages (Nov.

1969) , $1.50, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :318. Miles, B. M., Wiese, W. L., Bibliography on atomic transition probabilities,

January 1916 through June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 320, 111 pages (Feb. 1970), (Supersedes NBS Misc. Publ. 278 and Supplement)

$1.25, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :320. Fuller, E. G., Gerstenberg, H. M., Collins, T. M., Photonuclear data index,

January 1965 through January 1970, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ.

322, 86 pages (May 1970), 75 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :322. (Supersedes

Supplement 1 to Misc. Publ. 277).

Technical Highlights of the National Bureau of Standards, Annual Report,

Fiscal Year 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 325, 243 pages (Mar.

1970) , $1.25, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :325. Michaels, S., Green, M. S., Larsen, S. Y., Equilibrium Critical Phenomena In

Fluids and Mixtures: A Comprehensive Bibliography With Key-Word Descriptors, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 327, 235 pages (June 1970),

$4.00, SD Catalog No. C13.10 :327. National Standard Reference Data Series. Includes the evaluated reference data and critical reviews of long-term interest that are produced by data

centers within the NSRDS network. The National Standard Reference Data

System is a Government-wide effort to provide the U.S. technical community

with effective access to the quantitative data of physical science, critically evaluated and compiled for convenience. Benson, S. W., O'Neal, H. E., Kinetic data on gas phase unimolecular reactions, Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 21, 645 pages (Feb.

1970), $7.00, SD Catalog No. C13.48 :21. Wiese, W. L., Smith, M. W., Miles, B. M., Atomic transition probabilities.

Volume II. Sodium through calcium, a critical data compilation, Nat. Stand.

Ref. Data Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 22, 306 pages (Oct. 1969), $4.50, SD

Catalog No. C13.48 :22. Janz, G. J., and Dijkhuis, Chr. G. M., Molten salts: Volume 2, Section 1. Electrochemistry of molten salts : Gibbs free energies and excess free energies

from equilibrium-type cells ( Combined with Section 2 )

, Nat. Stand. Ref. Data

Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 28, 116 pages (Aug. 1969), $2.75, SD Catalog

No. C13.48 :28, vol. 2, sec. 1. 226
Janz, G. ., Lakshminarayanan, G. R., Tomkins, R. P. T., and Wong, J., Molten

salts: Volume 2. Section 2. Surface tension data (Combined with Section 1), Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 28, 116 pages (Aug.

1969), $2.75, SD Catalog No. C13.48 :28, vol. 2, sec. 2. Hubbell, J. H., Photon cross sections, attenuation coefficients and energy ab- sorption coefficients from 10 keV to 100 GeV, Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 29, 85 pages (Aug. 1969), 75 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.48 :29. Stern, K. H., Weise, E. L.. High temperature properties and decomposition of inorganic salts. Part 2. Carbonates, Nat. Bur. Stand (U.S.), Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser. 30, 32, pages (Nov. 1969), 45 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.48 :30. Darwent, B. deB., Bond dissociation energies in simple molecules, Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.), Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser. 31, 52 pages (Jan. 1970), 55 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.48 :31. Berry, V. M., Sage, B. H., Phase behavior in binary and multicomponent sys- tems at elevated pressures: re-pentane and methane-ft-pentane, Nat. Stand.

Ref. Data Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 32, 73 pages (June 1970), 70 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.48 :32. Hamer, W. J., DeWane, H. J., Electrolytic conductance and the conductances of the halogen acids in water, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Nat. Stand. Ref. Data

Ser. 33, 37 pages (May 1970), 50 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.48 :33.

Building Science Series. Disseminates technical information developed at the Bureau on building materials, components, systems, and whole structures. The

series presents research results, test methods, and performance criteria related

to the structural and environmental functions and the durability and safety

characteristics of building elements and systems.

These publications, similar in style and content to the NBS Building Materials

and Structure Reports (1938-59), are directed toward the manufacturing, design, and construction segments of the building industry ; standards organizations ; officials responsible for building codes, and scientists and engineers con- cerned with the properties of building materials.

Walton, W. W., Cadoff, B. C, eds., Performance of buildings—concept and

measurement. Proceedings of the 1st conference in a series of conferences on Man and His Shelter held at the National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Md., September 23-25, 1968, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 1, 132 pages (Jan. 1970), $2.75, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :1. Robinson, H. E., ed., Durability of insulating glass. Proceedings of a seminar

held at the National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Md., November 14-15,

1968, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 20, 84 pages (Feb. 1970), 75

cents, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :20. Kusuda, T., Algorithms for psychrometric calculations (skeleton tables for the thermodynamic properties of moist air), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg.

Sci. Ser. 21, 53 pages (Jan. 1970), 55 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :21. Achenbach, P. R., Project Director and Coordinator, Investigation of performance characteristics for sanitary plumbing fixtures, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 22, 72 pages (Jan. 1970), 70 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :22. Greenfeld, S. H., Hail resistance of roofing products, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 23, 11 pages (Aug. 1969), 25 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :23. Greenfeld, S. H., Natural weathering of mineral stabilized asphalt coatings on

organic felt, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 24, 17 pages (Oct. 1969), 30 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :24. Pfrang, E. O., Yokel, F. Y., Structural performance evaluation of a building

system, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 25, 127 pages (Nov. 1969),

$1.25, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :25. Davis, J. C, Radiation errors in air ducts under nonisothermal conditions using thermocouples, thermistors, and a resistance thermometer, Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 26, 14 pages (Nov. 1969), 25 cents, SD Catalog

No. C13.29/2 :26. Faison, T. K., Jr., Davis, J. C, Achenbach. P. R., Performance of louvered

devices as air mixers, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 27, 22 pages

(Mar. 1970), 30 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :27. Baker, M. A., 1964 exposure test of porcelain enamels on aluminum three year inspection, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Bldg. Sci. Ser. 29, 13 pages (Apr.

1970), 25 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.29/2 :29. 227
Applied Mathematics Series. Mathematical tables, manuals, and studies of

special interest to physicists, engineers, chemists, biologists, mathematicians,

computer programmers, and others engaged in scientific and technical work. Some of the volumes are reissues of the Mathematical Tables prepared by the Project for the Computation of Mathematical Tables conducted by the Works

Projects Administration for the City of New York under the scientific sponsorship of NBS.

Lehner, J., Lectures on modular forms, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Appl. Math.

Ser. 61, 77 pages (Dec. 1969) , 70 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.32 :61. Federal Information Processing Standards Publications. (FIPS PUBS) The

publications in this series collectively constitute the Federal Information Processing Standards Register. The purpose of the Register is to serve as the official source of information in the Federal Government regarding (1) uniform Federal information processing standards resulting from provisions of Public Law

89-306 (the Brooks Bill) and (2) data elements and codes standards in data systems developed under the provisions of Bureau of the Budget Circular No. A-86. FIPS PUBS will include approved Federal information processing stand- ards information of general interest, and a complete index of relevant standards

publications.

White, H. S., Jr., Ed., Congressional districts of the United States. Federal

general data standard representations and codes, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Fed. Info. Process. Stand. Publ. (FIPS Pub.), 9, 4 pages (Nov. 1969), 10

cents, SD Catalog No. C13.52 :9. White, H., Editor, Countries, Dependencies and Areas of Special Sovereignty,

Federal General Data Standard Representations and Codes, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Fed. Info. Process. Stand. Publ. (FIPS Pub.) 10, 23 pages, (1970), 35 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.52 :10. Product Standards. This series comprises voluntary standards that establish

(1) dimensional requirements for standard sizes and types of various products;

(2) technical requirements for the product and (3) methods of testing, grading,

and marking these products. The objective is to define requirements for products

in accordance with the principal demands of the trade.

Philo, H. A., Technical Standards Coordinator, Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe

(schedule 40—inside diameter dimensions), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Prod.

Stand. 10-69, 14 pages (Mar. 1970), 15 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 : 10-69. (Supersedes Commercial Standard CS 197-60.)

Philo, H. A., Technical Standards Coordinator, Polyethylene (PE) plastic

pipe (SDR), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Prod. Stand. 11-69, 14 pages (Mar.

1970), 15 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :ll-69. (Supersedes Commercial

Standard CS 255-63.)

Philo, H. A., Technical Standards Coordinator, Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe

(schedules 40 and 80—outside diameter dimensions), Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Prod. Stand. 12-69, 14 pages (Mar. 1970), 15 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.20/2 : 12-69.

Eisele, J. W., Technical Standard Coordinator, Uncored slab urethane foam

for bedding and furniture cushioning, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Prod. Stand.

13-69, 6 pages (Dec. 1969): 10 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :13-69. Phucas, Charles B., Technical Standards Coordinator, Salt Packages, Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.), Prod. Stand. 14-69, 9 pages (May 1970), 10 cents, SD Catalog

No. C13.20/2 :14-69. Stevenson, D. R., Technical Standards Coordinator, Custom Contact-Molded

Reinforced-Polyester Chemical-Resistant Process Equipment, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Prod. Stand. 15-69, 28 pages (June 1970), 20 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :15-69.

Eisele, J. W., Technical Standards Coordinator, Types and sizes of forms for one-way concrete joist construction, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Prod. Stand.

16-69, 16 pages (June 1970), 10 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :16-69. Stevenson, D. R., Technical Standards Coordinator, Polyethylene Sheeting

(Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications), Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Prod. Stand. 17-69, 20 pages (June 1970), 15 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 : 17-69. 228
Newell. K. G.. Jr.. Technical Standards Coordinator. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Stvrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe (Schedules 40 and 80), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Prod. Stand. 18-69, 15 pages (June 1970). 15 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.20/2 :18-69. Newell, K. G.. Jr.. Technical Standards Coordinator. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Stvrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe (Standard Dimension Ratio), Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.). Prod. Stand. 19-69. 13 pages (June 1970). 15 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.20/2 :19-69. Mackav. D. R., Technical Standards Coordinator. American softwood lumber

standard, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) . Prod. Stand. 20-70. 26 pages (Jan. 1970). 35 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :20-70. Newell, K. G.. Technical Standards Coordinator. Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)

Plastic Pipe (Schedules 40, 80, and 120), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Prod.

Stand. 21-70, 16 pages (June 1970). 15 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :21-70. Newell. K. G.. Jr.. Technical Standards Coordinator. Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

(PVC) Plastic Pipe (Standard Dimension Ratio), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Prod. Stand. 22-70. 14 pages (June 1970). 20 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :22-70.

Eisele. J. W., Technical Standards Coordinator. Horticultural Grade Perlite, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Prod. Stand. 23-70. 9 pages (May 1970), 10 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.20/2 :23-70. Technical Notes. Designed to supplement the Bureau's regular publications program. Technical Notes provide a publication medium for communications

and reports on data of limited or transitory interest. They often serve as final reports on work at NBS sponsored by other Government agencies. Milton. J. B.. Standard time and frequency: its generation, control, and dis- semination from the National Bureau of Standards Time and Frequency

Division, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 379. 27 pages (Aug. 1969), 35

cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :379. Kamper. R. A., Mullen. L. O.. and Sullivan. D. B.. Some applications of the Josephson effect, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 381. 63 pages (Oct. 1969), 65 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :381. Jennings. D. A.. West, E. D.. Evenson. K. M.. Rasmussen. A. L.. Simmons. W. R.. Laser power and energv measurements, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note

382. 64 pages (Oct. 1969). 65 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :382. Hall. L. A.. A bibliography of thermophvsical properties of air from 0 to 300

K, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 383. 121 pages (Oct. 1969). $1.25. SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :383. Snyder. N. S.. Thermal conductance at the interface of a solid and helium II (Kapitza conductance), Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) . Tech. Note 385. 90 pages

(Dec. 1969). $1, SD Catalog No. C13.46:385.

Jones, R. N., Huntley, L. E.. A precision, high frequency calibration facility for coaxial capacitance standards, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 386. 27 pages (Mar. 1970). 35 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :386. Hellwig. H.. Hydrogen spin exchange frequency shifts, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 387. 13 pages (Mar. 1970). 30 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :387. Bowman. R. R.. Quantifying hazardous electromagnetic fields: practical considerations, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 389. 15 pages (Apr. 1970). 30 cents, SD Catalog C13.46 :389. Jones. M. C. Far infrared absorption in liquefied gases, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 390. 39 pages (Apr. 1970). 50 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :390. TVacker, P. F.. Quantifying hazardous microwave fields: Analysis, Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 391. 19 pages (Apr. 1970). 30 cents, SD Catalog

No. C13.46 :391. Lutz. G. J.. Boreni. R. J.. Maddock. R. S.. Meinke. W. W., Editors. Activation

analysis: A bibliography, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) . Tech. Note 467, Part 1. Addendum 1, 176 pages (Dec. 1969) and Part 2. Appendices. Revision 1. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 467. 264 pages (Dec. 1969). S8.50 per set of 3 volumes, sold in sets only. Part 1 of September 1968 accompanies these sets. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :467. Parks. E. J., and Linning. F. J.. An evaluation of certain methods for the chemical analysis of stvrene-butadiene rubber, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 485, 27 pages (July 1969). 35 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :485. Spinner. S.. and Barton, F. TV.. Some problems in measuring tread wear of

tires, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 486. 27 pages (Aug. 1969 1

. 35

cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :486. 229
Newman, N., Consideration in computing the useful frequency range of piezoelectric accelerometers, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 487, 20 pages

(July 1969), 30 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :487. Bullis, W. M., Ed., Methods of measurement for semiconductor materials, process control, and devices. Quarterly report January 1 to March 31, 1969,

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 488, 44 pages (July 1969), 50 cents, SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :488. Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Chappell, S. E., Humphreys, J. C, and Motz,

J. W., Table of response functions for silicon electron detectors, Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 489, 62 pages (Aug. 1969), 60 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.46 :489. Horn, L., Thermal gradient effects on thirteen flush mounted pressure trans- ducers, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 490, 23 pages (Aug. 1969), 30

cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :490. Tate, D. R., Gravity measurements and the standards laboratory, Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 491, 10 pages (Aug. 1969), 25 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.46 :491. Rankin, K., Tan, J. L., Component combination and frame-embedding in Chinese character grammars, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 492, 36 pages (Feb. 1970), 40 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :492. Franklin, A. D., Ed,, ARPA-NBS program of research on high temperature

materials, Period covered, July 1 to December 31, 1968, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Tech. Note 494, 28 pages (Sept. 1969), 35 cents, SD Catalog No.

C13.46 :494. Bullis, W. M., Ed., Methods of measurement for semiconductor materials, process control, and devices, Quarterly Report April 1 to June 30, 1969,

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 495, 45 pages (Sept. 1969), 50 cents, SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :495. Gorden, R., Jr., Rebbert, R. E., and Ausloos, P., Rare gas resonance lamps,

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 496, 55 pages (Oct. 1969), 60 cents, SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :496. Williams, R., The effects of extended high-temperature storage on the per- formance characteristics of several strain gauge pressure transducers, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 497, 22 pages (Oct. 1969), 30 cents, SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :497. Greenfeld, S. H.. Warner, E. R., Reinhart, H. W., Bibliographies on fabric flammability. Part 1. Wearing apparel; Part 2. Fabrics used on beds; Part

3. Carpets and rugs, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 498, 36 pages (Feb.

1970), 40 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46:498. Richardson, A. C. B., Multiple scattering corrections for the associated-particle neutron time-of-flight technique, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 499, 68 pages (Oct. 1969), 65 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :499. Messina, C. G., Hilsenrath, J.. Edit-insertion programs for automatic typeset- ting of computer printout, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 500, 50 pages

(Apr. 1970), 60 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46:500. DeVoe. J. R., Editor, Radiochemical Analysis Section : Mossbauer spectroscopy, nuclear chemistry, nuclear instrumentation, radioisotope techniques. Summary of activities July 1968 to June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 501. 149 pages (Feb. 1970), $1.25, SD Catalog C13.46 :501. Scribner, B. F., Ed., Activities of the NBS Spectrochemical Analysis Section,

July 1968 to June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 502, 108 pages

(Dec. 1969) , $1, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :502. Bates, R. G., Ed.. Electrochemical Analysis Section, summary of activities July

1968 to June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 503, 99 pages (Aug.

1969), $1, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :503. Menis, O.. Analytical Coordination Chemistry Section: Summary of activities July 1968 to June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 504, 120 pages

(Oct. 1969), $1, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :504. Taylor, J. K., Ed., Microchemical Analysis Section: Summary of activities July 1968 to June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 505, 140 pages

(Oct. 1969), $1.25, SD Catalog No. C13.46:505.

Shields, W. R., Analytical Mass Spectrometry Section: Summary of activities July 1968 to June 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 506, 55 pages (May 1970), 55 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :506. Schaffer, R., Ed., Organic Chemistry Section: Summary of activities July 1968

to June 1969, Nat, Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 507, 145 pages (Oct. 1969), $1.25, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :507. 230
Freeman. D. H., Zielinski, W. L., Jr.. Eds.. Separation and Purification Section: Summary of activities July 1968 to June 1969, Xat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 509. 73 pages (Feb. 1970). 70 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :509. Bullis, W. M.. Thurber, W. R., Pyke, T. N., Jr., Ulmer, F. H., and Koenig, A. L., Use of a time-shared computer system to control a Hall effect experiment,

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) . Tech. Note 510. 46 pages (Oct. 1969), 50 cents, SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :510. Bullis. W. M., Measurement methods for the semiconductor device industry

a summary of NBS activity, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 511. 24 pages (Dec. 1969), 30 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :511. Simson. B. G.. Radlinski. R. TV.. The accuracy of air tower pressure gages

in suburban Washington, D.C., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 512, 10 pages (Dec. 1969). 25 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :512. Armstrong. G. T.. Hvdrogen fluoride and the thermochemistry of fluorine, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 513. 21 pages (Feb. 1970). 30 cents, SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :513. Franklin. A. D.. Bennett. H. S.. Editors. ARPA-NBS program of research on

high temperature materials and laser materials. Reporting period January*

1 to June 30, 1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 514. 98 pages (Jan.

1970), $1.00, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :514. Heaton. H. T.. II. Use of an on-line computer in neutron time-of-flight measurements, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 515. 31 pages (Jan. 1970), 35

cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :515. Strohlein. J. N.. Bagg. T. C. A selective roll-to-roll printer for producing dupli- cate microfilm copies, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 516. 9 pages (Feb.

1970), 25 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :516. Hilten. J. S.. Accelerometer calibration with the earth's field dynamic cali- brator, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 517. 30 pages (Mar. 1970), 35

cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :517. Marden. C. P.. Cowan. R. Y.. Tabulation of data on semiconductor amplifiers

and oscillators at microwave frequencies, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note

518, 66 pages (Feb. 1970), 65 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :518. Lutz. G. J.. Editor. Forensic science: A bibliography of activation analysis papers, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 519. 47 pages (Mar. 1970), 50

cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :519. Bullis. TV. M., Ed.. Methods of measurement for semiconductor materials, process control, and devices. Quarterlv report Julv 1 to September 30, 1969,

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 520. 69 pages (Mar. 1970). 65 cents, SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :520. Penner. S.. Beam handling techniques for electron linear accelerators, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 522. 21 pages (Apr. 1970). 30 cents. SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :522. Penner. S.. Experimental techniques for electron scattering investigations, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 523. 46 pages (Apr. 1970). 50 cents. SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :523. Lutz, G. J., Editor. Determination of the light elements in metals: A bibliography of activation analysis papers, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 524, 66 pages (May 1970). 75 cents. SD Catalog No. C13.46 :524. The Flammable Fabrics Program, 1968-1969. U.S. Department of Commerce

report of activities under the Flammable Fabrics Act, 1968—1969, Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 525. 84 pages (Apr. 1970). 75 cents. SD Catalog

No. C13.46 :525. Bullis. W. M.. Editor. Methods of measurement for semiconductor materials, process control, and devices. Quarterlv report October 1 to December 31,

1969, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) . Tech.' Note 527. 60 pages (May 1970). 60

cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :527. Harvey. J. L.. Brenner. F. C. Tire use survey. The physical conduction, use, and performance of passenger car tires in the United States of America,

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 528, 59 Dages (May 1970). 60 cents. SD

Catalog No. C13.46 :528. Thurber. W. R.. Determination of oxygen concentration in silicon and ger- manium by infrared absorption, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 529. 21 pages (May 1970), 30 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :529. Franklin. A. D.. Bennett. H. S.. Editors. ARPA-NBS program of research on

high temperature materials and laser materials, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.). Tech. Note 531, 75 pages (June 1970), 70 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46:531. 231
Lutz, G. J., Editor, Pollution analysis: a bibliography of the literature of

activation analysis, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 532, 32 pages (June

1970), 45 cents, SD Catalog No. 013.46:532.

Lutz, G. J., Editor, 14-MeV neutron generators in activation analysis: a bib- liography, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 533, 91 pages (June 1970),

$1.00, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :533. Lutz, G. J., Editor, Oceanography: a bibliography of selected activation analysis literature, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 534, 36 pages (June 1970), 50 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :534. Robbins, D., Englert, A. J., Editors, Disclosures on: viscous damped wind vane; nonskid road or runway; regrooved pneumatic tire with removal inserts; device for radially positioning a rotating wheel; method for fabricating

precision waveguide sections; distortion-cancelling loudspeaker system; cryo- genic fluid density measurement system; and controlled-atmosphere weathering device, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Tech. Note 536, 25 pages (June 1970), 35 cents, SD Catalog No. C13.46 :536. PUBLICATIONS IN OUTSIDE JOURNALS

Abramowitz, S., and Levin, I. W., Raman spectrum of ONF3, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 1, 463-464 (July 1969).

Adams, J. W., Jarvis, S., Jr., Current distribution in barretters and its applica- tion to microwave power measurements, IEEE Trans. Micro. Theory Tech

MTT-17, No. 10, 778-785 (Oct. 1969).

Ahearn, A. J., Homogeneity of ion sensitive emulsions and precision of ion

sensitive emulsions and precision of ion beam measurements in spark source mass spectrometry, (Summary), Proc. 16th Annual Conf. on Mass Spectrometry and Allied Topics, May 12-17, 1968, Pittsburgh. Pa., Sponsored by ASTM

Committee E14, pp. 273-276 (1968).

Alley, C. O.. Chang, R. F., Currie, D. G.. Poultney, S. K., Bender, P. L., Dicke,

R. H., Wilkinson, D. T., Faller, J. E., Kaula, W. M., MacDonald, J. F., Mulholland, J. D., Plotkin, H. H., Carrion, W., Wampler, E. J., Laser ranging

retro-reflector : Continuing measurements and expected results, Science 167,

No. 3918. 458-460 (Jan. 30, 1970).

Anderson, H. J., Brenner, A., Chemical vapor deposition of rhenium. Proc. 2nd

Intern. Conf. on Chemical Vapor Deposition. Los Angeles, Calif., May 1970,

pp. 356-366 (1970).

Angeles. R., Aldridge. M., Freeman, D., Wall, L., Cryodegradation of polyelectrolyte networks, Poly. Letters 7, No. 8, 609-611 (1969).

Arenhovel, H.. Danos, M., Williams, H. T., Baryon resonances in nuclei : magnetic moments of the deuteron, Physics Letters 31B, No. 3, 109-112 (February

2, 1970).

Armstrong, G. T., Hydrogen fluoride and the thermochemistry of fluorine, Proc. Conf. Interagency Chemical Rocket Propulsion Group, Thermochemistry

Working Group. Cleveland, Ohio, Apr. 7-11, 1969, 7th Meeting Bulletin 1, 119-135 (Chemical Propulsion Information Agency, Johns Hopkins University, Applied Physics Laboratory, Silver Spring, Md.. Aug. 1969).

Armstrong, G. T., and King, R. C, The heats of formation of some fluorine- containing oxidizers, Proc. Conf. Interagency Chemical Rocket Propulsion

Group, Thermochemistry Working Group, Cleveland, Ohio, Apr. 9-11, 1969, 7th Meeting Bulletin 1, 19-40, (Chemical Propulsion Information Agency, Johns

Hopkins University, Applied Physics Laboratory, Silver Spring, Md., Aug.

1969) . Armstrong, R. W., and Waters, H. P., Testing programs and research on re- straint systems, Proc. Intern. Engineering Congress, Detroit, Michigan, Jan- uary 13-17, 1969, Report No. 690247, pp. 1-48 (Society of Automotive Engineers, New York, N.Y., 1969) ; Abstract in SAE Trans. 78, 102 (1969) ; Abstract in SAE Trans. 78, 102 (1969).

Armstrong, R. W., Waters, H. P., and Stapp, J. P., Human muscular restraint during sled deceleration, Proc. 1968 Stapp Car Crash Conf., October 22-23.

1968, Detroit, Michigan, Report No. 680793. pp. 440-462 (Society of Automotive Engineers, New York, N.Y., 1969) ; Abstract in SAE Trans. 77, 179

(1969).

Arp, V., Heat transport through helium II, Cryogenics 10, No. 2, 96-105 (April

1970) . Arthur, M. G., Impulse spectral intensity calibration at the National Bureau

of Standards. Proc. Electromagnetic Compatability Symp., Ft. Monmouth,

232
N.J., June 19-20, 1969, pp. 133-138 (U.S. Army Electronics Command Hdq.,

Ft. Monmouth, N.J., 1969).

Astin, A. V., Report on the symposium on an International Standard Reference

Materials Program, Metrologia 6, No. 1, 33-34 (Jan. 1970). Ausloos. P.. Ion-molecule reactions and photoionization of hydrocarbons, Chapter

in Progress in Reaction Kinetics, G. Porter, Ed., 5, 113-179 (March-April 1970).

Ausloos, P., Lias, S. G., Carbonium ions in radiation chemistry. Reactions of

f-butyl ions with hydrocarbons, J. Am Chem. Soc. 92, 5037-5045 (1970).

Bagg. T. C, Factors dictating characteristics of systems utilizing microforms,

J. Micrographs 3, No. 3, 143-146 (1970) ; ABFM Format 1, No. 2, 1-2 (May

1970).

Baird, R. C, Recent theoretical and experimental results on the determination

of antenna pattern and gain from near-field measurements (Summary), Proc. Conf. Precision Electromagnetic Measurements. National Bureau of Standards. Boulder. Colo.. June 2-5. 1970, CPEM Digest, pp. 60 (1970).

Baird, R. C. Newell. A. C, Wacker, P. F., Kerns, D. M., Recent experimental

results in near-field antenna measurements, Electronics Letters 6, No. 11, 349-351 (May 28, 1969).

Baker, M. A., A Summary of the three year inspection of the 1964 exposure test of porcelain enamels on aluminum, (Chapter in Proceedings of the Porcelain

Enamel Institute Technical Forum, Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio, Nov.

4-6, 1969. 31, 106-113 (Procelain Enamel Institute, Washington, D.C., 1969). Baker. M. A., Continuity of coating test and suggested applications, Chapter in Proceedings of the Porcelain Enamel Institute Technical Forum, Ohio State

Univ., Columbus, Ohio, Nov. 4-6, 1969, 31. 71-84 (Porcelain Enamel Institute, Washington. D.C. 1969).

Balcom, M. M., Influence of red and blue pre-adaptation on hue matching of purple samples, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60, No. 1, 118-121 (Jan. 1970).

Ballard, D. B., Yakowitz, H.. Investigation of secondary cracks from the failed Point Pleasant, West Virginia Bridge. Proc. Third Annual Scanning Electron Microscope Symp., April 1970, 321-328 (Illinois Institute of Technology, Research Institute. Chicago, 111.. 1970).

Bates, R. D., Jr., Flynn, G. W., Ronn, A. M., Laser induced vibrational fluor- escence in nitrous oxide, J. Chem. Phys. 49, 3, 1432-1433 (1968).

Beatty, R. W.. Ed., Commission 1 progress in radio measurement methods and

standards (Triennial report of progress), Radio Sci. 4, No. 7, 579-590 (July

1969).

Becker, E. D., Ferretti, J. A., Farrar, T. C, Driven equilibrium fourier trans- form spectroscopy. A new method for nuclear magnetic resonance signal en- hancement, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 91, 7784-7785 (1969).

Bender, P. L., Alley, C. O., Currie, D. G.. Dicke, R. J., Faller, J. B., Some impli- cations for physics and geophysics of laser range measurements from earth

to a lunar retro-reflector (Proc. Conf. NATO Advanced Study Institute, University of Newcastle, Upon Tyne, England. Mar.-Apr. 1967), Chapter in The

Application of Modern Physics to the Earth and Planetary Interiors, S. K. Runcorn. Ed., pp. 523-530 (John Wiley and Sons Inc.. London, England. 1969). Bennett, H. S., F center in ionic crystals. II, Polarizable-ion models, Phys. Rev.

184, No. 3, 918-935 (Aug. 1969). Bennett, H. S., Frequency shifts of acoustic phonons in Heisenberg paramagnets. Ill, Phys. Rev. 185, No. 2, 801-804 (1970). Bennett, H. S., Two-electron F' centers in the alkaline-earth oxides and in the

alkali halides, Phys. Rev. B. 1, No. 4. 1702-1715 (February 15. 1970). Bennett, L. H., "Charge transfer" in intermetallic compounds : Example—the sodium thallide structure, Chapter in Structural Developments in Alloy

Phases, B. C. Giessen. Ed., Discussion I. 41-44 (Plenum Press, Inc.. New York.

N.Y., 1969). Bennett, L. H., Comments on "Fe and Ni hyperfine fields in Ni3Fe", Phys. Rev.

188, No. 2. 1048 (Dec. 10. 1969). Bennett, L. H.. Swartzendruber, L. J., On the interpretation of Mossbauer

effect spectra as related to the constitution of Cu-Ni-Fe alloys, Acta Met. 18, No. 5. 485-498 (May 1970).

Bennett, L. H., Swartzenbruder, L. J., Watson, R. E.. Magnetic clusters asso- ciated with isolated Fe atoms in paramagnetic Cu-Ni alloys, Phys. Rev.

Letters 23, No. 20, 1171-1174 (Nov. 1969).

Berger, M. J., Beta-ray dosimetry calculations with the use of point kernels. (Proc. Symp. Medical Radionuclides: Radiation Dose and Effects, Oak Ridge

Association Universities, Oak Ridge, Tennessee), Atomic Energy Commission

Report CONF-691212, pp. 63-86 (June 1970).

233
Berger, M. J., Spectrum of energy deposited electrons in spherical regions, Proc. 2nd Symp. Microdosimetry, Stresa, Italy, October 20-24, 1969, Euratom Docu- ment No. 4452 d-f-e-, 541-559 (1970).

Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Bremsstrahlung and photoneutrons from thick tungsten and tantalum targets, Phys. Rev. C, 2, No. 2, 621-631 (Aug. 1970).

Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Calculation of energy and charge deposition and

of the electron flux in a water medium bombarded with 20-MeV electrons

(Proc. Conf. High Energy Radiation, Therapy Dosimetry under the auspices

of the American Association of Physicists in Medicine, New York, N.Y., June

15-17, 1967), Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 161, Art. 1, 8-23 (July 1969).

Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Penetration of electrons and associated bremsstrahlung through aluminum targets, Chapter in Protection Against Space

Radiation, NASA SP-169, pp. 285-322 (National Aeronautics and Space

Administration, Greenbelt, Md., 1968).

Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Maeda, K., Energy deposition of auroral electrons

in the atmosphere, J. Atmospheric Terrest. Phys. 32, 1015-1045 (1970).

Bergstrom, J. C, Bertozzi, W., Kowalski, S., Maruyama, X. K., Lightbody, Jr., J. W., Fivozinsky, S. P., Penner, S., Electroexcitation of the low-lying states of O

16

, Phys. Rev. Letters 24, No. 4 152-155 (January 26, 1970).

Birky, M. M., Simultaneous recording of near-field and far-field patterns of

lasers, Appl. Opt. 8, No. 11, 2249-2253 (Nov. 1969).

Bjorge, S. E., Urbach, P. F., Earl, P. H., King, D. W.. Wiederkehr R. R. V., An experiment to determine the effectiveness of various announcement media

on Clearinghoues for Federal Scientific and Technical Information sales, Proc. American Society for Information Science Annual Meeting, Columbus, Ohio,

Oct. 20-24, 1968, 327-329 (Greenwood Publ. Corp., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Bjorge, S. E., Urbach, P. F., Earl, P. H., King, D. W., Wiederkehr, R. R. V., Experimentation, modeling and analysis to establish a new pricing policy at the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Proc. American Society for Information Science Annual Meeting, Columbus, Ohio,

Oct. 20-24, 1968, 311-314 (Greenwood Publ. Corp., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Blaine, R. L., A statistical study of the effects of trace elements on the properties of portland cement, Proc. 5th Intern. Symp. on the Chemistry of Cements,

Tokyo, Japan. October 7-11, 1968, 3, Part 3, 86-91 (Dcember 31, 1969). Blake. R. W., Language of performance, an NBS project, Mater. Res. Std. 9, No. 3, 11-14 (Mar. 1969).

Blandford, J. M., In-plant testing for wash-and-wear apparel performance and

labeling, Third Tech. Conf. The Apparel Research Foundation, Inc., Washington, D.C., Oct. 14-16, 1969, 12 pages (Oct. 1969).

Blaugher, R. D., Hein, R. E., Cox, J. E., Waterstrat. R. M., Atomic ordering

and superconductivity in A-15 compounds, J. Low. Temp. Phys. 1, No. 6, 539-561 (December 1969).

Boesch, L., Napolitano, A., Macedo, P. B., Spectrum of volume relaxation times

in B2 03, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 53, No. 3, 148-153 (1970).

Boswarva, I. M.. Semiempirical calculations of ionic polarizabilities and van der Waals potential coefficients for the alkaline-earth chalcogenides, Phys. Rev.

B. 1, No. 4, 1968-1701 (Feb. 15, 1970).

Boyne, H. S., Hall, J. L., Barger, R. L., Bender, P. L., Ward, J., Levine, J., Faller, J., Absolute strain measurements with a 30-meter vacuum interferometer, (Proc. Conf. Laser Applications in the Geosciences, Huntington Beach,

Calif., June 1969), Chapter in Laser Applications in the Geosciences, J. Gauger and F. F. Hall, Jr., Ed., pp. 215-225 (Western Periodicals, North

Hollywood, Calif., 1970).

Brady, E. L.. The National Standard Reference Data System, Mater. Res. Std.

9, No. 10, 19-21 (Oct. 1969).

Brady, R. F., Jr., Cyclic acetals of ketoses. Part III. Re-investigation of the

synthesis of the isomeric Di-O-isopropylidene-jS-D-fructopyranose, Carbohydrate Res. 15, No. 1, 34-40 (1970).

Branscomb, L. M., A fully integrated partnership between government labora- tory and university, Proc. Education on Federal Laboratory-University Relationships Symp. sponsored by the Federal Council for Science and Technology

and the American Council on Education, Washington, D.C., October 29-31,

1968, pp. 139-151 (May 1969).

Branscomb, L. M., The photoionization of one- and two-electron atoms, (Proc.

Sommerfeld Centennial Memorial Meeting, Munich, Germany, Sept. 10-14,

1968), Chapter in Physics of the One- and Two-Electron Atoms, F. Bopp and

H. Kleinpoppen, Ed., pp. 669-699 (North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The

Netherlands. 1969).

234
Branscomb, L. M., Truth in packaging of scientific information, Meas. Data 3, No. 5, 104-105 (Sept.-Oct. 1969).

Brauer, G. M., Pyrolysis-gas chromatographic techniques for polymer identifi- cation. Chapter 2. Thermal characteristics techniques in techniques and

methods of polymer evaluations, P. Slade, Ed., II, 41-105 (Marcel Dekker

Publ., New York, N.Y., 1970).

Brauer, G. M., Termini, D. J., Burns, C. L., Characterization of components of dental materials and components of tooth structure by differential thermal

analysis, J. Dental Res. 49, No. 1, 100-110 (Feb. 1970).

Braun, W., Bass, A. M., Davis, D. D., Simmons, J. D., Flash photolysis of carbon suboxide: Absolute rate constants for reactions of C( 3P) and CCD)

with H2, N2, CO, NO, 02 and CH4 , Proc. Roy. Soc. A3 12, 417^34 (1969).

Braun, W., Bass, A. M., Pilling, M., Flash photolysis of ketene and diazo- methane: the production and reaction kinetics of triplet and singlet methylene, J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 10, 5131-5143 (May 15, 1970).

Braun, W., Carrington. T., Line emission sources for concentration measure- ments and photochemistry, J. Quant. Spectr. Radiative Transfer 9, 1133-1143

(1969).

Brennan, J. A., Edmonds, D. K., Smith, R. V., Two-phase (liquid-vapor), masslimiting flow with hydrogen and nitrogen (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering

Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio, Aug. 19-21, 1968), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14, Paper G-6, 294-298 (Plenum

Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Brenner, A., Anderson, H. J., Chemical vapor deposition of metals. I. Rhenium,

Proc. Interflnish 1968 7th International Metal Finishing Conf., May 5-9, 1968, Hanover, Germany, pp. 28-31 (1968).

Brenner, A., Sligh, J. L., Electrodeless electrolysis, J. Electrochem, Soc. 117,

No. 5, 602-608 (May 1970).

Brenner, F. C, Research for a uniform quality grading system for tires, Rubber

Chem. Technol. 42, No. 5, 1446-1449 (Dec. 1969).

Brenner, F. C, Barton, F. W., Cuts and cut growth in tires, Rubber Chem.

Technol. 42, No. 5, 1462-1465 (Dec. 1969).

Brenner, F. C. Mandel, J., Simson, B. G.. Research for a uniform quality

grading system for tires. II. Wheel speed capability test, Rubber Chem.

Technol. 42, No. 5, 1450-1461 (Dec. 1969).

Broadhurst, M. G., Mopsik, F. I., Bulk modulus and Gruneisen parameters for

linear polymers, J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 7, 3634-3641 (Apr. 1, 1970).

Brower, W. S., Jr., Fang, P. H., Dielectric constants of scheelite structure

crystals, J. Appl. Phys. 40, No. 12, 4988-1989 (November 1969).

Brower, W. S., Jr., Fang, P. H., Dielectric constants of zinc tungstate, J. Appl.

Phys. 41, No. 5, 2266 (April 1970).

Brower, W. S., Jr., Farabaugh, E. N., Dislocation etchant for single crystal

Y2 03, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 53, No. 4, 225 (April 1970).

Brown, D. W„ Lowry, R. E., Wall, L. A., Radiation-induced copolymerization of tetrafluoroethylene and 3,3,4,4,5, 5,5-heptafluoropentene-l under pressure, J. Polymer Sci. Part A-l, 8, No. 9, 2441-2452 (1970).

Brown, D. W., Wall, L. A., Glass transition temperatures of several fluorine- containing polymers, J, Polymer Sci. : Part A-2, 7, 601-608 (1969).

Brown, J. E., Tryon. M.. Horowitz, E., Thermal decomposition of Cu(II)-Ms (8- hydroxy-5-quinolyl) methane coordination polymer, J. Appl. Poly. Sci. 13, 1937-1947 (1969).

Bullis, W. M., Scace, R. I., Measurement standards for integrated circuit processing, Proc. IEEE 57, No. 9, 1639-1646 (September 1969).

BuUough. R., Simmons. J. A.. On the deformation of an imperfect solid. Chapter

5 in Physics of Strength and Plasticity, A. S. Argon, Ed., 47-63 (Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1969). Bur, A. J., Extrapolation to single-relaxation-time behavior in solutions of poly(n-butylisocyanate), J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 7, 3813-3819 (Apr. 1, 1970). Bur, A. J., and Roberts, D. E.. Rodlike and random-coil behavior of poly(nbutylisocyanate) in dilute solution, J. Chem. Phvs. 51, No. 1, 406-^20 (Julv

1969).

Burgess, A., Hummer, D. G., Tully, J. A., Electron impact excitation of positive

ions, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, Ser. A., 266, No. 1175, 225-279 (Apr.

23, 1970).

Burke, P. G., Gallaher, D. F., Geltman, S.s Electron scattering by atomic hydro- gen using a pseudo-state expansion. I. Elastic scattering, J. Phys. B. (Proc.

Phys. Soc.) 2, 1142 (1969).

235
Burke, R. W., Exchange reactions of ternary ion association complexes directly

in the organic phase, Talanta 17, 240-242 (1970).

Burke, R. W., Deardorff, E. R., Simultaneous spectrophotometry determination

of cobalt, nickel and copper and 2,3-quinoxaline-Dithiol, Talanta 17, 255-264

(1970).

Burns, G. W., Hurst, W. S., An investigation of W-3% Re and W-25% Re

thermoelements in vacuum argon and hydrogen, NASA Final Report CR72639, 1-28 (National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Greenbelt, Md., Mar. 10, 1970).

Butterfield, M. A., OCR standards today, Chapter 37 in Optical Character Recognition and the Years Ahead, pp. 318-335 (Business Press, Elmhurst, 111., July 1969).

Carpenter, B. S., Cheek, C. H., Trace determination of uranium in biological

material by fission track counting, Anal. Chem. 42, No. 1, 121-123 (Jan. 1970).

Carrington, T., Garvin, D., The chemical production of excited states, Chapter 3

in Comprehensive Chemical Kinetics. Volume 3. The Formation and Decay of Excited Species, pp. 107-181 (1969).

Carroll, J. J., Melmed, A. J., Ellipsometry-LEED study of the adsorption of oxygen on (011) tungsten, Surface Sci. 16, 251-264 (Aug. 1969).

Casella, R. C., Possible failure of Pomeranchuk theorem—shrinkage of the forward elastic peak, Phys. Rev. Letters 24, No. 25, 1463-1466 (June 22, 1970).

Cassidy, E. C, Cones, H. N., Electro-optical observations and measurements of distorted high-intensity electric fields, Proc Conf. Electrical Insulation and

Dielectric Phenomena, Buck Hill Falls, Pa., Oct. 20-22, 1969, pp. 77-86 (National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C., 1970).

Caswell, R. S., Danos, M., On the accuracy of the adiabatic separation method,

J. Math. Phys. 11, No. 2, 349-354 (Feb. 1970).

Cezairliyan, A., High-speed methods of measuring specific heat of electrical conductors at high temperatures (A review), High Temperatures—High

Pressures 1, 517-529 (1969).

Cezairliyan, A., McClure, J. L., Morse, M. S., and Beckett, C. W., Measurement

of heat capacity of tantalum in the range 1900-300 K by a pulse heating

method, Proc. 5th Symp. Thermophysical properties, Newton, Massachusetts,

September 30-October 2, 1960, pp. 385-390 (American Society of Mechanical

Engineers, New York, N.Y., 1970).

Chandler, R. F., and Christian, R. A., Comparative evaluation of dummy per- formance under —G* impact, Proc. 13th Stapp Car Crash Conf., Boston,

Mass., December 2-4, 1969, Report No. 690798, pp. 61-75 (Society of Auto- motive Engineers, New York, N.Y., 1970) ; Abstract in SAE Trans. 78, 171-

172 (1969).

Chandler, R. F., Christian, R. A., Crash testing of humans in automobile seats, Proc. Society of Automotive Engineers Safety Conf., May 13-15, 1970, Detroit,

Mich., and June 8-11, 1970, Brussels, Belgium, Intern. Safety Conf. Compendium No. P-30, 112-132 (Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., New

York, N.Y., June 1970).

Childs, G. E., Diller, D. E., Refractive index of liquid deuterium, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June 16-18, 1969, Univ. of California, Los

Angeles, Calif. ) , Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper No.

C-2, 65-69 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

Christ, B. W., On the mechanism of interstitial-impurity-induced cross-slip in iron deformed near 175 °K, Acta Met. 17, No. 10, 1317-1321 (Oct. 1969).

Christ, B. W., Gamble, R. P., Smith, G. V., On the distinction between alloy

softening due to nitrogen and nickel in dilute lattice solution in iron, Script. Met. 3, No. 8, 521-530 (Aug. 1969).

Christensen, R. G., Hoeve, C. A. J., Comparison between theoretical and experimental values of the volume changes accompanying rubber extension, J. Polymer Sci. 8, Part A-l, 1503-1512 (1970).

Clark, A. F., Childs, G. E., Wallace, G. H., Low-temperature electrical resistivity of some engineering alloys, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June

16-18, 1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper No. C-5, 85-90 (Plenum Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1970).

Cohen, M. I., Casella, R. C, Blunt, R. F., Forman, R. A., Lattice absorption

in strontium titanate, Phys. Rev. 186, No. 3, 834-838 (Oct. 1969).

Colwell, J. H., Molecular reorientation and nuclear spin conversion in the solid deuteromethanes at low temperature, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 9, 3820-3832

(Nov. 1969).

236
Colwell, J. H., The performance of a mechanical heat switch at low temperatures, Rev. Sci. Instr. 40, No. 9, 1182-1186 (Sept. 1969).

Colwell, J. H., Mangum, B. W., Thornton, D. D., Wright, J. C, Moos, H. W., Low-temperature magnetic properties of DyPO* : An ideal three-dimensional

ising antiferromagnet, Phys. Rev. Letters 23, No. 21, 1245-1247 (Nov. 24, 1969).

Cooper, M. J., Critical indices of the Z-L polymer folding transition, J. Chem.

Phys. Letter 52, No. 1, 473^74 (Jan. 1, 1970).

Cooper, M. J., Vicentini-Missoni, M., and Joseph, R. I., Linear parametrization

of the equation of state near the critical point, Phys. Rev. Letters 23, No. 2, 70-73 (July 1969).

Coxon, B., Model parameters for the analysis of skew conformations of carbo- hydrates by p.m.r. spectroscopy, Carbohydrates Res. 13, 321-330 (1970).

Coxon, B., The synthesis, equilibration, and conformation of diastereoisomeric

1,2 - O - isopropylidene - 3,5-0- (methoxymethylidene)-6-0-p-tolylsulfonyl-a-Dglucofuranoses. Conformational evidence from a nuclear Overhauser effect, Carbonhydrate Res. 12, 313-334 (May 15, 1970).

Coyle, T. D., Silica, Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 2nd

Edition, 18, 46-61 (1969).

Crissman, J. M., Passaglia. E., Eby, R. K., and Colson, J. P., Crystal data on

n-eicosane (CsoH^), J. Appl. Cryst. 3, 193-195 (1970).

Currie, L. A., Indirect estimation of component variability in chemical and

physical systems, Anal. Chem. 41, No. 14, 2051-2054 (Dec. 1969).

Cuthill, J. R., A soft x-ray spectrometer with improved drive, Rev. Sci. Instr. 41, No. 3, 422^23 (Mar. 1970).

Daney, D. E., Ludtke, P. E., Sindt, C. F., Slush hydrogen pumping characteristics using a centrifugal-type pump (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering

Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio, Aug. 19-21, 1968), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14, Paper J-2, 438-445 (Plenum

Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Daney, D. E., Rapial, A. S., Preparation and characterization of slush hydro- gen and nitrogen gels, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June 16-18,

1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper No. L-4, 467^75 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1970).

Davis, D. D., Jespersen, J. L., Kamas, G., The use of television signals for time

and frequency dissemination, Proc. IEEE 58, No. 6, 931-933 (June 1970).

Davis, H. A., Jr., Hastings, J. R., and Waxman, M., An improved tool for re- finishing the conical ends of high pressure tubing, Rev. Sci. Instr. 40, No. 9, 1238 (Sept. 1969).

Dean, J. W., Brennan, J. A., Mann, D. B., Cryogenic flow research facility of the National Bureau of Standards (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio, Aug. 19-21, 1968), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14, Paper H-l, 299-305 (Plenum Press,

Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Demtroder, W., McClintock, M., Zare, R. N., Spectroscopy of Na2 using laser- induced fluoresence, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 12, 5495-5508 (Dec. 1969).

Deslattes, R. D., Optical and X-ray interferometry of a silicon lattice spacing.

Appl. Phys. Letters 15, No. 11, 386-388 (Dec. 1969).

Deslattes, R. D., Relative energy measurements in the K series of argon, Phys. Rev. 186, No. 1, 1-4 (Oct. 1969).

Dickens, B., Brown, W. E., The crystal structure of calcium carbonate hexa- hydrate at —120°, Inorg. Chem. 9, No. 3, 480-486 (Mar. 1970).

Dickens, B., Brown, W. E., The crystal structures of CaNa2 (C03 )2 ' 5H2 0, synthetic gaylussite and CaNa2 (C03 )2 2H2 0, synthetic pirrsonite, Inorg. Chem.

8, No. 10, 2093-2103 (Oct. 1969).

Diller, D. E., Roder, H. M., Thermal conductivity measurements on fluid hydro- gen at 17 to 200 °K and pressures to 10 MN/nr, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June 16-18, 1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.). Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper No. C-l, 5S-64 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

DiMarzio, E. A., Guttman, C. M.. Separation by flow, Macromolecules 3, No. 2. 131-146 (Mar.-Apr. 1970).

Duerst, R. W., and Kokoszka, G. F., Hyperfine fields in dimeric metal ion complexes, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 4, 1673-1674 (Aug. 1969).

Duncan, A. G., and Hiza, M. J., A multipurpose phase equilibrium apparatus

to study mixtures of cryogenic fluids: application to argon-methane, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June 16-18, 1969, Univ. of California. Los 237
Angeles, Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper

No. B-2, 42-45 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970). Durst, R. A.. Fluoride microelectrode—fabrication and characteristics, Anal. Chem. 41, No. 14, 2089-2090 (Dec. 1969).

Ederer, D. L., Computer analysis of resonance profiles by the method of least squares, Appl. Opt. 8, No. 11, 2315-2325 (Nov. 1969).

Edmonds, D. K., Hork, J., Cavitation in liquid cryogens (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic

Engineering Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio, Aug. 19-21,

1968), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14, Paper G^, 274-282 Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y.. 1969).

Ehrlich, M., Proposed National Bureau of Standards Program for the calibra- tion of instruments used in high-energy electron and x-ray beams, (Proc. Conf. High-Energy Radiation Therapy Dosimetry, New York, N.Y., June

1967), Annal. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 161, No. 1. 139-145 (July 1969).

Eick, J. D., Caul, H. J., Hegdahl, T., Dickson, G., Chemical composition of dental gold casting alloy and dental wrought gold alloys, J. Dental Res. 48, No. 6, 1284-1289 (Nov.-Dec. 1969).

Eisenhart, C, Anniversaries in 1970 of interest to statisticians, Am. Stat. 24, No. 1, 25-68 (Feb. 1970).

Engen, G. F., A new method of characterizing amplifier noise performance

(Summary), Proc. Conf. Precision Electromagnetic Measurements, National Bureau of Standards, Boulder, Colo., June 2-5, 1970, CPEM Digest, pp. 20-21

(1970).

Engen, G. F„ An evaluation of the "back-to-back" method of measuring adapter

efficiency, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-19, No. 1, 18-22 (Feb. 1970).

Ernst, M. H., Dorfman, J. R., Hoegy, W. R., Van Leeuwen, J. M. J., Hard

sphere dynamics and binary collision operators, Physica 45, 127-146 (1969).

Evenson, K. M., Wells, J. S., Matarrese, L. M., Absolute frequency measure- ments of the C02 cw laser at 28 THz (10.6jAm), Appl. Phys. Letters 16, No. 6, 251-253 (Mar. 15, 1970).

Evenson, K. M., Wells, J. S., Matarrese, L. M., Elwell, L. B., Absolute frequency measurements of the 28- and 78-|iim cw water vapor laser lines, Appl. Phys.

Letters 16, No. 4, 159-161 (Feb. 15, 1970).

Farrar,. T. C, Pulse and fourier transform NMR spectroscopy,. Anal. Chem. 42, No. 4, 109A-112A (April 1970). Farrar, T. C, Tsang, T., Johannesen, R. B., Internal reorientations in K2ReH«

via wide-line and pulsed proton resonance studies, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 8, 3595-3596 (Oct. 1969).

Fatiadi, A. J., Acylation of tetrahydroxy-p-benzoquinone, J. Chem. Eng. Data

13, No. 4, 591-593 (Oct. 1969).

Fatiadi, A. J., Conversion of certain cyclic phenylhydrazino derivatives into phenylazo compounds with periodic acid, J. Org. Chem. 35, No. 3, 831-833 (Mar. 1970).

Fatiadi, A. J., Novel aromatization of a trihydroxycyclohexanetrione (tri- ketoinositol) to a dibenzo-p-dioxin derivative, Carbohydrate Res. 12, 130-

132 (1970).

Fatiadi, A. J., Novel iodination of the y-methylene group in 1,3-diphenyl-propane-l,3-dione and related /3-diketones with periodic acid, Chem. Commun.,

p. 11 (1970).

Fatiadi, A. J., Preparation of inositol hexasulfate, Carbohydrate Res. 12, 293-

296 (1970).

Feldman, A., Horowitz, D., Refractive index of cuprous chloride, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59, No. 11, 1406-1408 (Nov. 1969).

Fenstermaker, C. A., McCrackin, F. L., Errors arising from surface roughness

in ellipsometric measurement of the refractive index of a surface, Surface Sci. 16, 85-96 (1969).

Fishman, L., Mountain, R. D., Activity coefficients of solutions from the in- tensity ratio of Rayleigh to Brillouin scattering, J. Phys. Chem. 74, No. 10, 2178-2182 (May 14, 1970).

Flynn, T. M., Birmingham, B. W., Cryogenics and national goals (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland,

Ohio, Aug. 19-21, 1968), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14,

Paper A-l, 1-12 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Fraker, A. C, Ruff, A. W., Jr., Microstructural studies of 7075 Al-relation to the

directional sensitivity for stress corrosion cracking, Corrosion Sci. 10, 191-

195 (1970).

Frederick, N. V., Scott, W. W., Jr., A simple technique for metalizing boron

nitride, Rev. Sci. Instr. 40, No. 9, 1240 (September 1969).

238
Frederikse, H. P. R., Superconducting semiconductors (Proc. Conf. International Advanced Study Institute : Electronic Structures in Solids, Chania,

Crete, Greece, June 30-July 14, 1968), Chapter in Electronic Structures in

Solids, pp. 270-282 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Frederikse, H. P. R., The electronic band structure of strontium titanate

Theory and experiment ( Proc. Conf. International Advanced Study Institute

Electronic Structures in Solids, Chania, Crete, Greece, June 30-July 14, 1968),

Chapter in Electronic Structures in Solids, 259-269 (Plenum Press, New

York, N.Y., 1969).

Freeman, D. H., Currie, L. A., Kuehner, E. C, Dixon, H. D., Paulson, R. A., Development and characterization of ion-exchange bead microstandards, Anal. Chem. 42, No. 2, 203-209 (Feb. 1970).

Freeman, D. H., Goldstein, S., Schmuckler, G., Homogeneous sulfonation of styrene-divinylbenzene copolymers with oleum in organic solvents, Israel J. Chem. 7, No. 6, 741-749 (1969).

Freeman, D. H., Zielinski, W. L., Jr., Rittner, W. F., Recognition of crosslink- ing in the infrared spectra of poly (styrene-divinylbenzene), Proc. Ion Exchange in the Process Industries Conf., Imperial College of Science and

Technology, London, England, pp. 27-30 (1970).

Funkhouser, A. T., Mielenz, K. D., High-speed holographic interferometry, Appl.

Opt. 9, No. 5, 1215 (May 1970).

Furukawa, G. T., Automation problems in thermometry and calorimetry, (Proc.

2nd & 3rd Japanese Calorimetry Conf., Osaka, Japan, Nov. 27-28, 1967),

Chapter 1 in Calorimetry, Thermometry, and Calorimetry, Y. Otsubo, H. Kanbe, and S. Seki, ed., 2, 1-35 (Kagaku Gijitsu-Sha, Tokyo, Japan, 1969).

Furukawa, G. T., Saba, W. G., Sweger, D. M., Plumb, H. H., Normal boiling

point and triple point temperatures of neon, Metrologia 6, No. 1, 35-37 (Jan.

1970).

Gadzuk, J. W., Coupled surface-plasmon modes in metal-thin-film-vacuum sandwiches, Phys. Rev. B, 1, No. 3, 1267-1269 (Feb. 1, 1970).

Gadzuk, J. W., Resonance transmission in electron emission from surfaces with

adsorbed atoms, Surface Sci. 18, 193-203 (1969).

Gadzuk, J. W., Resonance-tunneling spectroscopy of atoms adsorbed on metal

surfaces : theory, Phys. Rev. B. 1, No. 5, 2110-2129 (March 1, 1970).

Gadzuk, J. W., Resonance tunneling through impurity states in metal-insulator- metal junctions, J. Appl. Phys. 41, No. 1, 286-291 (Jan. 1970).

Gallagher, A., State-transfer collisions, (Proc. Sommerfeld Centennial Memorial Meeting, Munich, Germany, Sept. 9-14, 1968), Chapter in Physics of the One- and Two-Electron Atomics, F. Bopp and H. Kleinpoppen, Ed., 788-

794 (North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1969).

Garvin, D., Suggestion: the minireview, Phys. Today 22, No. 10, 13-15 (Oct. 1969).

Gebbie, H. A., Kuhn, P., Bohlander, R. A., Scatering by high cirrus: Its effect on submillimeter wave determinations of atmospheric water vapor, Nature

Letter to Editor 226, No. 5242, 71-72 (April 4, 1970).

Giacchetti, A., Stanley, R. W., Zalubas, R., Proposed secondary-standard wavelengths in the spectrum of thorium, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 69, No. 4, 474-489

(April 1970).

Goldman, A. J., Analysis of a capacity concept for runway and final-approach

path airspace, Proc. Ion National Air Meeting on Air Traffic Control in the

1970's, Institute of Navigation, St. Louis, Mo., April 14-16, 1970. pp. 119-

131 (1970).

Goltz, S. M., Tanner, C B., Thurtell, G. W., Jones, F. E., Evaporation measure- ments by an Eddy correlation method, Water Resources Res. 6, No. 2, 440-

446 (Apr. 1970).

Gonano, R., Adams, E. D., In Situ vapor pressure measurement for low tem- perature thermometry, Rev. Sci. Instr. 41, No. 5, 716-719 (May 1970).

Graminski, E. L., The stress-strain behavior of accelerated and naturally aged

papers, TAPPI 53, No. 3, 406-410 (Mar. 1970).

Green, J. A. S., Mengelberg, H. D., Yolken, H. T., Oxide growth on copper and

alphabrasses in aqueous ammonia, J. Electrochem. Soc. 117, No. 4, 433—437

(Apr. 1970).

Greenspan, M., Tschiegg, C. E., Cavitation nucleated by 10B(w,a) 7 Li, Nucl.

Instr. Methods 82, No. 3, 310-312 (1970).

Gross, D., Natrella, M. G., Interlaboratory comparison of the potential heat

test method, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 464, Fire Test Per- formance, 127-152 (1970).

239
Gugeler, A. L., A study of the adherence of porcelain enamel to aluminum,

Chapter in Proc. of the Porcelain Enamel Institute Forum, Ohio State Univ.,

Columbus, Ohio, November 4-6, 1969, 31, 37-^5, Porcelain Enamel Institute, Washington, D.C., (1969).

Gugeler, A. L., Ballard, D. P>., The aluminium-porcelain enamel interface as observed by electron microscopy, Am. Ceramic Soc. Bull. 48 No. 9, 842-845

(Sept. 1969).

Guildner, L. A., Stimson, H. F., Edsiner, R. E., Anderson, R. L., An accurate mercury manometer for the NBS gas thermometer, Metrologia 6, No. 1, 1-18

(Jan. 1970).

Haar, L., Sengers, J. M. H. L., The solubility of condensed substances in dense

gases, and the effect on PVT properties, J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 10, 5069-

5079 (May 15, 1970).

Haber, S., Sequences of numbers that are approximately completely equidistributed, J. Assoc. Computing Mach. 17, No. 2, 269-272 (Apr. 1970).

Haber, S., Stochastic quadrature formulas, Math. Computation 23, No. 108, 751-764 (Oct. 1969).

Haber, S., Osgood, C. F., On the sum 2<na>_t and numerical integration,

Pacific J. Math. 31, No. 2 383-394 ,(1969). Halford, D., Frequency stability of quality quartz crystal oscillators : Per- formance and some critical applications, Proc. Intern. Colloq. Chronometrie.

Paris, France, September 16-20, 1969, Serie A, pp. A-ll-l-A-11-3 (September 1969).

Haller, W., Blackburn, D. H., Wagstaff, F. E., Charles, R. J., Metastable immiscibility surface in the system Na2 0-B2 03-SiOo, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 53, No. 1, 34-39 (1970).

Hamilton, W. C, Edmonds, J. W., Tippe, A., Rush, J. J., Methyl group rotation and the low temperature transition in hexamethylbenzene. A neutron dif- fraction study, Discussions Farady Soc, No. 48, 192-204 (1969).

Handy, L. B., Brinckman, F. E., Chemistry of the methoxyfluorotunsten (VI)

series, Chem. Commun. 214-215 (1970).

Hanson, D. W., Quasi-optical componsents using total reflection in dielectrics, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech. MTT-18, No. 4, 233-234 (April 1970).

Hardy, S. C, Coriell, S. R., Morphological stability of cylindrical ice crystals,

J. Crys. Growth 5, 329-337 (1969).

Heinrich, K. F. J., Advances in the metallurgical application of electron probe

microanalysis, Proc. Conf. 5th International Congress on X-ray Optics and

Microanalysis, Tubingen, Germany, Sept. 9-14, 1968, G. Mollebstedt and K. H. Gaukler, Eds., pp. 415-423 ( Springer-Verlag Publ. Co., Berlin, Germany,

Dec. 1969).

Heinrich, K. F. J., Electron and ion microprobe analysis (Proc. 10th Symp.

Electron, Ion, and Laser Beam Technology, Gaithersburg, Md., May 21-23,

1969), Chapter in Record of the 10th Symposium on Electron, Ion and Laser Beam Technology, "L. Marton, Ed., 353-360 (San Francisco Press, San Francisco, Calif., 1969).

Heinrich, K. F. J., Fiori, C, Yakowitz, H., Image-formation technique for scan- ning electron microscopy and electron probe microanalysis, Science 167, 1129-

1131 (Feb. 20, 1970).

Heinrich, K. F. J., Yakowitz, H., Propagation of errors in correction models

for quantitative electron probe microanalysis, Proc. Conf. 5th International Congress on X-ray Optics and Microanalysis, Tubingen, Germany, Sept. 9-14, 1968, G. Mollebstedt and K. H. Gaukler, eds., pp. 151-159 ( Springer-Verlag

Publ. Co., Berlin, Germany, Dec. 1969).

Heinrich, K. F. J., Yakowtiz, H., Quantitative electron probe microanalysis:

Uncertainty in the atomic number correction, Mikrochim. Acta 7, No. 1, 123-134 (Jan. 1970).

Hellwig H., The hydrogen storage beam tube, a proposal for a new frequency

standard, Metropolgia 6, No. 2, 56-60 (April 1970).

Hellwig, H., Allan, D. W., Glaze, D. J., Vessot, R. F. C, Levine, M., Zitzewitz,

P. W., Peters, H. E., Measurement of the unperturbed hydrogen hyperfine

transition frequency (Summary), Proc. Conf. Precision Electromagnetic

Measurements, National Bureau of Standards, Boulder, Colo., June 2-5, 1970, pp. CPEM Digest, pp. 72-73 (1970).

Henderson, B., Stokowski, S. E., Ensign, T. C, Luminescense from F centers

in calcium oxide, Phys. Rev. 183, No. 3, 826-831 (July 1969).

Hendricks, R. C, Simmoneau, R. J.. Smith. R. V., Survey of heat transfer to

near-critical fluids, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June 16-18,

1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cry240
ogenic Engineering 15, Paper No. G-l, 197-237 (Plenum Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1970).

Herron, J. T., Hnie, R. E.. Rates of reaction of atomic oxygen. II. Some C2 to C8 alkanes. J. Phys. Cliem. 73, No. 10, 3327-3337 (Oct. 1969).

Heydemann, P. L.. Ultrasonic measurements at pressures up to 50 kbar, Proc.

Intern. Collog. Solids at High Pressures. Grenoble, France, Sept. 8, 1969, No. 188, pp. 461-467 (Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, France. 1970).

Hiza, M. J., Solid-vapour equilibria research on systems of interest in cry- ogenics, Cryogenics 10, No. 2. 106-115 (April 1970).

Hiza, M. J., and Duncan, A. G., Comments on "Intermolecular forces : thermal

diffusion and diffusion in He-Kr and H2-Kr" Phys. Fluids 12, No. 7, 1531-

1532 (July 1969).

Hiza, M. J., Duncan, A. G., Equilibrium gas-phase compositions of ethane

and. ethylene in binary mixtures with helium and neon below 150 K and a

correlation for deviations from the geometric mean combining rule (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland,

Ohio, Aug. 19-21, 1968), Chapters in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering

14, Paper B-l, 30-40 (Plenum Press. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Hoegy, W. R., Convergent generalization of the Boltzmann equation for a hard sphere, Phys. Rev. 185, No. 1. 210-218 (Sept. 1969).

Hoer, C, Agy, D., A broadhurst resistive coupler, Proc. Conf. Precision Elec- tromagnetic Measurements (Summary), National Bureau of Standards,

Boulder, Colo., June 2-5. 1970, CPEM Digest, pp. 18-19 (1970).

Homan, D. N., Zapf, T. L., Two-stage guarded inductive voltage division for use at 100 kHz. Proc. 1969 Instrument Society of America Conf., Houston,

Texas, October 27-30. 1969. Paper. 69-614, 11 pages (1969).

Horn, W. A., Optimal networks joining n points in the plane (Proc. IVth

International Symp. The Theory of Traffic Flow, Karlsruhe, Germany, June

18-20, 1968), Chapter in Strassenbau und Strassenverkehrstechnik 86, W.

Leutzbach and P. Baron, Ed., 160-166 (Bundesminister fur Verkehr. Germany.

1969).

Hosier, W. R., Frederikse, H. P. R., Magnetoresistive effects in KTa03 , Solid State Commun. 7, 1443-1449 (1969).

Hubbell, J. H., Gamma-ray cross-section evaluation and compilation, Proc. Special Session on Gamma-Ray Production and Transport and on Civil Defense

Shielding, Winter Meeting of the American Nuclear Society, Nov. 5-9, 1967. Chicago, 111., A. E. Straker. Ed., ANS-SD-7. AEC TID-4500 Series, pp. 71-77, 82-100 (Aug. 1969).

Huget, E. F., Brauer, G. M., Kumpula, J. W., and Civjan, S., A filled cold-curing

acrylic resin as a splinting material, J. Am. Dent. Assoc. 79, 645-648 (Sept.

1969).

Hummer, D. G., Non-coherent scattering—VI. Solutions of the transfer problem

with a frequency-dependent source function, Mon. Not. R. Astr. Soc 145, 95-120 (1969).

Hummer, D. G., Observatory Report—Joint Institute for Laboratory Astro- physics of the National Bureau of Standards and the University of Colorado.

Bull. Am. Astron. Soc. 2, No. 1, 59-65 (1970).

Hummer, D. G., Spectral line formation by noncoherent scattering with a dipole

phase-function, x^strophysical Letters 5, 1 (1970).

Hummer, D. G., Mihalas, D., Model atmosphere for the central stars of planetary nebulae. Monthly Notices Roy. Astron. Soc. 147, No. 4, 339-354 (1970).

Hunt, C. M., W

Tolf, A. R., Comparison of some different methods for measuring

particle size using microscopicallv calibrated glass beads. Powder Technol.

3, 9-23 (1969). Hust, J. G., A compilation and historical review of temperature scale differ- ences, Cryogenics 9, No. 6, 443^55 (Dec. 1969). Hust, J. G., Thermal anchoring of wires in cryogenic apparatus, Rev. Sci. Instr. 41, No. 5, 622-624 (May 1970).

Ireland, C. T., Ku, H. H., Kullback, S.. Symmetry and marginal homogeneity

of an rxr contingency table, J. Am. Statist. Assoc. 64, 1323-1341 (Dec. 1969).

Isbell, H. S.. Fatiadi, A. J., Phenylhydrazone-phenylazo tautomerism. Part III. Reactions of phenylformazans and certain bis (phenylhydrazones) with strong

acids, Carbohydrate Res. 11, 303-311 (1969). Jacox, M. E., Milligan, D. E., Matrix-isolation study of the infrared and ultraviolet spectra of several first-series transition-metal dichlorides. J. Cheni. Phys. 51, No. 9, 4143-4155 (Nov. 1969).

Jefferson, C. F., and Baker, C. K., Mechanism of electrical conductivity in 241
nickel-iron ferrite, IEEE Trans. Magnetics MAG—4, No. 3, 460-464 (Sept.

1968).

Jellison, J. C, Collier, R. S., Fluid phase and temperature measurement with

a single sensor (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio, Aug. 19-21, 1968), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14, Paper H-5, 322-330 (Plenum Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1969).

Jennings, D. A. West, E. D., A laser power meter for large beams, Rev. Sci. Instr. 41, No. 1, 565-567 (April 1970).

Johnson, V. J., A memoir of Russell B. Scott (Proc. CRYO/68 Conf., Chicago,

III. , June 9-12, 1968), Chapter in Applications of Cryogenic Technology, R. W. Vance and H. Weinstock, Ed.. Introduction, pp. 1-11 (Tinnon-Brown, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif., 1969).

Joiner, B. L., The median significance level and other small sample measures

of test efficacy, J. Am. Statist. Assoc. 64, 971-985 (Sept. 1969).

Jones, M. C, Far infrared absorption in liquid hydrogen, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 9, 3833-3834 (Nov. 1969).

Jones, M. C, Giarratano, P. J., Simpson, A. U., Heat transfer to solid-vapor

mixtures of cryogens below their triple points flowing through heated tubes, AlChE J. 15, No. 5, 890-897 (Nov. 1969).

Kamper, R. A., The Josephson effect, IEEE Trans. Electron Devices ED-16,

No. 10, 840-844 (Oct. 1969).

Kasen, M. B., A method for producing small grain size in superpurity aluminum,

Trans. Met. Soc. AIME 245, No. 7, 1660-1661 (July 1969).

Kasen, M. B., Grain boundary resistivity of aluminum, Phil. Mag. 21, No. 171, 599-610 (Mar. 1970).

Kasen, M. B., The effect of grain boundaries on the recovery of electrical properties during annealing, Scripta Met. 4, 575-580 (1970).

Kaufman, V.. Humphreys, C. J., Accurate energy levels and calculated wavelengths of 80 Kr i J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59, No. 12, 1614-1628 (Dec. 1969).

Kidnay, A. J., Hiza, M. J., Dickson, P. F., Adsorption kinetics in a ternay sys- tem containing hydrogen, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June

16-18, 1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif), Chapter in Advances

in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper No. B-3, 46-49 (Plenum Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1970).

Kidnay, A. J., Hiza, M. J., Dickson, P. F., The kinetics of adsorption of methane

and nitrogen from hydrogen gas (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio, Aug. 19-21, 1968) Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14, Paper B-2, 41-48 (Plenum Press,

Inc., New York., N.Y., 1969).

Kieffer, L. J., The reliability of property data, or, whose guess shall we use?,

tion, dissociation, vibrational excitation, Atomic Data 1, 19-89 (1969).

Keffer, L. J., The relability of property data, or, whose guess shall we use?,

J. Chem. Doc. 9, No. 3, 167-168 (Aug. 1969).

Kilgore, S. B., Electronic circuit breaker for motor load protection, Rev., Sci. Instr. 41, No. 1, 40-41 (Jan. 1970).

Klein, R., A field emission study of carbon monoxide on hep metals rhenium

and ruthenium, Surface Sci. 20, No. 1, 1-17 (March 1970).

Klein R., Scheer, M. D., Addition of oxygen atoms to olefins at low temperature.

IV. Rearrangements, J. Phys. Chem. 74, No. 3, 613-616 (Feb. 1970).

Klose, J. Z., Transition probabilities and mean lives of the 3S2 laser level in neon I, Phys. Rev. 188, No. 1, 45^9 (Dec. 1969).

Knoeck, J., Vibrational spectrometric and electrochemical evidence for lanth- anum (II) -nitrate complexes aqueous solution, Anal. Chem. 41, No. 14, 2069-

2071 (Dec. 1969).

Knoeck, J., and Taylor, J. K., Aqueous boric acid-borate-mannitol equilibria, Anal. Chem. 41, No. 13, 1730-1734 (Nov. 1969).

Kokoszka, G. F., Brinckman, F. E., Electron paramagnetic resonance studies

of phosphorus-containing reactive intermediates, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 92, No.

5, 1199-1205 (1970).

Kose, V. E., Sullivan, D. B., Influence of external noise on microwave-induced

Josephson steps, J. Appl. Phys. 41, No. 1, 169-174 (Jan. 1970).

Kostkowski, H. J., Erminy, D. C, Hattenburg, A. T., High-accuracy spectral

radiance calibration of tungsten-strip lamps. Chapter 4 in Advances in Geophysics 14, 111-127 (Academic Press Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

Krauss, M., Potential energy surfaces, Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem. 21, 39-46 (1970).

Krauss, M., Mielczarek, S. R., Minima in generalized oscillator strengths

C2H4 , J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 12, 5241-5243 (Dec. 1969).

242
Krauss, M., Mies, F. H., Molecular-orbital calculation of the shape resonance

in N2, Phys. Rev. A 1, No. 6, 1592-1598 (June 1970).

Kropschot. R. H., Thermal cliffusivity of powder insulation (Proc. 1968 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio, Aug.

19-21, 1968), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 14, Paper F-4, 224-229 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Ku, H. H., and Kullback, S., Approximating discrete probability distributions,

IEEE Trans. Info. Theory IT-15, No. 4, 444-447 (July 1969).

Ku, H. H., Varner, R. N., Kullback, S., Analysis of multi-dimensional contin- gency tables (Proc. 14th Conf. Design of Experiments in Army Research

Development and Testing, Edgewood Arsenal, Md., October 23, 1968), ARO-D

Report 69-2, 141-180 (U.S. Army Research Office-Durham, Durham, N.C., Sept. 1969).

Kuriyama, M., The dynamical scattering amplitude of an imperfect crystal, Acta Cryst. A26, No. 6, 56-59 (Jan. 1970).

Kuriyama, M., X-ray diffraction from a crystal containing isolated imperfections, Acta Cryst. A, No. 25, 682-693 (Nov. 1969).

Kuriyama, M., Miyakawa, T., Theory of x-ray diffraction by a vibrating crystal,

J. Appl. Phys. 40, No. 4, 1697-1702 (Mar. 15, 1969).

Kushner, L. M., Are there standards? (Proc. National Safety Congress Conf., Chicago, 111., Oct. 28, 1969), National Safety Congress Trans., Civic Leadership 6, 12-16 (1969).

Kushner, L. M., The NBS contribution to technological measurements and

standards, Mater, Res. Std. 9, No. 10, 8-10 (Oct. 1969).

Kusuda, T., Thermal response factors for multi-layer structures of various

heat conduction systems, ASHRAE. J. 75, No. 2108. 1-25 (Jan. 1969).

Lafferty, W. J., Maki, A. G., Coyle, T. D., High resolution infrared spectrum

and structure of diborane, J. Mol. Spectr. 33, No. 2, 345-367 (1970).

La Fleur, P. D., Activation Analysis Section at the National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.. Laboratory of the Issue, J. Radioanalytical

Chem. 3, No. 1-2, 127-133 (July 1969).

LaFleur, P. D., Determination of molybdenum in steels and biological materials

by activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Letters 1, No. 3, 225-229 (July

1969).

Lamb, V. A., Electroplating with current pulses in the microsecond range, Plating 56, No. 8, 909-913 (Aug. 1969). Lance, H. W., Report on metrology sessions at the 24th annual ISA conference,

Appl. Opt. 9, No. 6, 1497-1498 (June 1970).

Landgrebe, W. B., Mann, W. B., Schima, F. J.. The distribution of 70-kV pra- sodymium ions in iron foil and a technique for removing thin layers of iron, Intern. J. Appl. Radiation Isotopes 21, No. 3, 169-171 (Mar. 1970).

Lang, S. B., Rice, L. H., Shaw, S. A., Pyroelectric effect in barium titanate ceramic, J. Appl. Phys. 40, No. 11, 4335-4340 (Oct. 1969). Larson, W., Desch, R. F., Gillard, B. F., Further analysis of the off-null versus power ratio method of attenuation measurement, IEEE Trans. Microwave

Theory Tech. MTX-18, No. 2. 112-113 (Feb. 1970).

Latanision, R. M., On the dislocation distribution near the surface of lightly

deformed copper single crystals, Scripta Met. 3, No. 7 465—170 (July 1969). LaVilla, R. E., and Mendlowitz. H.. Optical properties of germanium, J. Appl.

Phys. 40, No. 8, 3297-3300 (July 1969).

Lawton, R. A., New standard of electric field strength, IEEE Trans. Inst. Meas.

IM-19, No. 1, 45-51 (Feb. 1970).

Lawton, R. A., Allred, C. M.. Hudson, P. A., A wide-range CW power measure- ment technique, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-19, No. 1, 28-34 (Feb. 1970).

Ledbetter, H. M., Reed, R. P., On the martensite crystallography of Fe-Ni

alloys. Mater. Sci. Eng. 5, No. 6. 341-349 (June 1970).

Leohner, R. E., Rowe, J. M., Skold, K., Rush, J. J., Study of molecular reorien- tation in solid neopentane by quasielastic neutron scattering, J. Chem. Phys.

Letters 4, No. 7, 444-^48 (Dec. 1969).

Levin, E. M., Liquid immiscibility in oxide systems. Chapter in Phase Diagrams

Materials Science and Technology, Volume 3. The Use of Phase Diagrams in Ceramics, Glass and Metal Technology, pp. 143-236, (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

Levin, E. M., X-ray determination of the thermal expansion of silver nitrate.

J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 52, No. 1, 53-54 (January 1969).

Levin, E. M., Roth, R. S., The system niobium pentoxide-phosphorus pentoxide.

J. Solid State Chem. 2, No. 2, 250-261 (1970).

243
Lias, S. G., Collin, G. J., Rebbert, R. E., Ausloos, P., Photolysis of ethane at

11.6-11.8 eV, J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 4, 1841-1851 (February 15, 1970).

Lias, S. G., Rebbert, R. E., Ausloos, P., Irradiation of xenon-propane and argon- propane mixtures with gamma rays and 21.2 eV photons, J. Chem. Phys.

52, No. 2, 773-783 (January 15, 1970).

Lide, D. R., Jr., Determination of anharmonic potential constants in linear XYZ molecules, J. Mol. Spectr. 33, No. 3, 448-459 (March 1970).

Lutz, G. J., Determination of oxygen in sodium by photon activation analysis, Anal. Chem. 42, No. 4, 531-532 (Apr. 1970).

Lutz, G. J., LaFleur, P. D., Determination of yttrium in rare earths by photon

activation analysis, Talanta 16, 1457-1460 (1969).

McAlister, A. J., Calculation of the soft X-ray K-emission and absorption

spectra of metallic Li, Phys. Rev. 186, No. 3, 595-599 (Oct. 1969).

McBee, C. L., Kruger, J., Ellipsometric-spectroscopy of films formed on metals

in solution, Surface Sci. 16, 340-352 (1969).

McClintock, M., Balling, L. C, Atomic and molecular fluorescence from laser excited diatomic cesium and rubidium, J. Quant. Spectro. Radiative Transfer

9, 1209-1214 (1969).

McClintock, M., Demtroder, W., Zare, R. N., Level crossing studies of Na2 using

laser-induced fluorescence, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 12, 5509-5521 (Dec. 1969).

McCrackin, F. L., Analyses and corrections of instrumental errors in ellips- ometry, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 6a, No. 1, 57-63 (Jan. 1970).

McDonald, D. G., Kose, V. E., Evenson, K. M., Wells, J. S., Cupp, J. D., Harmonic generation and submillimeter wave mixing with the Josephson

effect Appl. Phys. Letters 15, No. 4, 121-122 (Aug. 1969).

McKinney, J. E., Oser, H. J., Stability of acoustic waves within a viscous compressible heat-conduction fluid, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 47, No. 3, 781-785 (March 1970).

McLaughlin, W. L., Photographic film dosimeters, Chapter in Manual on Radiation Dosimetry, N. W. Holm and R. J. Berry, ed., pp. 387-394 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

McLaughlin, W. L., Radiochromic dyecyanide dosimeters, Chapter in Manual

on Radiation Dosimetry, N. W. Holm and R. J. Berry, ed., pp. 377-385 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

McLaughlin, W. L., Hussmann, E. K., The measurement of electron and gammaray dose distributions in various media (Proc. Symp. Utilization of Large

Radiation Sources and Accelerators in Industrial Processing, Munich, Ger- many, Aug. 18-22, 1969). Chapter in Large Radiation Sources for Industrial

Processes, IAEA-SM-123/43, pp. 579-590 (International Atomic Energy

Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1969).

McNish, A. G., Progress on the Metric Study Program, Proc. Conf. 18th Annual

Meeting of Standards Engineers Society, Washington, D.C., Sept. 17-19, 1969,

pp. 53-56 (Standards Engineers Society, Philadelphia, Pa., 1969).

McNish, A. G., The impact of increasing metric usage, Proc. Conf. Industrial Heating Equipment Association, Spring (77th Consecutive) Meeting, Hot

Springs, Virginia, May 19-21, 1969, Exhibit E, 12 pages (Industrial Heating

Equipment Assoc. Washington, D.C., 1969).

Machta, L., Hughes, E., Atmospheric oxygen in 1967-1970, Science 168, No.

3939, 1582-1584 (June 26. 1970).

Madey, T. E., Yates, J. T., Jr., Chemisorption on single crystals: H2 on (100)

tungsten, Proc. Colloque Intern, sur la Structure et les Proprieties des Surfaces des Solides, Paris, France, July 7-11, 1969, No. 187, pp. 155-162 (Centre

National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, France, 1970).

Madey, T. E., and Yates, J. T., Jr., Temperature effects in desorption by electron impact: molecular vibrations in the chemisorbed layer, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 3, 1264-1265 (Aug. 1969).

Madey, T. E., Yates, J. T., Jr., King, D. A., Uhlaner, C. J., Isotope effect in electron stimulated desorption : oxygen chemisorbed on tungsten, J. Chem.

Phys. 52, No. 10, 5215-5220 (May 15, 1970).

Mahler, R. J., Nominal &m=±l, 2, 3, 4, 5 magnetic nuclear transition probabilities in ruby, Phys. Rev. 188, No. 2, 584-590 (Dec. 1969).

Mahler, R. J., James, L. W., Acoustic and magnetic effects involving the 10F

nuclei in antiferromagnetic KMnFa, J. Appl. Phys. 41, No. 4, 1633-1636 (March 15, 1970).

Mandel, J., A method for fitting empirical surfaces to physical or chemical

data, Technometrics II, No. 3, 411-429 (Aug. 1969).

Mann, D. B., Roder, H. M., Liquefied natural gas as a cryogenic fluid instru- mentation and properties (Proc. Transmission Conf. American Gas Assn. 244
Operation Section, New Orleans, La., May 26-27, 1969), pp. T-98-T-106

(American Gas Assn., Arlington, Va. 1970).

Manning. J. R., Cross terms in the thermodynamic diffusion equations for multi-component alloys, Met. Trans. AIME 1, 499-505 (Feb. 1970).

Margoshes, M., Data acquisition and computation in spectrochemical analysis

a forecast, Spectrochim. Acta 25B, 113-122 (June 15, 1969).

Margoshes, M., and Rasberry, S. D.. Application of digital computers in spec- trochemical analysis-computational methods in photographic microphotometry, Spectrochim. Act. 24B, 497-513 (Jan. 1969).

Margoshes, M., and Rasberry, S. D., Fitting of analytical functions with digital

computers in spectrochemical analysis, Anal. Chem. 41, 1163-1172 (Aug.

1969).

Margoshes, M., Scribner. B. F.. Emission spectrometry, Anal. Chem. 42, No. 5, 398R-417R (April 1970).

Marinenko, G., and Champion. C. E.. Difference between the inflection point

and the equivalence point in coulometric titrations of weak acids, Anal. Chem. 41, No. 10, 1208-1211 (Aug. 1969).

Marron, B. A., and Tauber, S. J., Evolution of a general computer-based

information system from pharmacological requirements, Proc. Conf. 32nd

Annual Meeting of the American Society for Information Science, San Francisco, Calif., Oct. 1-4, 1969. 6. 223-230 (Greenwood Publ. Corp., Westport,

Conn., 1969).

Martin, W. C, Sugar, J., Perturbations and coupling in the d

9sp configurations

of Cu i, Zn ii, Ag i, Cd n, and Tl in, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59, No. 10, 1266-1280

(Oct. 1969).

Marton, L., Survey of microanalysis-interpolation and extrapolation, Chapter

in Electron Probe Microanalysis, 1-14 (Academic Press Inc., New York, N.Y., 1969).

Marvin. R. S.. Rheological Models and measurements. (Proc. 5th. Intern. Congress on Rheology, Kyoto, Japan, Oct. 7-11, 1968), Chapter in Fifth International Congress on Rheology, S. Onogi, Ed., 1, 85-96, (University of Tokyo

Press and University Park Press, Tokyo. Japan. 1969).

Mason, S. T., Dependence of the phase shift on energy and atomic number for electron scattering by atomic fields, Phys. Rev. 182, No. 1, 97-101 (June

1969) . Mazur, J., Higher order Markov chains and statistical thermodynamics of

linear polymers, Chapter 6 in Markov Chains and Monte-Carlo calculations

in Polymer Science, G. G. Lowry, Ed., pp. 153-185 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1970).

Mazur, J., Non-self-intersecting random walks in lattices with nearest-neigh- bor interactions, Chapter in Stochastic Processes in Chemical Physics, pp. 261-280 (John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1969).

Meijer, P. H. E., The importance of dipole-dipole interactions in ultralow temperature physics, (Proc. 1970 Ultralow Temperature Symp. sponsored

by Office of Naval Research and Naval Research Laboratory. April 23-24. 1970) , R. A. Hein, D. U. Gubser, E. H. Takken, Ed., NRL Report 7133. pp. 123-128 (April 1970).

Meijer, P. H. E., O'Keeffe, D. J., Low-temperature behavior of a pure dipoledipole system, Phys. Rev. B. 1, No. 9. 3786-3800 (May 1. 1970).

Meinke, W. W., Analytical chemistry—a fading discipline? No!, Anal. Chem.

42, 26A-38A (June 1970).

Meinke, W. W., The NBS standards reference materials program : Past, present, and future. Mater. Res. Std. 9, No. 10. 15-18 (Oct. 1969).

Melmed, A. J., Carroll, J. J.. Ellipsometry. LEED. and FEM study of evaporated epitaxial films of iron on (011) tungsten. Surface Science. Letters to the Editor 19, No. 1, 243-248 (January 1970).

Mendlowitz, H.. Calculated transition array for the configurations 3d23d4p in Ti

in, Astrophys. J. 158,385-388 (Oct. 1969).

Meshkov, S., Comments on baryon spectroscopy. Proc. Hyperron Resonances

Conf., Duke University, Durham. N. C. pp. 471-500 (April 24-25. 1970).

Meyerson, M. R.. Friedman, L.. Giles, P. M.. Dimensional stability of a 12%

nickel maraging steel at ambient temperatures. Trans. ASM 62, No. 3. 809-

812 (Sept. 1969).

Mies, F. H., Resonant scattering theory of association reactions and unimolecular decomposition. II. Comparison of the collision theory and the absolute

rate theory, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 2, 798-807 (July 1969).

Mighell, A. D., Reimann, C. W., Santoro, A.. The crystal structure of the 2 :1 dimer [(pyridine N-oxide) 2 CuBr2 ] 2, Chem. Commun, 4, 204 (1970).

245
Miller, K. J., Mielczarek, S. R., and Krauss, M., Energy surface and generalized

oscillator strength of the XA" Rydberg state of H2 0, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No.

1, 26-32 (July 1969).

Miller, R. C, Prausnitz, J. M., Statistical thermodynamics of simple liquid mixtures. Henry's constants, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundamentals 8, No. 3, 449-

452 (Aug. 1969).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Infrared and ultraviolet spectra of the products

of the vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of silane isolated in an argon matrix,

J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 5, 2594-2608 (Mar. 1, 1970).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Matrix-isolation study of the infrared and ultraviolet spectra of the free radical HCO. The hydrocarbon flame bands, J. Chem.

Phys. 51, No. 1, 277-288 (July 1969).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Spectra of radicals in Physical Chemistry, 4, Chapter 5, 193-231 (Academic Press Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

Milligan, D. E., and Jacox, M. E., Studies of the photoproduction of electrons

in inert solid matrices. The electronic spectrum of the species C2—, J. Chem.

Phys. 51, No. 5, 1952-1955 (Sept. 1969).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Guillory, W. A., Infrared spectrum of N02-ion isolated in an argon matrix, J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 8, 3864-3868 (April 15, 1970).

Molino, J. A., Noise the growing hazard, Dialog 1, No. 4, 26-28 (1970).

Moore, C. E., Annual Report, July 1, 1968-June 30, 1969, The National Bureau

of Standards, Washington, D.C., Bull. Am. Astron. Soc. 2, No. 1, 99-100

(1970).

Moore, G. A., Is quantitative metallography quantitative? Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 480, pp. 3^8 (1970).

Mosburg, E. R., Periodic potential probe configuration for plasma diagnostics,

J. Appl. Phys. 40, No. 13, 5290-5300 (Dec. 1969).

Motz, J. W., Olsen, H. A., Koch, H. W., Pair production by photons, Rev. Mod.

Phys. 41, No. 4, Part 1, 581-639 (Oct. 1969).

Mountain, R. D., Comments on fluctuation theory calculations of the specific heat near the critical point. J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 7, 3852-3853 (April 1, 11970). Mountain, R. D., Liquids : Dynamics of liquid structure, Critical Reviews in Solid State Sciences 1, No. 1, 5-46 (Chemical Rubber Co., Cleveland, Ohio,

March 1970).

Mozer, B., Price, D. L., Keating, D. T., Meister. H., Incoherent neutron scatter- ing from liquid and solid CuNi, Physics Letters 30A, No. 3, 206-207 (Oct. 1969).

Mullen, L. O., On efficient use of selective vacuum pumping modes, J. Environ.

Sci. 12, No. 5, 26-30 (Oct. 1969).

Nahman, N. S., Superconducting transmission lines—communication and

power, Proc. 1968 Summer Study on Superconducting Devices and Accelerators, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, L. I., New York, June 10-

July 19, 1968, BNL-50155, pp. 622-627 (1968).

Nargolwalla. S. S., Crambes, M. R., Suddueth, J. E., Photon self-absorption corrections for the minimization of systematic errors in 14-MeV neutron

activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta 49, No. 3, 425-436 (Mar. 1970).

Nargolwalla, S. S., LaFleur, P. D., Characterization of standard reference materials for industry and research by neutron generator activation analysis, Proc. American Nuclear Society Topical Meeting, San Juan, Puerto Rico,

May 4-6, 1969, pp. 183-186 (1969).

Nargolwalla, S. S., Niewodniczanski, J., Suddueth, J. E., Experimental sensitivities for 31MeV neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem. 5, 403-

423 (1970).

Negas, T., Roth, R. S., The system SrMn03 -x, J. Solid State Chem. 1, 409-418

(1970).

Nemoto, T., Beatty, R. W.. and Fentress, G. H., A two-channel off-null tech- nique for measuring small changes of attenuation, IEEE Trans. Microwave

Theory Tech. MTT-17, No. 7, 396-397 (July 1969).

Newman, M., A table of the first factor for prime cyclotomic fields, Math.

Compt. 24, No. 109, 215-219 (Jan. 1970).

Newman, M., Isometric circles of congruence groups, Am. J. Math. XCI, No. 3, 648-656 (July 1969).

O'Connell, J. S., Prats, F.. Isospin sum rules and the photodisintegration of the A=3 nuclei, Phys. Rev. 184, No. 4, 1007-1012 (Aug. 20, 1969).

Odom, J. V., Problems of metric conversion, ASTME Vectors 4, No. 4, 17-19 (July/Aug. 1969).

246
Ohashi, M., Paffenbarger, G. C, Some flow characteristics at 37° C of ternary wax mixtures that may have possible dental uses, J. Nihon University School

Dentistry 11, No. 3, 109-208 (Sept. 1969).

Olver, F. W. J., Why steepest descents?, SIAM Rev., 12, No. 2, 228-247 (April

19, 1970).

Osgood, C. F., A method in diophantine approximation (III), Acta Arithmetica

XVI, 5-22 (1969).

Osgood, C. F., A method in diophantine approximation (IV), Acta Arithmetica

XVI, 23^0 (1969).

Paabo, M., Bates, R. G., Deuterium isotope effects and the dissociation of deu- teriophosphoric acid from 5 to 50°, J. Phys. Chem. 74, No. 4, 706-710 (Feb.

1970).

Paabo, M., Bates, R. G., Dissociation constant of protonated 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-2,2',2"-nitrilotriethanol (bistris) and related thermodynamic functions from 0 to 50°, J. Phys. Chem. 74, No. 4, 702-705 (Feb. 1970).

Paabo, M., Bates, R. G., Dissociation of deuteriocarbonate ion in deuterium

oxide from 5 to 50°, J. Phys. Chem. 73, No. 9, 3014-3017 (Sept. 1969).

Page, C. H., Relations among systems of electromagnetic equations, Am. J. Phys. 38, No. 4, 421-^24 (April 1970).

Page, C. H., The trolley problem, Am. J. Phys. 38, No. 5, 608-610 (May 1970).

Parke, W. C, Ponzini, R. G., Williams, H. T., Remarks on finite-energy sum

rules Phys. Rev. 1, No. 1-D, 134-139 (Jan. 1, 1970).

Parker, R. L. Crystal growth mechanisms : Energetics, kinetics, and transport,

Solid State Phys. 25, 151-299 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

Paulsen, P. J., Alvarez, R., Kelleher, D. E., Determination of trace elements

in zinc by isotope dilution spark source mass spectrometry, Spectrochim. Acta 24B, 535-544 (April 1969).

Paulsen, P. J., Alvarez, R., Mueller, C. W., Spark source mass spectrograph^?

analysis of ingot iron for silver, copper, molybdenum and nickel by isotope

dilution and for cobalt by an internal standard technique, Anal. Chem. 42, 673-675 (May 1970).

Perloff, A., The crystal structure of sodium hexamolybdochromate (III) octa- hydrate, Na3 (CrMoc 024 He) • 8H20, Inorganic Chem. 9, No. 10, 2228-2239

(1970).

Pfeiffer, E. R., Schooley, J. F., Superconducting transition temperatures of Nb-doped SrTiOs, Phys. Letters, 29A, No. 10, 589-590 (Aug. 11, 1969).

Phillips, S. L., Johnson, C. E., Effect of atmospheric exposure on the contact

resistance of selected tin alloys, J. Electrochem. Soc. 117, No. 6, 827-830 (June 1970).

Piermarini, G. J., Mighell, A. D., Weir, C. E., Block, S., Crystal structure of benzene II at 25 kilobars, Science 165, 1250-1255 (Sept, 19, 1969).

Pizer, R. S., Spinner, S., An apparatus for determining the actual footprint area of tires, Mater. Res. Std. 10, No. 2, 20-23 (Feb. 1970).

Plummer, E. W., Young, R. D., Field-emission studies of electronic energy

levels of adsorbed atoms, Phys. Rev. B, 1, No. 5, 2088-2109 (March 1, 1970).

Post, M. A., Determination of styrene-butadiene and strene-acrylate resins in solvent type paint, J. Paint Technol. 41, No. 537. 567-580 (Oct. 1969).

Potzick, J., Low-frequency sine-wave oscillator, EEE 18, No. 3, 130 (Mactier

Publishing Corp., Mar. 1970).

Powell, C. J., Analysis of optical- and inelastic-electron-scattering data. II. Application to Al, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60, No. 1, 78-93 (Jan. 1970).

Powell, C. J., Analysis of optical- and inelastic-electron-scattering data. III. Reflectance data for beryllium, germanium, antimony, and bismuth, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 60, No. 2, 214-220 (Feb. 1970).

Powell, C. J., Validity of inelastic-electron-scattering data in determining the

metallic or insulating properties of adsorbed atomic layers, Phys. Rev. B-l, No. 10, 4191-4192 (May 1970).

Powell, F. X., Johnson, D. R., Microwave detection of H218 0. Phys. Rev. Letters

24, No. 12, 637 (Mar. 1970).

Powell, R. L., Cryogenic materials needs, Proc. 5th Annual Natl. Conf. Industrial Research, Sept, 18-19, 1969, Chicago, 111.. Chapter in Applying Emerging

Technologies, 102-107 (Industrial Research. Inc., Beverly Shores, Indiana.

1970).

Qureshi, I. H., McClendon, L. T., LaFleur, P. D., Extraction studies of the group IIIB-VIIB elements and the lanthanides utilizing bis(2-ethyl-hexyl)

orthophosphoric acid, Radiochim. Acta 12, No. 2, 107-111 (Aug. 1969).

Randall, E. B., Jr., Lashof, T. W., An interlaboratory study of the measure- ment of the bursting strength of paper, Tappi 53, No. 5, 799-809 (May 1970).

247
Raveche, H. J., Mayer, J. E., Theory of diffusion in simple liquid mixtures,

J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 8, 3990-4004 (April 15, 1970).

Reader, J., Optimizing Czerny-Turner spectrographs : A comparison between

analytic theory and ray tracing, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59, No. 9, 1189-1196 (Sept.

1969) . Reader, J., Epstein, G. L., Revised 4p5 2P

0

i/ 2) 3/2 splitting of Y v, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60, No. 1, 140 (Jan. 1970).

Reed, R. P., Arp, V. D., Techniques for measuring stress, strain, and resistivity at 4K for very soft materials, Cryogeenics Letter to Editor 9, No. 5, 362-364

(Oct. 1969).

Reed, R. P., Durcholz, R. L.. Cryostat and strain measurement for tensile

tests to 1.5 °K, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineeering Conf., June 16-18, 1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.). Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic

Engineeering 15, Paper No. D-3, 109-116 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York.

N. Y., 1970).

Reed, R. P., Schramm, R. E., Lattice parameters of martensite and austenite

in Fe-Ni alloys, J. Appl. Phys. 40, No. 9, 3453-3458 (Aug. 1969).

Reimann, C. W., Santoro, A., Mighel, A. D., The crystal molecular structure of hexapyrazolenickel (II) nitrate, Ni(C3H4 N2 ) 0 (NO3 ) 2 , Acta Cryst. B26, Part 5, 521-526 (May 1970).

Risley, A. S., Allan. D. W.. Gray, J. E., Shoaf, J. H., Machlan, H. E., Glaze, D. J., Peters, H. E., Johnson, E. H., Vessot, R. F., Levine, M., Stability characteristics of some atomic frequency standards (Summary), Proc. Conf. Precision Electromagnetic Measurements, National Bureau of Standards.

Boulder, Colo., June 2-5, 1970, CPEM Digest, pp. 74-75 (1970).

Ritter, J. J., Coyle, T. D., Halogen exchange reactions of diboron tetrahalides,

J. Chem. Soc. Sec. A, 1303-1304 (1970).

Bobbins, R. F., Cryogenic properties of a polyuraethane adhesive, J. Macromol.

Sci. A3, No. 7, 1367-1380 (Nov. 1969).

Robbins, R. F., and Weitzel, D. H., An automated resilience apparatus for polymer studies from —196 to 4-180 °C, Rev. Sci. Instr. 40, No. 8, 1014-1017 Aug. 1969).

Roberts, D. E., Recrystallization and melting of partially melted stark rubber,

Rubber Chem. Technol. 42, 540-546 (Mar. 1969).

Robertson, A. F., Gross, D.. Fire load, fire severity, and fire endurance, Am.

Soc. Testing Mater. ASTM Spec. Tech. Publ. 464, Fire Test Performance,

pp. 3-29 (January 1970).

Robinson, R. A., An osopiestic vapor pressure study of the system potassium

chloride-sodium chloride in deuterium oxide solution at 25°, J. Phys. Chem.

73, No. 9, 3165-3166 (Sept. 1969).

Rockett, J. A., Objectives and pitfalls in the simulation of building fires with

a computer, Fire Tech. 5, No. 4, 311-322 (November 1969).

Rockett, J. A., Planned operation of the National Bureau of Standards Fire Research and Safety Office, Fire J. 63, No. 6, 41-43 (Nov. 1969).

Roder, H. M., Diller, D. E., Thermal conductivity of gaseous and liquid hydrogen, J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 11, 5928-5949 (June 1, 1970).

Rogers, E. E., Abramowitz, S., Jacox, M. E., Milligan, D. E. Matrix-isolation

studies of the infrared spectra of the free radicals CC13 and CBr3, J. Chem.

Phys. 52, No. 5, 2198-2204 (Mar. 1, 1970).

Romanoff, M., Corrosion evaluation of steel test piles exposed to permafrost

soils, Proc. National Association of Corrosion Engineers 24th Conf., Houston,

Texas, March 10-14, 1969, 6-13 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers,

Houston, Texas, 1970).

Romanoff, M., Performance of steel pilings in soils, Proc. National Assoc. of Corrosion Engineers 25th Conf., Houston, Texas, March 10-14, 1969, pp. 14-22

(National Association of Corrosion Engineers, Houston. Texas, 1970).

Rosenblatt, J. R., Joiner, B. L., Hogben, D., OMNITAB-Rapid statistical manipoulation, (Proc. Conf. Small-Area Statistics, American Statistical Association, New York, N. Y., Aug. 21, 1969). Paper in Census Tract Papers Final 1970 Census Plans and Four Programing Systems for Computerized Data

Retrieval and Manipulation, Series GE-40, No. 6, pp. 46-59 (Superintendent

of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C, 20402, 65 cents, 1970) . Roth, R. S., Stephenson, N. C, Chemical and structural investigations in the Ta2 05-W03 system (Proc. Institute for Advanced Study on the Chemistry of Extended Defects in Non-Metallic Solids, Scottsdale, Arizona, April 16-26,

1969), Chapter in The Chemistry of Extended Defects in Non-Metallic Solids, 248
L. Eyring and M. O'Keeffee, ed., pp. 167-182 (North-Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam. The Netherlands, 1970).

Ruegg. F. C, Spijkerman, J. J., DeVoe, J. R., A. Mossbauer spectrometer for the

structural analysis of materials, (Proc. Symp. Radioisotope Instruments in Industry and Geophysics, Warsaw, Poland, Oct. 18-22, 1965), Chapter in Radioisotope Instruments in Industry and Geophysics I, 325-335 (International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, May 1966).

Ruff, A. W., Jr., and Ives, L. K., Stacking fault energy determinations in HCP

silver-tin alloys, Acta Met. 17, 1045-1055 (Aug. 1969).

Rush, J. J.. Melveger, A. J., Lippincott. E. R., Laser-Raman spectra of PHJ, PELBr, and PH,C1, J. Chem. Phys. 51, No. 7. 2947-2955 (Oct. 1969).

Ryan. J. V.. Implementation of the Flammable Fabrics Act, Proc. Conf. Flame

Retardant Cotton Batting Workshop, New Orleans. Louisiana, Nov. 15, 1968, ARS 72-72. 1-77 (Oct. 1969).

Rybicki, G. B.. Hummer, D. G., Non-coherent scattering—V. Thermalization

distances and their distribution function, Monthly Notices Rov. Astron. Soc. 144, 313-323 (1969). Santoro. A., Mighell, A. D.. Determination of reduced cells, Acta, Cryst. A26,

No. 6, 124-127 (Jan. 1970).

Schneider, S. J.. Cooperative determination of the melting point of alumina,

J. Pure Appl. Chem. 21, No. 1. 117-122 (1970). Schneider. W. E., A one-solar-constant irradiance standard, Appl. Opt. 9, No. 6, 1410-1418 (June 1970).

Schooley, J. F., Soulen, R. J., Koonce, C. S., Surface potential barrier in SrTi03 . Solid State Commun. 7, 1077-1079 (1969). Schroeder. L. W., Infrared and raman spectra of C1HC1" and BrHBr" ions

in CsCl«k/3H3 OHCl2 and CsBr«l/3H3 OHBr2 . J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 4. 1972-1978 (Feb. 1970).

Schwartz, R. B.. Schrack, R. A., and Heaton. H. T., A search for structure in the n-p scattering cross section, Physics Letters 30B, No. 1. 36-38 (Sept.

1969).

Schwerdtfeger. W. J., Corrosion rates of metals, alloys, and galvanic couples

as measured by polarization techniques, Mater. Res. Std. 10, No. 3, 22-28

(Mar. 1970).

Selby, M. C, The Bolovac and its applications (Summary), Proc. Conf. Preci- sion Electromagnetic Measurements. National Bureau of Standards, Boulder.

Colo., June 2-5, 1970, CPEM Digest, pp. 14-15 (1970).

Sharp. E. J., Weber, M. J.. Cleek, G.. Energy transfer and fluorescence quenching in Eu- and Nd-doped silicate glasses, J. Appl. Phys. 41, No. 1, 364-369

(Jan. 1970).

Sher, A. H., Coleman, J. A., Lithium driftability in detector-grade germanium,

IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-17, No. 3, 125-129 (June 1970).

Sher, A. H., Keery. W. J.. Variation in the effective Fano factor in a Ge(Li)

detector, IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-17, No. 1. 39-43 (February 1970).

Shipp, W. E., Surface tension of binary mixtures of several organic liquids

at 25 °C, J. Chem, Eng. Data 15, No. 2, 308-311 (April 1970).

Shumaker, J. B., Jr.. and Popenoe, C. H.. Arc measurement of some Ar II optical transition probabilities, J. Opt. Am. 59, No. 8. 980-985 (Aug. 1969).

Sieck. L. W., Searles, S. K.. Ausloos. P.. High-pressure photoionization mass

spectrometry. I. Lnimolecular and bimolecular reactions of C4 H8 + from

cyclobutane, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 91, No. 27. 7627-7634 (Dec. 1969).

Silverman. S., The National Measurement System—a concept to assist the pri- vate sector. Mater. Res. Std. 9, No. 10, 11-14 (Oct. 1969).

Simpson, A. U., Timmerhaus, K. D.. Kreith. F., Jones, M. C. Heat and mass

transfer in dispersed, two-phase, single-component flow. Intern. J. Heat Mass

Transfer 12, No. 9. 1141-1155 (Sept. 1969).

Simpson. J. A.. Electron impact spectrometry for gas phase chemical analysis, Mater. Res. Stand. 9, No. 8. 13-16 (Aug. 1969).

Simpson, J. A., Electron impact spectroscopy (Proc. 10th Symp. on Electron. Ion & Laser Beam Technology, Gaithersburg, Md.. May 21-23, 1969), Chapter

in Record of 10th Symposium. Electron, Ion. and Laser Beam Technology.

L. Marton. ed., pp. 345-352 (San Francisco Press, San Francisco, Calif. 1969).

Simson, B. G.. Mandel, J„ Brenner, F. C. Research for a uniform quality grading system for tires. III. Breaking energv Rubber Chem. and Tech. 43, No. 2. 356-369 (March 1970).

Sindt, C. F., Ludtke, P. R.. Slush hydrogen flow characteristics and solid frac- tion upgrading, (Proc 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf.. June 16-18. 1969. Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic

249
Engineering 15, Paper No. 1-6, 382-390 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1970).

Sitterly, C. M., The present state of Atomic Spectra, J. Opt. Pura Aplicada,

II, No. 3, 103-113 (1969).

Skolnik, H., Tauber, S. J., Introduction to the symposium on management and

operation of information groups and centers, J. Chem. Doc. 9, No. 4, 195

(Nov. 1969).

Smith, E. W., Cooper, J., Vidal, C. R.. A unified classical path treatment of stark broadening in plasmas, Phys. Rev. 185, No. 1, 140-151 (Sept. 1969).

Smith, R. V., The influence of surface characteristics on the boiling of cryogenic

fluids, J. Eng. Ind. 91, No. 4, 1217-1221 (Nov. 1969).

Smith, S. J., Survey on electron-atom collision experiments, (Proc. Sommerfeld Centennial Memorial Meeting, Munich, Germany, Sept. 9-14, 1968), Chapter in Physics of the One- and Two-Electron Atoms, F. Bopp and H. Klein- poppen, Ed., pp. 574-597 (North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1969).

Snediker, D. K., The Mossbauer effect of Sn119 in palladium-rich palladium-tin

solid solutions. (Proc. 2nd Symp. Mossbauer Effect Methodology, New York,

N. Y., Jan. 25, 1966), Chapter in Mossbauer Effect Methodology 2, 161-170

(Jan. 1966).

Snelleman, W., The measurement and calculation of flame temperatures, Chapter 7 in Flame Emission and Atomic Absorption Spectrometry I, 213-239

(Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1969).

Snelleman, W.. Menis, O., Rains, T. C, Yee, K. W., Cook, H. D., Flame emission

spectrometry with repetitive optical scanning in the derivative mode, Anal. Chem. 42, No. 3, 394-398 (Mar. 1970).

Snyder, N. S., Heat transport through helium II : Kapitza conductance, Cryogenics 10, No. 2, 89-95 (April 1970).

Stair, R., Measurement of natural ultraviolet radiation ; historical and general

introduction (Proc. Conf. Fourth International Biometeorological Congress,

Rutgers University, New Brunswick, N.J., 1966), Chapter in The Biologic

Effects of Ultraviolet Radiation, Frederick Urbach, ed., pp. 377-390 (Perga- mon Press Inc., New York, N.Y., Aug. 1969).

Stein, P. G., Lipkin, L. E., Shapiro, H. M., Spectra II : General-purpose microscope input for a computer, Science 166, 328-333 (Oct. 17, 1969).

Steward, W. G., Smith, R. V., Brennan, J. A., Cooldown transients in cryogenic

transfer lines, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June 16-18, 1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic

Engineering 15, Paper No. 1-2, 354-363 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1970).

Straty, G. C, Prydz, R., Melting curve and triple-point properties of fluorine, Physics Letters 31A, No. 6, 301-302 (March 23, 1970).

Straty, G. C, Prydz, R., The vapor pressure of liquid fluorine (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., June 16-18, 1969, Univ. of Calif., Los Angeles,

Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper No. B-l, 36-41 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1970).

Strobridge, T. R., Refrigeration techniques, U. S. Bureau Mines Info. Circ. No. 8417, pp. 39-56 (1969).

Sugar, J., Configuration If* 5d of doubly ionized ytterbium, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60, No. 4, 571-572 (April 1970).

Sugar, J., Spectrum of doubly ionized thulium (Tm III), J. Opt. Soc. Am.

69, No. 4, 454-466 (April 1970).

Swartz, J. C, Swartzendruber, L. J., Bennett, L. H., Watson, R. E., Nuclear

magnetic resonance of 57Fe in the paramagnetic alloys TiFei-x Cox, Phys. Rev. 1, No. 1, 146-152 (Jan. 1970).

Swartzendruber, L. J., Bennett, L. H., Clustering, cold work, and the Mossbauer

effect doublet structure in Cu-Ni-Fe alloys, Physics Letters 31A, No. 10, 581-582 (May 18, 1970).

Swiggard, E. M., Clabaugh, W. S., Preparation of barium titanate semiconductors containing controlled amounts of neodymium, Am. Ceram. Soc. Bull. 45, No. 9, 777-781 (Sept. 1966).

Thompson, B. A., LaFleur, P. D., Activation Analysis for molybdenum in samples containing large amounts of tungsten, Anal. Chem. 41, No. 13, 1888-1889

(Nov. 1969).

Tighe, N. J., Hockey, B. J., Ion thinning of electron microscope specimens,

(Proc. 10th Symp. Electron, Ion and Laser Beam Tech., May 21-23, 1969, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Md.), Record of 10th Symposium

250
on Electron. Ion, and Laser Beam Technology, L. Marton, ed., pp. 375-380 (San Francisco Press Inc., San Francisco, Calif., 1970).

Tighe, N. J., Kreglo, J. R., Jr., Electron microscopy of periclase brick, J. Am.

Ceram. Soc. 49, No. 2, 188-192 (Feb. 1970).

Tipson, R. S., and Brady, R. F., Jr., Synthesis of the two D-2-pentuloses. New

derivative of D-en/f7«ro-pentulose, Carbohydrate Res. 10, 549-563 (Aug. 1969).

Toots. J., Marton, L., Optical properties of antimony and bismuth in the far

ultraviolet, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59, No. 10, 1305-1308 (Oct. 1969). Torrance, K. E., Orloff, L., Rockett, J. A., Experiments on natural convection in enclosures with localized heating from below, J. Fluid Mech. 36, Part I, 21-31 (1969). Torrance, K. E.. Orloff, L., Rockett, J. A., Numerical study of natural convection in an enclosure with localized heating from below—creeping flow to the onset of laminar instability, J. Fluid Mech. 36, Part I, 33-54 (June 1969).

Ugiansky, G. M., Skolnick, L. P., Stiefel, S. W., Directional effects in the stress corrosion cracking of an aluminum alloy, Corrosion 25, No. 2, 77-86 (Feb.

1969).

Utech, H. P.. Growing crystals in space, Proc. Conf. Manufacturing Technology

Unique to Zero Gravity Environment, George C. Marshall Space Flight

Center, Nov. 1, 1968, Huntsville, Ala., pp. 197-214 (National Aeronautics and

Space Administration, Greenbelt, Md.. 1969).

Venable, W. H., Jr., Effects upon radiant intensity measurements due to scat- tering by optical elements, Appl. Opt. 9, No. 3, 609-615 (Mar. 1970).

Venable, W. H., Jr.. Shumaker. J. B., Jr.. Observations of departures from

equilibrium in a nitrogen arc, J. Quant. Spectr. Radiative Transfer 9, 1215-

1226 (Sept. 1969).

Verdier, P. H., Relaxation behavior of the freely jointed chain, J. Chem. Phys.

52, No. 11, 5512-5517 (June 1. 1970).

Vicentini-Missoni, M., Joseph, R. I., Green, M. S., Sengers, J. M. H. L., Scaled equation of state and critical exponents in magnets and fluids, Phys. Rev. B.,

1, No. 5, 2312-2331 (March 1, 1970).

Vidal, C. R., Cooper, J., Heat pipe oven : a new, well-defined metal vapor device

for spectroscopic measurements, J. Appl. Phys. 40, No. 8, 3370-3374 (July

1969).

Waclawski, B. J., Hughey, L. R., Adsorption of water vapor on polycrystalline

tungsten, Surface Sci. 19, 464-^68 (1970).

Waclawski, B. J., Hughey, L. R., Effect of heating on the photoelectron yield

of polycrystalline tungsten in the vacuum ultraviolet, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59, 1494 (Nov. 1969).

Wall. L. A.. Flynn. J. H., Straus, S., Rates of molecular vaporization of organic

alkanes, J. Phys. Chem. 74, 17. 3237-3242 (1970).

Wall, L. A., Flynn. J. H., Straus, S., Rates of molecular vaporization of organic

plasticizers, Polymer Eng. Sci. 10, No. 1, 19-23 (Jan. 1970).

Wampler, R. H., An evaluation of linear least squares computer programs : A

summary report (Proc. 14th Conf. Design of Experiments in Army Research

Development and Testing. Edgewood Arsenal, Md., October 23. 1968), ARO-D

Report 69-2, 103-126 (U.S. Army Research Office-Durham, Durham, N.C.,

Sept. 1969).

Watson, T. W., Flynn. D. R., Thermal conductivity and electrical resistivity of beryllium copper foil. Trans. Met. Soc. AIME 242, 876-880 (May 1968).

Watson, T. W., Flynn, D. R., Therma lconductivity of four heat-resistant alloys. Trans. Met. Soc. AIME 242, 844-846 (May 1968).

Waxman, M.. Hastings, J. R., Chen, W. T., Nonlinear statistical analysis of Burnett PVT data. Proc. 5th Symp. Thermophyaiscal Properties, Boston. Massachusetts, September 30-October 2, 1970. C. F. Bonilla, Ed., pp. 248-261 (American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York, N.Y., 1970).

Weber, L. A., Saturation densities of oxygen in the critical region. Physics

Letters 30A, No. 7, 390-391 (Dec. 1969).

Weber, L. A., The P-V-T surface of oxygen in the critical region ; densities of saturated liquid and vapor. (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf.. June

16-18, 1969, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, Calif.), Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15, Paper No. B—1, 50-57 (Plenum Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1970).

Weir, C. E., Piermarini, G. J., Block, S., Crystallography of some high-pressureforms of C6H6 , CS2 Br2 , CCh, and KN03. J. Chem. Phvs. 50, No. 5. 20S9-2093

(Mar. 1969).

251
Weir, C. E., Piermarini, G. J., Block, S., Instrumentation for single crystal x-ray

diffraction at high pressures, Rev. Sci. Instr. 40, No. 9, 1133-1136 (Sept.

1969).

Weisman, H. M., In the beginning was the word—information needs and uses

in science and technology, Paper E 4-2 in Proceedings of the Seventeenth

International Technical Communications Conference, Minneapolis, Minn.. June 3-6, 1970, B. F. Hylen and R. R. McDaniel, Ed., pp. 1-5 (Society of Technical Writers and Publishers Inc., 1010 Vermont Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005, 1970).

Weiss, A. W., Superposition of configurations and atomic oscillator strengths

boron isoelectronic sequence, Phys. Rev. 188, No. 1, 119-130 (Dec. 1969).

Weiss, A. W„ Krauss, M., Bound-state calculations of scattering resonance

energies. J. Chem. Phys. 52, No. 9, 4363-4368 (May 1, 1970).

Weiss, B-Z., Meyerson, M. R., Effect of chromium diffusion coatings on fatigue

in iron, Trans. Met. Soc. AIME 245, 1633-1643 (July 1969).

Wells, J. S., Evenson, K. M., A new LEPR spectrometer, Rev. Sci. Instr. 41,

No. 2, 226-227 (Feb. 1970).

West, E. D., Churney, K. L., Theory of isoperibol calorimetry for laser power

and energy measurements, J. Appl. Phys. 41, No. 6, 2705-2712 (May 1970).

West, E. D., Ishihara, S., Experimental evaluations of heater lead error in calorimetry, Rev. Sci. Instr. 40, No. 10, 1356-1359 (Oct. 1969).

West, E. D., Jennings, D. A., Power measurement of large laser beams with a

small dual-cone calorimeter, Rev. Sci. Instr. 41, No. 1, 142 (Jan. 1970).

White, H. J., Jr., Absorption of cationic surfactants by cellulosic substrates. Chapter 9 in Cationic Surfactants 4, 311^30 (Marcel Dekker. Inc.. New York.

N.Y. 1970).

Wiederhorn, S. M.. Crack propagation in polycrystalline ceramics (Proc. 15th Sagamore Army Materials Research Conf., Sagamore Conference Center, Raquette Lake, N.Y., Aug. 20-23. 1968), Chapter in Ultrafine-Grain Ceramics

15, 317-338 (Syracuse University Press, Syracuse, N.Y.. 1970).

Wiederhorn, S. M., Fracture of sapphire, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 52, No. 9, 485-491

(Sept. 1969).

Wiederhorn, S. M., The influence of water vapor on crack propagation in soda- lime glass, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 50, No. 8, 407 (1967).

Wiederhorn, S. M., Moses, R. L., Bean. B. L., Plastic deformation and the fracture surface of sodium chloride, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 53, No. 1, 18-23

(Jan. 1970).

Wiese, W. L.. Bridges, J. M., Kornblith, R. L., Kelleher, D. E., Transition probabilities for prominent Ar I lines in the near infrared. J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59, No. 9, 1206-1212 (Sept. 1969).

Wilson, W. K., Development of specifications for archival record materials,

Am. Archivist 33, No. 2, 219-223 (April 1970).

Wilson, W. K., Discussion of paper "New Approaches to Preservation," by

Richard D. Smith, Library Quart. 40, No. 1, 171-175 (Jan. 1970).

Wilson, W. K., Record papers and their preservation, Chemistry 43, No. 3, 8-12 (Mar. 1970).

Wilson, W. K., Reflections on the stability of paper, Restaurator 1, No. 2, 79-86

(1969).

Wilson, W. K., Fletcher, D. G., Paper research at the National Bureau of Standards, Indian Pulp Paper 24, No. 7, 325-329 (Jan. 1970).

Wilson, W. K., Hebert, R. L., Evaluation of the stability of record papers, Tappi

52, No. 8, 1523-1529 (Aug. 1969).

Wims, A. M., Sengers, J. V., Mclntyre. D., Shereshefsky, J., Interfacial tension

of 3-methylpentane-nitroethane near the critical point, J. Chem. Phys. 52, No.

6, 3042-3049 (Mar. 15, 1970).

Winogradoff, N. N., Neill, A. H., Band tailing effects and the temperature

dependence of radiative recombination in compensated, epitaxial GaAs laser junctions, IEEE J. Quantum Elect. QE-4, No. 4. 111-113 (Apr. 1968).

Winogradoff, N. N., Neill, A. H., Jr., Temperature dependence of the power out- put of the spontaneous emission from GaAs Laser diodes, Intern. J. Electron. 28, No. 5, 401-106 (1970).

Windogradoff, N. N., Neill, A. H., Jr., Petrescu-Prahova, J. B., Band tailing

and the spontaneous spectra of compensated epitaxial GaAs laser junctions,

IEEE J. Quantum Electron. Q.E. 6, No. 6, 305-310 (June 1970).

Wolcott, N. M., Falge, R. L., Jr., Cluster specific heat in Cuo.sNio.4 Alloy, J. Low

Temp. Phys. 2, No. 314, 329-331 (1970).

Wolfe, W. C, Performance tests for floor coverings, Mater. Res. Stand. 10, No. 7, 15-18 (July 1970).

252
Wood. L. A., Creep of "pure-gum" vulcanisates of natural rubber, (Proc. Intern. Natural Rubber Conf., Kuala Lumpur. Malaya, Sept. 1968), J. Rubber Inst. Malaya 22, No. 3, 309-316 (1969).

Wood, L. A., Shouse, P. J., Passaglia. E.. How just appreciable fading of AATCC L-4 wool standard is related to exposure time, Textile Chem. Colorist 2, No. 11. 182-190 (June 3, 1970).

Wood, R. E.. Hamer, W. J., Theoretical electromotive forces of metal-halogen

cells: Some recalculations based on recent data, J. Electrochem. Soc. 117,

No. 1, 82-83 (Jan. 1970).

Wyckoff, J. M., On-line transformation of high resolution spectra, IEEE Trans.

Nucl. Sci. NS-14, 634 (Feb. 1967).

Wyckoff, J. M.. Radioactivity produced by a linac, IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-14, 990 (June 1967).

Yakowitz. H.. Comments on "application of color photography to electron micro- beam probe samples," Rev. Sci. Instr. 41, No. 4, 601 (April 1970).

Yakowitz. H.. Some uses of color in metallography. Am. Soc. Testing Mater.

Spec. Publ. 480, pp. 49-66 (1970).

Yakowitz, H., The divergent beam x-ray technique. Chapter in Advances in Electronics and Electron Physics. Suppl. 6, Electron Probe Microanalysis,

A. J. Toksimis and L. L. Marton. ed., pp. 361—431 (Academic Press Inc.. New

York, N.Y., 1969).

Yates, J. T.. Jr.. Madey, T. E.. Chemisorption on rhenium : N2 and CO, J. Chem.

Phys. 51, No. 1, 334-337 (July 1969).

Young. K. F., Frederikse, H. P. R.. Temperature and pressure dependence of

dielectric constant of cadmium fluoride. J. Appl. Phys. 40, No. 8. 3115-3118

(July 1969).

Younglove, B. A., Measurements of the dielectric constant of saturated liquid oxygen, (Proc. 1969 Cryogenic Engineering Conf.. June 16-18, 1969. Univ. of California, Los Angeles. Calif.). Chapter in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 15. Paper No. C-3, 70-75 (Plenum Press. Inc.. New York. N.Y., 1970).

Zielinzki. W. L., Freeman, D. H.. Martire. D. E.. Chow, L. C, Gas chromatography and thermodynamics of divinylbenzene separations on 4.4'-dihexoxyazoxybenzene liquid crystal, Anal. Chem. 42, No. 2, 176-180 (Feb. 1970).

Zimmerman. J. E.. Low cost sensors with millikelvin temperatures and other

virtues (Summary), Proc. Conf. Precision Electromagnetic Measurements.

National Bureau of Standards, Boulder. Colorado. June 2-5. 1970. CPEM

Digest, pp. 1 (1970).

253
PATENTS

During the year 14 U.S. Patents were awarded to NBS inventors. Eight were

assigned to the United States of America as represented by the Secretary of Commerce ; the remaining 6 were assigned—also to the United States of America—as represented by the Secretary of the Navy, the Administrator of NASA, and the Secretary of the Army, as indicated below. COMMERCE

Greenspan, L., Wexler, A., Instrument for measuring the adiabatic saturation temperature (thermodynamic wet-bulb temperature) of a vapor-gas mixture, No. 3,515,001 (June 2, 1970).

Lloyd, E. C, Double piston gauge, No. 3,464,256 (September 2, 1969).

Marton, L. L., System for producing two simultaneous records of high energy

electrons in an electron microscope, No. 3,510,649 (May 5, 1970).

Motz, J. W., Apparatus for measuring the energy and current of an accelerator

electron beam including apertured incident and exit electrodes, No. 3,477,023

(November 4, 1969).

Saylor, C. P., Purification by selective crystallization and remelt, No. 3,449,087

(June 10, 1969).

Saylor, C. P., Continuous gas-liquid chromatography method utilizing annular

open columns, No. 3,511,028 (May 12, 1970).

Selby, M. C, Electrothermic instruments for measuring voltage or current, No.

3,487,305 (December 30, 1969).

Shapiro, G., Rogers, G. J., Laug, O. B., Electric fault finding system using

acceptable limits testing, No. 3,490,041 (January 13, 1970).

NAVY

Hakkarinen, W„ Wind driven generator, No. 3,473,038 (October 14, 1969).

Wall, L. A., Antonucci, J. M., High temperature reactions of hexafluorobenzene

to prepare iodo- and bromo-pentafluorobenzene, No. 3,499,046 (March 3, 1970).

Wall, L. A., Antonucci, J. M., Synthesis of alphahydroheptafluorostyrene and

improved synthesis of octafluorostyrene, No. 3,513,206 (May 19, 1970).

NASA

Bass, A. M., Ultraviolet resonance lamps, No. 3,493,805 (February 3, 1970).

Richmond, J. C, Dunn, S. T., Ellipsoidal mirror reflectometer including means

for averaging the radiation reflected from the sample, No. 3,504,983 (April 7, 1970).

ARMY

Arp, V. D., Superconductor switch, No. 3,486,079 (December 23, 1969).

254

& U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1971 O 4Q7-493
Latest developments in the subject area of this publication, as well as

in other areas where the National Bureau of Standards is active, are

reported in the NBS Technical News Bulletin. See following page.
HOW TO KEEP ABREAST OF NBS ACTIVITIES

Your purchase of this publication indicates an interest in the research,

development, technology, or service activities of the National Bureau of Standards. The best source of current awareness in your specific area, as well as in other NBS programs of possible interest, is the TECHNICAL NEWS BULLETIN,

a monthly magazine designed for engineers, chemists, physicists, research and product development managers, librarians, and company executives.

If you do not now receive the TECHNICAL NEWS BULLETIN and would like to subscribe, and/or to review some recent issues, please fill out and return the form below.

Mail to: Office of Technical Information and Publications National Bureau of Standards Washington, D. C. 20234 Name

Affiliation Address

City State Zip

| | Please send complimentary past issues of the Technical News Bulletin.

| | Please enter my 1-yr subscription. Enclosed is my check or money

order for $3.00 (additional $1.00 for foreign mailing).

Check is made payable to: SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS.

SP 340
1948 Magnetic Fluid Clutch—This invention has been the basis of the multi- million dollar production of a wide variety of clutches and systems. 1949 The Atomic Clock—The initial NBS developments paved the way for later versions at NBS and elsewhere capable of keeping time to an accuracy of

1 second in 30,000 years. 1949 Gyromagnetic Ratio of the Proton—The first direct measurement of an im- portant physical constant, leading to the revision of accepted values for other

significant quantities in physics. 1950 Discovery of the Isotope Effect in Superconductivity—An important advance

in the theory of superconductivity. 1950 SEAC (Standards Electronic Automatic Computer) Dedicated—First auto- matically sequenced, high speed, electronic digital computer in the United

States. 1953 A spectrometer was developed to measure the energy of X-rays in the range between 0.5 and 50 million volts. Detection efficiency 100,000 times better than previously possible led to important new high energy X-ray investi- gations. 1956 A Bureau experiment first demonstrated that the quantum mechanical law of parity conservation does not hold in beta decay. This experiment disproved

a widely accepted fundamental concept of nuclear physics, thus clearing the way for a reconsideration of existing theories. 1958 The gyromagnetic ratio of the proton was redetermined by measuring the precession rate of protons in a magnetic field. The new value made possible more accurate values of many fundamental constants such as electron charge-to-mass ratio, e/m, the magnetic moment of the proton, and Planck's

constant, h. 1962 NBS published the first production line book in which the tables were composed by a photocomposition machine controlled by the output of a

digital computer.

1962 A diamond pressure cell was used to make the first direct visual observations of phase transitions in transparent solids and liquids subjected to pressures of more than a million lbs/sq. in. 1963 The National Standard Reference Data System was established to dissemi- nate critically evaluated data on the physical and chemical properties of materials authoritatively documented as to reliability, accuracy, and source. 1964 New broadcast facilities were dedicated (WWVB 60 kHz and WWVL 20 kHz) giving the most accurate and stable frequency transmission in the world. The frequency transmissions enabled laboratories to calibrate their precision sources to an accuracy of better than 1 part in 1011 (one thousandth

of a second in 3 years)

.

1966 NBS dedicated major new facilities at Gaithersburg, Maryland.

1968 A 3-year Metric Study was begun to determine the effect upon the U.S. of increased worldwide use of the Metric System.

1969 A new technique for stabilizing He-Ne laser-saturated absorption in methane

vapor gives promise of a new length standard 1000 times as reproducible

as the present krypton 86 standard.